vie spate HML OTHE, Py MPenyr yy} Roueresiy ve We my Cos wo eae ere Whey va yy ‘ eeciarirs . vi tee oe wer Nh Mieee. Ga E ea i 4 picwsn 4 aera ited pte Mie we steh oh wre Wh) Le Pry rereiensenten tlhe eh M SS eraset “y Repiapee Soa Liedpehenan as ¥ . ; Pate : 1 : f pvirreerC iy 7ee + Diaries oa ebealta ty euasnan sae sinh fagi Maresdadsoaarh teh > * ‘ treat) tee he wiht oe at . . ie + no atte hea ne SCS ate ae aS ight Ne . ie Heathen mich eel Pry ER ap haaee via 7 ‘Take Ales a ee seat at MG 9198: atten fii rani - Ny ot te Heee eh nit peat fate oe pasha st et H a oe a sats fiitiea sate a thay aasitis eae i gis lete na Hata lei ayia wa ; ‘ eating, ah ite wine ci ale aety ses Linh ba ittat its KS iat Beate ate i ive inks, SS yee! et sities ela Aira \ rt * 4" rs t ith rhea ” vain «no Aenenete ae ieh as ‘ rtehed Sve Sa E Ne a, ete ort ae Sabseleae ¥ pave ieau wtua’ Batting ; te tore Vans par rene) bf sorts VWs Balen peOrtr ray i rte batted : recor s Hismeiiey aaa ta a oo as) yt meperes ss “foptine Hoe sah eraed pi aor ~ eet Le MRE NC, foe Hf ” * toe re) ytoek stiee, Lore 324 peoerries Mats tabeet Ereesst nytt 4° ibelic ith ay isiek, aah vee! “ Hits a aly vel Situtansaets te SH aa “ se eae Deny a4 ‘ wis 4h : ‘ : cant bs her 44 8 9 ries Rata CG jr ante r) Postar per seer i): . eater neee tet ae vitae aah eet 4 f a x - Ki gisty * * a be stan vadgnarte 44-9 8 Sa We mY aes ti i * ve 4 4 pe rH ¥ eana eanert, mAs Pir es) ie enn . 4 ' , i SEA ta a ROL a 2Ore ‘ itt 2 seat PT i ae x ‘a wey reheat a santeavieds , peter peat 7 by : i it s? th ; i 4 P ’ ae ee ee i aa a Ay Ae : ! ' "| By ‘ ii RPh ye mn | ‘ ; if oh : Qt mS un vx i yu A ‘ +i \ rie ital : ht rh Wags ad vari f iy" i A ’ eke a oh A a ' 0 * yi Ye ig authens owas ty (Abe ee 1, ae nd Math i vA re PAP Oy Want y WAS hip : A cn Wy a J Mi ue iN Gis cs , I i’ : uy mies SMITHSONIAN Miscellaneous Collections ¥YOLUME: XLVIL xO UARTERLY IssuE, VOLUME III) ““ EVERY MAN IS A VALUABLE MEMBER OF SOCIETY WHO, BY HIS OBSERVATIONS, RESEARCHES, AND EXPERIMENTS, PROCURES KNOWLEDGE FOR MEN.’’—SMITHSON. No. 1702. CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN: INSTITUTION £02} PRESS OF THE NEw ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. ADVERTISEMENT The present series, entitled SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COL- LECTIONS, is intended to include all the publications issued directly by the Smithsonian Institution in octavo form, excepting the ANn- NUAL Report to Congress; those in quarto constituting the SMITH- SONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE. ‘The quarto series includes memoirs embracing the records of extended original investigations and researches, resulting in what are believed to be new truths and constituting positive additions to the sum of human knowledge. The octavo series is designed to contain reports on the present state of our knowledge of particular branches of science; instructions for collecting and digesting facts and materials for research; lists and synopses of species of the organic and inorganic world; reports of explorations; aids to bibliographical investigations, etc., generally prepared at the express request of the Institution, and at its expense. In the SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE, as well as in the SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, the actual date of the publication of each article is that given on its special title- page or in the Table of Contents of the volume, and not necessarily that of the title of the volume in which it appears. The Quarterly Issue of the SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COL- LECTIONS is designed chiefly to afford a medium for the early pub- lication of the results of researches conducted by the Smithsonian Institution and its branches, and especially for the publication of reports of a preliminary nature. CHARLES D. WALCOTT, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. ll & i rer! itt ii ARTICLES The Structure of Wing Feathers. E. Mascua. (PLATES I-XVI.) Mawes 7s. steaplished WMay,.6; L905... ie 2' een ole pe ees I The Tarpon and Lady Fish* and their Relatives. THEODORE GILL. (PLatTEs xvui-xx1.) No. 1576. Published May 13, 1905.. 31 Diagnosis of a New Genus and Species of Fossil Sea Lion from the Miocene of Oregon. FREDERICK W. TruE. No. 1577. Pub- Pete Wha 145, TOOR 202 2) nt Manet po eioe a rip oir sat Sere sie alates 47 Diatoms, the Jewels of the Plant World. AtBert MANN. (PLATES eati-xxy.y No. 1578. Published May 23, 1905.......... 50 Notes on the Nomenclature of Certain Genera of Birds. THarry C. OBERHOLSER. No. 1579. Published May 13, 1905...... 59 The Bibliography of Halley's Comet. E. F. McPixe. No. 1580. eee ME FOP EGUS vo eons vr ce dn vy aie eee «Uke et ors 69 The Ancestral Origin of the North American Unionide, or Fresh- Water Mussels. Cuartes A. WHITE. (PLATES XXVI—XXXI.) Biehnente Eplished: | WME. TO, TOOK sc. cae aagers coer + eee ies eyahe 75 Brain Weight in Vertebrates. Aes Hrpiticxa.” No. 1582. Pub- Reem TO. MOG: Ait cs lecenc eo 3 et, ve atch wes soe ae Sitiale » 89 ores, “(PLATES XxXxII, xxx.) “No. 1583. (Smithson “Mor- emer ICUS ue, ole tiess feed «a ~ cjuas MRRIOR oy en Sart donne 113 The Diplomatic Service of the United States, with some Hints to- ward its’ Reform. ANDREW D. Wuite. No. 1586. Published Dire EUR IV Phe on «2 ao vd ska 0 320s what aie tie LOK ee ee 117 The History of the Whale Shark Rhinodon typicus Smith. Barton A. BEAN. (PLATES XXXIV-xxxvi.) No. 1587. Published July 2 DOES ene cla: Ue pea ae RA Mee SON! emir edi area 139 The Avian Genus Bleda Bonaparte and some of its Allies. Harry C1Oeernorser (No. 1588. . Published July 1; 1905.......«.' 149. Scaphoceros tyrelli, an extinct Ruminant from the Klondike Gravels. WILFRED H. Oscoop. (PLATES xxxviI-xLi.) No. 1589. Pub- Rpm CHEE 030.5 oo, win wind wialar a’ don poareumeaniye sist gs ns “es Ones 073 A new Genus and several new Species of Landshells Collected im Central Mexico by Doctor Edward Palmer. Witt1aM HEALEY Parr, .) (PrAres \ xiiii—xiiv.): No. 1590... Published) July \ 1, TOS AS Vo ee Mel neiAb mart bees mitre ar 187 The Family of Cyprinids and the Carp as its Type. THEODORE GILL. (PLATES xLv-Lyi1u.) No. 1591. Published September SM ee eee al val sh aia Tas, wine: ae unl Soaynichy een cee eine ao = 195 The International Catalogue of Scientific Literature. Cyrus ADLER. Noetne2. Published September 8, 1905... 22... a a 219 Vv vi SMITHSONIAN, MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Instances of Hermaphroditism in Crayfishes. WILLIAM PERRY Hay.” No) 1593. Publisted September 10,2 1005 co. 0s cracane 222 PN ODES. 7) INGE GOA coi ester oases MT oso vty oa 229 The Species of Mosquitoes in the Genus Megarhinus. Harrison G. Dyar and Freperick A. Knas. No. 1657. Published Septem- IDES 7. POCO. os, ou cicese eres fora ted yn Saale nee pete eaep ely cia tx ees 241 A Contribution to the Knowledge of some South American Hymen- optera, chiefly from Paraguay. C.ScuHrotrKy. No. 1658. Pub- lished’ ebrtiaty. 4, 1G07 >. ....:'s Publisheds May. <4, - 1007-22 see 388 The Letter of Dr. Diego Alvarez Chanca, Dated 1494, Relating to the Second Voyage of Columbus to America (bemg the First Written Document on the Natural History, Ethnography, and Ethnology of America). ‘Translated, with notes, by A. M. FEr- NANDEZ DE YBARRA. (PLATE LxviI.) No. 1698. Published May Ais STA Ee ccs o eso 3 ata cee Ie ance pce eee 428 The Origin of the So-called Atlantic Animals and Plants of Western Norway. LEONHARD STEJNEGER. (PLATES LxviI-Lxx.) No. 1699. Published May 4, 4GG7: mec eine, oe ee coer 458 Manners and Customs of the Tagbanuas and other Tribes of the Island of Palawan, Philippines. MANuEL Huco VENTURELLO, Translated by Mrs. Edw. Y. Miller. No. 1700. Published Naas 1907... «see ay eee eee ete ols pean eter oe On ee 514 INGPESs | SINOL ZOD coi oeg ea ee cee oaks inact ele toe ase eee a 559 1 S101 ah eo RRR Th Rm fe Snake Cone ae: 563 PLATE I-XVI. XVII-XXI. XXII-XXV. XXVI-XXXI. XXXII, XXXII. XXXIV. XXXV. XXXVI. XXXVII-XLII. Pi XLV. XLV-LVIII. LIX-LXIII. LXIV. LXV. LXYVI. LXV, LX VIII. XTX. Ex. LIST. OF} PLATES PAGE Structure) of - wine festhersic. 6 2%) oe 5s 30 We CAC POR epee AISI 8 Sie eso wo Bote 46 TPO MIS \ ReeUelaRts re A eee ore tte Tenor Ane Sake 58 Si aslsicbtee aa are eine wm clans Uegne Saab gilts Weer amg 88 Smithson Mortuary Ciapel Ppa: ie Saheim 114 Whale Shark (Rhinodon typicus)....... 139 Rhinodon typicus, Smith’s plate.......... 140 Teeth of Microstodus punctatus......... 146 SCOPMOCETAS, PYEREUR nt. oO te eimnl anid Sard scnion 186 Land shells’ from, Central Mexico. ....)...25 194 Bamily: Of Gyprinids, | ey erar. cots sss 218 Butterfly. wine-vyenstion. 22.4. 2096 PU OOM EMEStGN eee NTL Me aE 6 ats cag ae 386 PUI ACOr estan Ces SN. 2 ashes os 387 Ea Cosacmup or, Ameren. L500e <5 <4). a 430 skal: of \Cenmus) ahlamitens? yo i. foe ews 404 Morweotai “yonds herses! 3) Ceg5 sc). -s eae 472 Hypsographic map of Northern Europe. . Remy H7 SAAN “| Ah oF a o8 VOL. 48 1905 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VCL. Ill QUARTERLY ISSUE PART I THE STRUCTURE OF WING-FEATHERS By DOCTOR E. MASCHA [The following paper on the “ Structure of Wing-Feathers ”’ gives an account of an investigation conducted by Doctor E. Mascha under the direction of Professor R. von Lendenfeld, of the Imperial German University in Prague. The original German text of this paper is to be published in the Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie. Doctor von Lendenfeld, who was a competitor in the Hodgkins competition of the Smithsonian Institution, has more recently been awarded a grant in aid of his research on the anatomy of the flight organs, the investigation being continued under his direction by Doctor Mascha, as here described. | Il. INTRODUCTION The object of this paper is in the first instance to give a detailed account of the morphology of the wing-feathers of birds as used in flight. As our knowledge of this subject is far from satisfactory, I have made a special study of the organs of flight, hoping that I might be able to supply needed and valuable information for those interested in the great problem of aerial navigation. The remiges of Columba livia were first investigated. Although the structure of these feathers is in many respects simple and typical, several questions concerning the function of particular parts could be satisfactorily answered only by a comparative study of the wing- feathers of other birds. Through this extension of my investiga- tion I was enabled to find out which parts are constant and therefore probably essential, and which not being always present are infer- entially of secondary importance. Among the most noteworthy dis- coveries made through this comparative study are a knowledge of I 2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 the variability in the size and structure of the secondary fibers, the recognition of the importance of their ventral ridge, the variation of the hook fibers and the constancy of the curved fibers. II. THe STRUCTURE OF THE REMIGES 1. The Structure of Feathers in General According to the nomenclature adopted in this paper each feather consists of the following parts: (1) Quill or primary quill, (2) secondary quills, (3) tertiary fibers (a) hook fibers, (b) curved fibers. The primary quill is the bearer of all parts of the feather. Its shorter proximal part is circular in section and hollow, its longer distal part more or less rectangular in section and filled with medul- lary air-cells. The primary quill is slightly curved downward and inward; on its sides the two feather vanes extend. They lie nearly in the same plane. The two vanes are nearly equal in the remiges attached to the ulna; distally the outer vanes diminish in breadth more rapidly than the inner. The outermost of the hand-remiges attached to the metacarpals and phalanges have a broad inner and “a comparatively narrow outer vane. The vanes are composed of the secondary quills which rise obliquely from the upper part of the primary quill, and of the tertiary fibers rising in a similar manner from the secondaries. The tertiaries are closely connected with each other ; together with the secondary quills they form the apparently continuous surface of the feather vane or feather plate. 2. Material and Methods Remiges of the following species were examined: PasseErES: Fringilla spinus, Turdus vulgaris, Garrulus glandarius. Coracit®: Merops apiaster, Galbula viridis. Bucerotes: Buceros monoceros. Macrocuires: Cypselus apus, Micropus melba, Macropteryx mystaceus. CaprimMu_et: Podargus humeralis, Caprimulgus europeus. Srrices: Strix fammea, Bubo maximus, Bubo mexicanus, Nyctea nivea. Psittact: Chrysotis @estiva, Sittace cerulea, Stringops habroptilus. CucuLi: Cuculus canorus. Musopuaci: Turacus albocristatus. CoLumBa&: Columba livia. TUBINARES: Diomedea exulans. ANSERES: Cygnus olor. Accipirres: Aquila chrysetus. *The systematic arrangement adopted is that of F. E. Beddard, ‘“ The structure and classification of Birds.” London, 1808. MASCHA] STRUCTURE OF WING—FEATHERS 3 This list, although small, comprises birds of most types of flight, my aim being not to examine many different species but only rep- -resentatives of the different types. The remiges of Columba, Cypselus, and Diomedea were studied most carefully ; those of birds not capable of flight did not fall within the scope of my investiga- tions." I have taken no notice of the numerous new terms concerning the arrangement of the feathers proposed by Alix (1864, p. 10), Wray (1887, pp. 344-345) and others, the older divisions into hand- remiges and arm-remiges being quite sufficient for my purpose. It was to be foreseen that the treatment of such brittle and hard material as the horny substance of feathers would present serious technical difficulties. Former investigators have left no record of the way in which their examinations on developed feathers were conducted. It is true that Strong (1902, pp. 148-151) has described his mode of procedure rather fully, but he speaks merely of the treatment of “ feather germs.” I treated the material to be examined in the following manner: I took one of the three outermost hand-remiges, usually the longest, and one of the arm-remiges of each species of bird to be examined, and placed a portion of the vane on the slide mounted in balsam. Then one of the secondary quills was cut off and the tertiary fibers, attached to it, removed to the slide by means of a sharp scalpel. In this way large numbers of isolated tertiary fibers lying in different positions were obtained and mounted in balsam. Parts of white colorless feathers became so transparent in this medium that recourse to staining was resorted to. It should be noted that of the numerous stains tried, only two proved useful: picric acid, which quickly produced a yellow coloring, too faint however to be effective, and safranin, which stains a deep color and gives good results when properly applied. I used the safranin in a semi- alcoholic solution and left the objects in it from six to twelve hours. After being stained the feathers were dried and then further manipu- lated. The most difficult part of the work, but at the same time the one that gave the best results, was section cutting with the micro- tome, in which operation the fragility of the material proved very troublesome. The specimens were placed in chloroform to expel the air, and imbedded in paraffin or celloidin. In cutting the paraffin *The wings of birds not capable of flight have no hook fibers on the ter- tiaries, as their wings do not need to form such an impenetrable surface as is requisite in birds of flight. In the ostrich the tertiary fibers are entirely smooth (branchless) ; in the cassowary and the apteryx they show small thorn- like protuberances which are also present in the penguin, but somewhat longer. 4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vor. 48 blocks I successfully adopted the method of covering the top of the block with melted paraffin after each section, and congealing it by means of a current of cold air.1 A very oblique position of the knife is essential to procure good sections. In the paraffin method I stained with safranin before imbedding. The sections were glued to the slide with Schallibaum’s collodion-clove oil and cleared with xylol. Although thin sections could be made by this method it had many drawbacks. The sections frequently split, and while remov- ing the paraffin with xylol numerous portions of them were lost. By experiment I found that the splitting was almost entirely ob- viated by the employment of celloidin, although it is true that the celloidin method also presented difficulties. It is hard to make as thin sections of celloidin blocks as of paraffin, and staining is much more difficult. If one stains (with safranin) before imbedding, the ether extracts even the strongest stain. If one stains the sections after cutting, the celloidin also takes the stain. The sections were at first made only on the two directions parallel to one of the two kinds of tertiary fibers. These proved to be very instructive for the exact study of the tertiaries but did not throw sufficient light upon the structure of the secondaries. To study these, sections were made vertical to the secondaries, which gave the desired information concerning them. 3. The Primary Quill The morphology of the primary quill (fig. 6, Htk)? have already been fully discussed. Ahlborn (1896, p. 15-16) in particular has given a complete description of this part of the feather, illustrated by.a sketch, and has drawn attention to the importance of its struc- ture for flight. I therefore turn at once to the description of the parts composing the feather vanes, beginning with the considera- tion of the secondary quills. 4. The Secondary Quills The secondary quills are the bearers of the feather-vanes. Just as they themselves spring obliquely from both sides of the dorsal part of the primary quill, so they bear dorsally the tertiary hook and curved fibers. Clement (1876, p. 282) has drawn attention to this in a somewhat different sense. He calls the plate, composed of the two vanes of a feather, ve-villwm, and the vane formed by the tertiary *The method employed was described by Professor von Lendenfeld in Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Mikroskopie und mikroskopische Techmk, v, 18, pp. 18-10. 2For figures see plates at end of the paper. MASCHA | STRUCTURE OF WING—FEATHERS 5 fibers on each side of the secondary quills vexillum primitif. After him Strasser (1885, p. 197) noticed these structures, and introduced the expressions secondary quills and secondary vanes, to distinguish the former from the primary quill and the latter from the primary vanes of the whole feather. The secondary quills arise dorsally from the sides of the primaries, and extend obliquely outward. The angle between them and the primary quills is about 50° in the arm-remiges and changes but little in the whole length of these feathers in both vanes. It is subject to greater variations in the hand-remiges. Here it is greatest at the base of the feather (about 50°), towards the end of the feather it becomes smaller, the outermost secondary quills rising from the primary quill at an angle of only 20-25°. In the central broadest part of the hand-remiges this angle is 30-40°. In the outer vane of the hand-remiges the angle is always smaller than in the correspond- ing part of the inner vane. At the distal end of the feather the secondary quills are curved and their tips turned in the direction of the continuation of the primary quill. The secondary quills are for the greater part of their length considerably compressed laterally, becoming band-like. They are highest at their origin from the pri- mary quill and decrease in height outwards, finally tapering to a fine point (fig. 12, a, b, c). A few words must be said here concerning the histological struc- ture of the secondary quills. Like the primary quill they appear as horny tubes (figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, Hus) enclosing a medullary sub- stance or core composed of large polyedrical cells filled with air (figs. I, 2, 3,4 Mks). Klee (1886), p. 92-30) has pointed out that the cortex and the core are essentially different, but that both arise from similar elements, at first homogeneous. Davies (1889, pp. 588-589) has fully and clearly described this process of conversion of the intermediary cells into cortical and medullary substance. He says: “ The modification consists in a considerable increase in size of the central space which, in horned cells, contains the nucleus, combined with a change in the form of the cell.” The relative posi- tions of the cortex and the core are shown in the transverse sections of secondary quills represented in figs. 1-7, 29. Two types of secondary quills can be distinguished. In the first, which is by far the most frequent, the core is irregular, composed of many layers of irregularly arranged core cells and the interior of these secondary quills presents a honeycomb-like structure. In the second type, met with in the Owls and Caprimulgi (figs. 2, 4, 7, 29), the core cells are arranged in a single vertical layer, irregularly \ 6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 polyhedral and overlap each other like roof slates. Here and there a more irregular polyhedral cell is interposed between the others. The transverse sections show that these quills are not simple bands but curved more or less transversely, convex on one side and con- cave on the other. The manner in which the secondary quills, which are highest at their proximal end, become lower toward their distal end is correlated in many birds to that curvature in such a way that the curvature is greatest where the quills are highest and decreases with the height outward, finally disappearing almost entirely near the distal end. Strong (1902, pp. 158-159), draws attention to an extension of the lower margin of the ‘secondary quills which he terms “the ventral ridge,” and which he represents as a constant character. In early stages of the development of the feather this ridge is said to be very large, being much reduced later. This ven- tral ridge of the secondary quills, which also appears in the covert feathers of the wing (fig. 5), is functionally a very important char- acter of all remiges. It is small in Columba, Cypselus and others, larger in the Caprimulgi (figs. 2, 4, 7, Hnl), still further developed in the owls (fig. 29, Hnl) and in many water birds, and largest in Aquila and Diomedea. Hand in hand with the development of this ventral ridge goes the development of the curvature. The great development of the ventral ridge, combined with the strong curva- ture of the secondary quills in Aquila and Diomedea probably enables these birds to perform the sailing flight characteristic of them. It must be noted, however, that the ventral ridge is very well developed in owls and various water birds also, which are not such excellent sailors of the air as the albatross and the eagle. Ahlborn (18606, ». 20) describes a peculiarity of certain parts of the remiges in the duck, the swan and other birds. He says that portions of the lower sides of these feathers seem to be covered by a fine membrane, this appearance being due to the fact that here the secondary quills are not only connected with each other dorsally by the tertiary fibers but also ventrally by delicate membranous extensions of their ventral margins, which bridge over the spaces between them. These ex- tensions enclose a right angle with the band shaped secondary quills from which they arise and exactly fit on the ventral margins of the quill in front, to which they adhere on account of their intrinsic elasticity. This membranous extension of Ahlborn .is only the strongly developed ventral ridge of the secondary quills. The decrease outwardly in the height of the secondary quills is uniform in some birds but not so in others. In the latter there is a sudden decrease in height in the secondaries of the broad inner MASCHA | STRUCTURE OF WING—FEATHERS 7 vane about half way between the primary quill and the margin of the feather, or nearer to the former. Here also the ventral ridge suddenly becomes lower in the region where the height of the quills themselves abruptly becomes less. In the vanes with uniformly de- creasing secondary quills the central margins of these quills stand out free, so that one clearly sees the ribbing on the under side of the feathers of which Parseval (1889, p. 70) has spoken. It is quite different in the Striges, Accipitres and Diomedea, birds described by Ahlborn. Here the secondary qnills are very high and markedly concave at their point of origin and the ventral ridge is of considerable size in the basal part of the secondary quill; being nearly vertical to the quill itself it lies almost horizontally, and ex- tends to the convex rear side of the secondary quill in front of it (fig. 33). In the middle of the length of the secondary quill the ridge becomes so small and the angle between it and the quill to which it belongs so large, that the ventral connection of the second- ary quills formed by these ridges ceases. Outside this well marked line their ventral margins are free. If one looks at the ventral side of the feather it is noticed that in the proximal third of the vane the light is reflected from the ridges producing a silvery luster which ceases rather suddenly at a line parallel to the primary quill, an appearance which can be observed more or less clearly in the remiges of all these birds. In the development of this ventral ridge two types can be distin- guished. One is represented by the remiges of Columba, the other by those of the Striges, Tubinares, and Accipitres. In the first the ridge is a stout, low ventral projection of the cortex of the secondary quills and appears wedge-shaped in transverse sections (figs. I, 3). In the second it is a band-shaped membrane thin down to its base, attached vertically to the high and markedly convex secondary quill (fig. 29). These types are connected by transitional forms. A peculiar development is observed in the secondary quills of the remiges of the Caprimulgi in which the ventral ridge is not sharp but blunt, of uniform thickness throughout and rounded at the margin. On the upper edge also the secondary quill bears a ridge, which is broad, low and rounded (figs. 3, 4, 29, Vd), and of no functional importance for flight. The tertiary fibers are attached to the secondary quills in a com- plicated manner. In examining sections parallel to one of the two kinds of tertiary fibers, I could only indistinctly make out their junction, but the sections vertical to the secondary quills were much more instructive. I could find no description of this apparatus in 8 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 the whole literature on the subject. The works of Haecker (1890, pl. Iva, 1900, pl. x1v) contain some figures of transverse sections of secondary quills, which are not absolutely correct, but are essen- tially better and more true to nature than some others (e. g., Chad- bourne, 1897, pl. 1a). Unfortunately I was not able to see the treatise of Jeffries (1883) mentioned by Strong (1901, p. 160). Strong himself (1902, figs. 7, 8, 9, pl. 1) has published several good figures of transverse sections of secondary quills. Since, however, he made such sections of covert-feathers only, it is natural that the results I obtained deviate considerably from his. It seems that these formations are much more complicated in the remiges than in the covert feathers. According to my observations in the latter they have the following structure: Under the starting points of the tertiary fibers there arises from each side of the secondary quill a longitudinal ridge, not vertical but extending obliquely upward (figs. 3, 4, G), which consists entirely of horn-substance. Its outer surface is smooth and continuous with the side of the secondary quill. Its inner side, which is turned toward the upper part of the secondary quill, is grooved, the grooves being separated by parallel secondary ridges (figs. 3, 4, L), which extend obliquely upward and outward. These ridges are highest at their origin and decrease in height dis- tally ; in the transverse section they appear like the teeth of a comb, and become shorter the further they are away from the secondary quill, the last being a slight prominence only. The ridges themselves are broadest at the base and grow thinner above. Their number in the sections varies from two to four and they may be more numerous in the secondary quills of larger feathers. In the small covert- feathers this main longitudinal ridge occurs, as has been described by Strong, but here the secondary ridges rising from its inner face are absent. The most difficult question to answer is, how the outer edge of the main ridge is formed. Without having reached a per- fectly satisfactory conclusion, I think I may pronounce it as probable that it is not smooth but interrupted by incisions lying between the ends of the secondary ridges. If this were not so, in a succession of transverse sectiows of secondary quills the secondary ridges would always terminate at exactly the same level, which, as serial sections show, is not the case. The level and the appearance of the edge of the ridge vary in every section, and on this fact the above supposi- tion is based. In the grooves between the successive secondary ridges lie the ventrally thickened margins of the proximal parts of the tertiary fibers. In sections one sees the first between the secondary quill and the first secondary ridge, and the second be- MASCHA] STRUCTURE OF WING—FEATHERS 9 tween this and the second secondary ridge (figs. 3, 4). If there are more than two secondary ridges in the section, the third and fourth are so small and the grooves lying between them so shallow, that the position of the fiber-sections relative to them becomes doubtful. In surface views one sees parallel lines at the side of the dorsal ridge of the secondary quill. These lie between the basal parts of the tertiary fibers and enclose an angle with the secondary quill con- siderably more acute than the angle between the tertiaries and the secondary quill. They cross the direction of the latter at angles of 20-25°. Ina line parallel to the secondary quill, which is the edge of the longitudinal ridge, these lines, which are the free margins of the secondary ridges described above, terminate suddenly (fig. 20,1)’. If we combine the results of these observations we see that the basal parts of the tertiary fibers lie between the partitions like the bats of a stidiron, These bars arise from the inner face of a longitudinal ridge arising from the side of the secondary quill and extending obliquely upward. The bars decrease in height out- wardly and finally pass into the margin of the longitudinal ridge. The thickened ventral margins of the proximal portions of the ter- tiary fibers are enclosed between these bars; beyond the margin of the longitudinal ridge they are free. At the margin of the ridge a sharp bend occurs in the ventral margin of the tertiaries, its free outer portion enclosing a larger angle with the secondary quill than its proximal part. In the nearly symmetrical vanes of the distal remiges the secondary quills extend almost horizontally and, there- fore, the two vanes also are nearly horizontal. In the broad inner vane of the hand-remiges on the other hand, only the basal part of the secondary quills extends horizontally. Farther out they are at first bent a little downward but rise up toward their ends. The inner feather-vane therefore appears bent slightly in the form of an S, the hind margin of the feather being distinctly turned up. In the outer vane the secondary quills, which are here very short, are curved slightly downward. In the remiges of many birds of prey the inner vane suddenly becomes narrower in the upper third of its length. In this case the inner vane has a distinctly S-shaped curva- ture in its broad, proximal portion, the outer edge being much raised, while this curvature suddenly ceases where the broad, proxi- mal part passes into the narrow, distal part, the latter being like the front vane slightly bent downward. Since according to Ahlborn (1896, p. 18) the S-shaped curvature of the inner vane of the suc- ceeding remiges serves to insure a close overlapping of all parts 10 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS LvoL. 48 of the wing, it is undoubtedly of interest that in the wings of these birds this curvature is developed only so far as the feathers really overlap each other. The secondary quills have the same structure in all remiges of a wing, but we observe a regular variation of their size in the different feathers of the same wing and in the different parts of each feather. An increase of the stiffness of the secondary quills is noticeable, as we proceed from the proximal to the distal part of the wing. Hand in hand with this goes an increase of the development of the ventral ridge, which is relatively small in the arm-remiges but attains enormous dimensions in the hand-remiges of Diomedea, the Accipitres, and Striges. At the same time the outer vane in the hand-remiges becomes constantly narrower, as compared to the inner, and at the same time stiffer and firmer. The secondary quills in the narrow vanes are’basally just as high as the sec- ondary quills of the corresponding broad vanes lying opposite them, and they do not terminate in fine threads like those of the broad vanes but are only slightly pointed at the end. The elasticity of the secondary quills contributes to keep the elements of the narrow outer vane in their proper position and order. Besides these differences of size in the secondary quills of the different feathers of the wing, similar variations occur also in the different parts of each feather as mentioned above. The supposition is obvious that the secondary quills are thickest and highest at the base, and that they should become lower towards the end of the feather, where the primary quill also decreases in thickness. Such conditions are really found in the arm-remiges of all birds and in the outer hand-remiges of Diomedea. In the outer hand-remiges of numerous birds, such as the Columbinze, Coccygomorphe, Cypselide, Strigide, and Natatores, however, the secondary quills are moder- ately high at the base of the feather, increase gradually in height distally and attain their maximum height at or just beyond the middle of the feather. Measurements in corresponding portions of different hand-remiges gave the following results: | Height of Secondar Juills. | Length of . y@ Sue | Whole Vane. | 3 cm. from the Middle of the | 3 cm. from the Bas Vane. | Tip. : AM ihe ss a es | ea z z Macropteryx mystaceus. | 18cm. | 300 kL | 389 uC 233 be Bubo maximus. 28 | 550 g1o 700 Cygnus olor. 26 | 489 | 1,223 678 The secondary quills are measured close to the primary quill near their point of origin, that is at the point of their greatest height. MASCHA] STRUCTURE OF WING—FEATHERS II A comparison of these measurements shows how great, especially in Cygnus olor, is the increase in height of the secondary quills from the base to the middle of the feather. The decrease in height towards the end of the feather is gradual, the secondary quills 3 cm. from the tip of the feather are sometimes considerably higher than at a similar distance from the base. We know that the development of the parts corresponds to the demands made upon them and that in general an organ is most strongly constructed and most capable of resistance exactly at the point where this strength is most needed. The task of these feathers is to bear and to raise the bird’s body, by pressing on the air below, therefore the secondary quills are highest and as a consequence the feather vane the strongest and most capable of resistance where the greatest force is to be withstood. The wing being a concave surface, we can assume that its parts will be subjected to different pressures, and further, that where the pressure is greatest the feathers will be strongest. Apart from the variations of curvature we must also take into consideration the length of the feathers relative to the whole wing. In Diomedea the arm-remiges are short in comparison to the length of the wing and the secondary quills highest at the base. Where the remiges are relatively long, the secondary quills attain their maximum height in or just above the middle of the feather. The functional meaning of this correlation is however not quite easy to make out, but physiologists and flight-engineers should pay due attention to the fact that such morphological peculiarities are always correlated to the mechanical or other demands. In addition to these general remarks on secondary quills I must mention the peculiar structure of the margin of the outer vane of the three outermost remiges in owls, which are toothed or rather comb-shaped (figs. 31, 34 7). The finer structure of this comb how- ever seems not to have been understood; its teeth are nothing else than the tips of the secondary quills of the outer vane, which in this instance, do not bend inward terminally and lie close together, but, after extending in a straight line for some distance, suddenly bend outward, so that their ends stand almost at right angles to the direc- tion of the primary quill. Of course the separate teeth of this comb, as parts of the secondary quills, are provided with tertiary fibers (fig. 34). It is to be noted that this formation, which is absent in only few species of owls, as for instance in Nyctea nivea, a day bird of prey, is to be found also in some of the Caprimulgi (e. g., some species of Podargus, fig. 30, Z). On the other hand, they seem to be entirely absent in the genus Caprimulgus itself, nor do they occur in Stringops habroptilus, although it also is a night bird. “ SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 5. The Tertiary Fibers Between the secondary quills lie two systems of fine fibers, which in their close connection form the greater part of the feather plate that acts on the air in flight. The tertiary fibers spring from the upper part of both sides of the secondary quills, and form two little fiber-vanes (fig. 22). In a work by Schroeder (1880, pp. 3-14) there is a critical discussion of all papers on this subject published up to 1880. Nitzsch (1840, pp. 5-15) was the first to give a fairly correct description of these structures, with a number of good draw- ings. In 1887 Wray made an attempt to construct an enlarged model of a feather and from it prepared some very schematic drawings (TE87, pl. scr): Among works of later date are Ahlborn’s (1896, pp. 17-21) and Strong’s papers (1902, pp. 156-161), to which and to a small num- ber of others I shall have occasion to refer. What has been said with regard to the nomenclature of the secondary quills holds good for the tertiary fibers also. Uniformly termed “ barbules”’ in Eng- lish and French, they figure in German works promiscuously as “ Strahlen,” “ Nebenstrahlen,’ “ Faserchen,” “ Fiedern II. Ord- nung,” “ Fiederchen,’ etc. We must distinguish two essentially different kinds of tertiary fibers, one being on the whole straight and bearing on the ventral side several hooks, the hook-fibers (fig. 21, Hkf); the others being curved and without hooks, the curved fibers (fig. 21, Bgf). This division of the fibers into two kinds seems to be justified also by the fact that they start from different sides of the secondary quills. If we cut sections through the feather vane, according to the method before described, in the direction of the hook-fibers, or in that of the curved fibers, in the first case, between the transverse sections of every two adjacent secondary quills we get a longitudinal section of a hook fiber and a series of transverse sections of curved fibers, and in the other case, a longitudinal section of a curved fiber and a series of transverse sections of hook-fibers (figs. 24,25). The series of transverse sections of different parallel fibers thus obtained are identical with a series of transverse sections of the same fiber. Accordingly, we can reconstruct from these sections any particular fiber we like. A. Hook-Fibers The structure of the hook-fibers is as follows. The proximal por- tion is band-like, transversely curved so as to become groove-like, the concavity of the groove being turned towards the secondary quill, from which the fibers arise (fig. 26). This band-like basal portion MASCHA] STRUCTURE OF WING—FEATHERS 13 is continued in a distal part which is more rod or thread-like, and from which numerous projections arise ; the proximally ventral hooks characteristic of these fibers, and the distally ventral and dorsal spines lying in pairs opposite each other. We will first consider the hook-fibers of the remiges of Columba livia as a typical example (figs. 2, 26). Here the proximal band- like portion forms about half of the whole fiber. It is transversely bent, its upper half being vertical, the lower turned obliquely toward the secondary quill and the front. As transverse sections clearly show, the fiber is here not only groove-shaped, but thickest at its upper margin, decreasing in thickness downward and passing finally into a thin ventral membrane. Only at the proximal end of the fiber the ventral membranous extension is absent. In studying trans- verse sections through the secondary quills (figs. 3, 4, 26) we see that in the first two the hook-fibers are thickest at the base and become thinner towards the top; in the third section the fiber is nearly equally thick at the top and the bottom and in the next sec- tion the reversed relation, holding good for the remainder of the hand-like part, sets in. At the upper margin a distinctly recogniz- able swelling (figs. 8, 26, WIt) is to be seen, which generally dis- appears distally, where the lower part of the fiber band passes into the thin ventral membrane mentioned above. The dorsal swelling is sometimes, particularly when pigment is present, plainly visible even in surface views. The histological structure of this part of the hook-fiber is as follows: If we look at a hook-fiber from the side we sometimes notice in its proximal half a row of oval spots usually with dark margins, their long axes extending obliquely upward and backward. These spots were first noted as depressions, later authors recognized them as dried-up nuclei (fig. 9, k). Schroeder (1880, p. 30) was the first to state that each fiber consists of a single row of cells. This supposition found confirmation in the subsequent investigations of Klee (1886) and Davies (1889). The nuclei of the cells forming the fiber lie in its thinner portion and are clearly visible. Apart from the nuclei, one can frequently perceive the cell limits also, either as fine, dark lines, as I found them especially in the hook-fibers of Cypselus apus (fig. 16, Zgr) after staining, or as clear, pigmentless lines separating the upper por- tions of the cells in which the greatest amount of pigment is con- tained (figs. 8, 9, 10). Strong (1902, p. 156) has fully described these cell limits and has drawn particular attention to the fact that they first extend from the upper margin obliquely forward and downward and suddenly turn in the proximity of the nuclei, being 14 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 continued obliquely downward from here toward the base of the fiber. At the end of the proximal band-like portion of the fiber the lower halves of these cell limits change their direction and form a straight line with the upper halves, which in the distal part of this portion of the fiber attains a convexity towards the base (fig. 16, Zgr). The transverse curvature is not the same throughout the proximal portion of the fiber, being slightest at the base and be- coming greater distally. The upper and lower part of the band enclose an angle which is very obtuse proximally and becomes more acute distally; at the distal end of this portion of the fiber it is nearly a right angle (fig. 26). The series of transverse sections show that the difference in thickness between the upper, vertical and the outwardly lower, nearly horizontal part becomes greater distally. The upper vertical and the lower horizontal part of the fiber separate distally. 4 3. Transverse section of a secondary quill of Columba livia from the outer margin of the proximal feather vane. Magnified 1:600 / 4. Transverse section of a secondary quill of Caprimulgus europaeus, from the middle ot the proximal feather vane. Magnified 1:600 VOL. 48, PL. Ill SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS Sz:r payiuseyy ‘sjjinb Arepuodas ay} 0} Te91VI9A 77277 Y92N7ZOD Jo xawiai-puvy ayy jo Jed [BUTxoAd ayIjJO AULA MOIIEU ayy YsNosy} uONIaG Q O61:1 payluseyy “Sl4vpUH7s SNINLAVAD JO JABAOD BUM ayy yYSsnosyy ‘ sijinb Aawpuooas ayy OF [BONAGA VUBA JOYIPAay ay} Ysno1yy uoDaG S OZSiI paylusey, °V72227 VgUEN7ZED Jo 1aqy-YooFy *g Og: payluseyy “stjinb Arepuodsas ayy 0} [woIIAA Sagorna snSpnmitgvy Jo xawai-puvy BJO 2uvA peolq ay} Jo Jed yewrxoid ay} Ysnoasyy UoIDaG “ZL VOL. 48, PL. IV SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS a - VCL. 48, PL. V SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS Sz1ir payluseyy Ser: payuseyy sndv snzasgAj Jo saqy-yooy] “11 *P121] VQULNIOD JO 1aqY-YOOF “Or Serit payluseyy ‘suvznxra vapantorq jo raqy-yooyy °6 ieee > ¥ ; ¥ ¢ é 7 c _ es 7 < a a 7 e “ry ae = = M . a a of 4 = . , 7a ee . r a a La a = ! on os -% a. -v _ > an 7 oe ’ gr: “2 Pi 7 s : ' : ‘ P « - * = , * 7 _ 7 7 . : y — . SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. VI 125 Magnified 1 12. Hook-fiber of Vyctea nivea. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL.VII 13 100 Magnified r 13. Hook-fiber of Podargus humeralis, SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. VIII 16 14. Hook-bearing part or a hook-fiber of Turacus albocristatus, showing the spines of the proxi- mal hooks. Magnified 1:480 15. Hook-bearing part of a hook-fiber of Cucudus canorus, showing the spines on the proximal hooks. Magnified 1:480 16. Proximal portion of a hook-fiber of Cyfse/us apus, showing the cell boundaries and the swell- ing on the upper margin. Magnified 1:400 _ - ma oo SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, FL. IX 17, 18, 19. Surface views of the upper side of a hand remex of Cyfse/us afus,, focussed at three dif- ferent levels. Magnified 1:270 17 Highest level showing the terminal threads of the hook-fibers 18. Middle level showing the proximal portions of the hook-fibers _- a “es 18 5 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. X 19. Lowest level showing the curved fibers 20. The points of origin of the hook-fiber in a hand-remex of Columba livia, seen from above. Mag- nified 1:400 a® SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. XI 21. Asecondary quill with hook and curved fibers of Columba livia Magnified 1:60 22. Hook-fibers of a secondary quill of Columba livia. Magnified 1:110 23. Surface view of the upper side of a hand-remex of Cygnus olur, showing the terminal parts of the hook-fibers. Magnified 1:270 VOL. 48, PL. XII SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS siaqy Sczi1 payluseyy “siaqy paarno ay} 0} Jal[ered ‘wz2277 vg2un70 Jo xawa1-puey v JO uol]9aG “gz 300q ay3 0} JaT[eaed uonsag “Sz “s1aqy padano ay} 0} JaTjered uoNDasg “be “siaqy paaino pue yooy ay} JO UOIIaUUOD aq} Jo UONeIUasaidar OBUIAaYDS “Sz ‘bz 9E corr payusepy “sveu2xrv2 ogng jo [mb Aavuryad ayi zeau [nb Arepuosas ¥ jo uoT}9aS astoAsuPA, “62 oLz'1 payluseyy “M2277 YgIUNIED JO SIAqY peainy “ge OSb:1 payluseyy “sraqy-yooy ay} 03 jaypered *wz277 vg2unjzoD jo Xauias-puvy B Jo uOI}Dag “Le VOL. 48, PL. XIII ISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS M ‘— SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. XIV A: \ \\)) ~ “ ~ . \\ +h re 30 31 30. Outer vane of the ninth hand-remex of Podargus humeradis, 31. Outer vane of the ninth hand-remex of Budo maximus. howing the dentate margin. Magnified 1:2 showing the dentate margin. Magnified 1:2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, FL. XV mi Ceti) eats. ag ed emia eating ig, el tt, aig: ae. ty tt, tay et ed lla oii Sen iti, i: lag ly tas ota emo, i, i, .. Re. _~ LM 32. Section through the outer portion of the broad feather vane in a hand-remex parallel to the curved fibers of Bubo maximus, showing the down on the upper side. Magnified 1:12 33. Section through the middle of a hand-remex of Budo maximus, perpendicular to the secondary quills. Magnified 1:7 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. XVI 34. The teeth of the margin of the outer feather vane ot the tenth hand-remex of Budo magellanicus. Magnified 1:70 | é 3 gu. 2 1.32 ae, ue ce ? ke ae 35-5 1.32 tO ts ee ? ae ot 38.0 1.18 I: 32 Paroaria i ? ve 26.6 igi Leceon 224,934 Paroaria ce) adult. Ce 30.2 1.18 1: 26 224,450 Zonotrichia albi-| ¢ a a 31.6 1.07 Lce30 collis | Junco hyenalis ? a ce Liye 0.86 Hep esi Ploceide. Sporaeginthus amandava gf | adult. medium, he2 OTe. || O300T. | ears se = fe) oe x 6.2 0.42 1s 5 “e “e a “ec 6 6.7 0.45 ak 15 224,975 Munia P ‘6 somewhat 9.5 0.52 1B Tice! emaciated. Munia ? ee es 20.15 0.71 ee Ae: ue g ae i 30.0 0.88 1334 Munia oryzivora if < “ 19.6 0.9 Lip 3 es cs ? ce oe 21.0 0.85 ney 224,746 Munia oryzivora ? as “s 21.0 0.75 I: 28 224,940 Munia oryzivora ? os fe 23.0 0.8 13/29 Munia oryzivora Fal ae medium. | 20.5 0.7 1820 Munia malacca ao cr “6 10.8 0 56 IEE 11108) ; Laniide. 228,083 Lanius collurio ? | adult. |somewhat| 64.0 gr. 2.38 gr. 1c 7 | emaciated. Alaudide. 224,906 Alauda arvensis | ? | adult. | medium. 21.0\9r., |) O:7/or. 1 erage Octeride. Sturnella magna ? | adult. medium. | 135.0 gr. 2e310T: P5859 Agelaius phceniceus oH ce ot | 66.0 077 esi TiRDLICKA] BRAIN WEIGHT IN VERTEBRATES 103 I. ARRANGEMENT BY SPECIES.—Continued. BIRDS. Sylvide. Siete) otaeck | GWeigueot || Welw’ of | sister : * age o ate 0 el 0: eight o 1 Object. PA Life. | Body. Body. Brain. eee Body. 224,989 Sylvia atricapila | ? adult. medium. 12.9 gr. O875/ Ot |in Tac Turdide. 224,973 Merula merula So | adult. medium. | 88.ogr. 1.6 gr. 1: 55 224,933 Kittacincla ma-| ? rs somewhat| 19.6 0.9 Tes croura emaciated. Aedon luscinia 2 FR slightly 13.55 0.64 To 20 emaciated. Erithacus rubecula ? adult. medium. | 10.3 0.65 13) 16 224,983 Erithacusrubecula | ? a6 ce II.0 0.75 ia any Robin (American) e) ce Gt 91.5 1.72 e538 Mimide. Mimus polyglottus | & | adult. |somewhat| 29.5 gr. 1.6 gr. 1: 18 emaciated. ss ze ey oe 29.5 1.5 L520 222,442 Mimus polyglottus! ¢ | adult. medium. | 33.5 1.35 Le 25 224,990 os ? a ee 48.5 iow rig. Bay) Mimus polyglottus ? se KS 55.0 gis Tees 5 Crateropodide. 224,992 Leiothrix lutea ? adult. medium. 16.4 gr. TOP ebsites 5 Paride. Parus a ? - medium. g.0 gr. O:48)ex.)|| D2) 19 CORACIIFORMES : Alcedinide. 228,056 Dacelo gigas 2 adult. medium. | 210.0 gr. | 4.47 gr. | I: 47 COLUMBIFORMES : Columbide. 224,985 Columbig allina 2 | adult. medium. SOE ae OO any ee Rie Columbig allina ? Ge es 45-5 0.94 13) 48 224,923 Turtur risorius 2 ae oe 109.0 1.05 1s) 104 Turtledove ? ut es 72.0 1.08 EB 0}7/ #¢ ? se oC QI.5 1.35 1: 68 224,968 Ocyphaps lophotes | ¢ US oe _ 148.0 iy 1: 86 224,962 OC ae ? oC somewhat, 118.5 1.67 Dy) 7k emaciated. | Pigeon (domestic) B oc medium. | 188.5 1.9 I: 99 224,978 Pigeon (domestic) | $ a f 232.5 1.97 Th Mts) Pigeon (domestic) fe Xe somewhat; 154.0 2.02 7,0 emaciated. 224,911 Pigeon (Pigmy| ? ee medium. | 221.0 1.35 1: 163 Ponter ) | Pigeon (Pigmy Ponter) ? OC ae 227.0 1.87 Tea 2 224,918 Pigeon (Pigmy | ? a OG 232.5 2.0 I: 116 Ponter ) 224,945 Pigeon (lee) ¢ ee ce 184.0 2.12 Bis) Pigeon) 104 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS I. ARRANGEMENT BY SPECIES.—Cozntinued. BIRDS. COLUMBIFORMES : Columbide. [voL. 48 ° | Weight of Object. Baier | “aeae |) ey eee eee Body. Pigeon (Ice Pigeon) ? adult. | medium. | 186.0 aa 1939 224,905 Pigeon (Homer) a ot | Ke 260.0 Pos ts 116 PsITTAcl : Psittacide. Amazona panamensis ? adult. medium, | 266.0 gr. TAG 5 Gk Ol 85 ne es ? 3 somewhat) 279.0 9.26 1: 30 emaciated. aut ee ? ee medium. | 300.2 8.65 I: 35 224,928 Amazona pana-| ? as Le 330.0 8.45 139 mensis Amazona panamensis ? a ee 339.0 9.45 Lego 224,441 Amazona pana-| ¢ ve ee 368.0 8.35 I: 44 mensis 224,958 Amazona pana-, ? ub /somewhat 281.5 9.46 | Dc0 mensis emaciated. / 224,960 Amazona pana-| ? a somewhat) 282.2 8.9 Le 32 mensis emaciated. Amazona panamensis Le ne somewhat | 292.0 9.85 I: 30 emaciated. 224,980 Amazona pana-| ? a /somewhat |} 302.5 10.35 tT) 29 mensis | emaciated. Amazona panamensis (se es quite 270.0 9.8 12228 | ‘emaciated. ‘> oratrix ? young. | somewhat 49.0 2.4 De 20 emaciated. 224,955 Amazona ie adult. slightly 210.0 6.85 Lee 0 a ‘emaciated. 224,920 Amazona leuco-| ¢ “ medium. | 204.0 6.62 ee | cephala 224,921 Amaozna leuco-| ¢ sf re 236.5 5.8 To: ay cephala 224,963 Amazona leuco-| ? eg ce 247.0 5.8 Lats cephala | Amazona leucocephala ereen | ae as 253.0 6.8 | Laesy 224,919 Amazona leuco-| 9 &s | medium. | 268.0 6.9 | Laegg cephala | Ae Amazona leucocephala ? oF slightly 162.5 6.0 RA / emaciated. 224,926 Amazona leuco-| ? iy | slightly 197.0 Fae, 1s 27 cephala | emaciated. 224,972 Amazona leuco-|,? adult. | slightly 269.0 8.3 Ie cephala ‘emaciated. 224,947 Psittacus erithacus | Y ut somewhat| 254.0 8.7 rt 20) emaciated. 224,929 cc ce ne at medium. | 327.0 8.67 ges ys) 224,902 es 6 [ee ol ee 342.0 9.75 5 224,922 Melopsittacus un-| ? | ian 22 e027 Xanthura luxuosa, 22) 2. 19 i 2h 6 25 & 29 Paroaria larvata, 227 2 h 32 6 23 | Callopsittacus n. holl., 28.28 c 24 | Brotogeris jugul., 20 aaa 29 Megascops asio, 23 @ 23 | Zonotrichia albicol., GO. id 30 Carpodacus purpur., 23 «@ 23 | Cardinalis cardin., Ona 30 Melopsittacus undul., 23.5 a@ 20 | Cyanocitta cristata, ef a 30 6 27 | Alauda arvensis, Sie Gh me eh Serinus, 23.9 @ 20 | Munia (‘‘ weaver-bird”’ ) 37 a) 28 DO b 34 ¢ 22 | Mimus polyglottus, Seine 1.25 d 23 b 35 Cares ¢ 37 f 23 | Psittacus erithacus, 36.5 a 35 g 24 & 38 A 24 | Agelaius phrenicus, Gi Sy 2 25 | Amazona panamensis, B7.& B35 J 25 Bess k 25 6.30 20 ad 39 Mm 27 Co aw. wz 27 | Amazona leucocephala, Qeisee Bu Acanthis cannabina, 24 @ 24 C37 Melospiza cinerea melod., Bi een, e039 Rail, AS! > PS Lea SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 II. ARRANGEMENT BY AVERAGE OF RELATIVE BRAIN WEIGHT.— Species, Amazona leucocephala, Corvus brachyrhynch, Dacelo gigas, Cacatua moluccensis, Columbig allina, Sirnium varium, American Robin, Merula merula, Strix pratincola, Sturnella magna, Nycticorax naevius, Plegadis guarama, Turtledove, common, Nyctea nyctea, Aix galericulata, Oxyechus vociferus, Nettion carolin. Florida cerulea, Bubo virginianus, Botaurus lentiginosus, Ocyphaps lophotes, Ice pigeon Buteo lineatus, Ardea tricolor ruficollis, Turtur risorius, Colinus virginianus, Continued. BIRDS, | Proportion of Brain to Body. Sas Species, Colinus virginianus, Domestic pigeon, Borasa umbellus, Homer pigeon, Anas obscura, Lophortyx californicus, Corvus brachyrhynchus, ( Domesticated ) Larus argentatus, ‘«Pigmy Pouter’’ pigeon, Tantalus loculator, Phcenicopterus ruber, Numidia cristata, Anhinga anhinga, Cathartes aura, Golden Seabright Chicken, Ardea herodias, Aquila chrysztos, Cygnus gilbus, Cygnus olor, Chicken, Pavo cristatus, Proportion of Brain to Body. ——-- 4“ —___ _ \ Aver. Indvs. TROiay an ecOrese Mee CE) 2 105 z 106 iG k 110 Sih 92 2 VIZ tine! o 116 p 120 g 138 Pe Slr 108.5 @ 99 6 118 LEE even 116 a 116 TIS. SALTS I2g4 @ 124 L30 @ 130 6 130 Ij2 § @ 102 b 163 133-3 @ 116 eae c 163 738 a 138 749-7 @ 147 b 150 c 152 pas tae tae 106.7 @ 132 b 134 € 234 205 @ 205 205.5 a 118 b 293 208.5 a 201 6 216 292 @ 292 jOfZ a@ 304 gEP: 22° BR 457 -@ 325 b 437 c 609 457 -&@ 457 BIBLIOGRAPHY Ebel, J. G. 1788 Observationes neurologice ex Anatome comparata. Trai. ad Viad., 1788, p. 9 et seq., tab. 1. Cuvier, G. 1805 Lecons d’anatomie comparée. Paris, 1805, 9me Legon. Serres, E. R. A. 1827 Anatomie comparée du cerveau. Paris, 1827, I, 13 et seq. Leuret et Gratiolet. 1857. Anatomie comparée du systéme nerveux. Paris, 1857, I, 249. Owen, R. 1866 On the Anatomy of Vertebrates. London, 1866. Brandt, A., jun. 1867 Sur le rapport du poids du cerveau a celui du corps chez différentes animaux. Bull. Soc. impér. naturalist de Moscow, 1867, No. 4, pp. 525-543. Colin, G. 1886 Traité de physiologie comparée. 3me ed., Paris, 1886, 1, 302-305. Manouvrier, L. 1888 Sur l’interpretation de la quantité dans l’encephale et dans le cerveau en particulier. Bull. Soc. d’Anthropol. de Paris, 2me Ser., 1—-m1, 137-323, 1888. Kiikenthal u. ‘Ziehen. 1889 Das Centralnervensystem d. Cetaceen. Denkschr. d. med. naturw. Gesell. zu Jena, 11, 124; Jena, 1880. Hancock, J. L. 1890 The Brain Weight of Birds. Amer. Naturalist, Phila., 1890, xxiv, 969. Mies, J. 1891 U. d. Gehirngewicht einiger Thiere. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1890, Leipzig, 1891, LXIII, pt. I, 126-131. Snell, O. 1891 Die Abhangigkeit d. Hirngewichtes v. d. Kérpergewicht u. d. geisti- gen Fahigkeiten. Arch. f. Psychiatrie, 1891, xx1II, 436-446. 1891 Das Gewicht d. Gehirns u. d. Hirnmantels d. Saugethiere in Bezie- hung zu deren geistigen Fahigkeiten. Sitzb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol., Miinchen, 1891, I-5. Keith, A. 1894-5 The Growth of Brain in Men and Monkeys, with a Short Criticism of the Usual Method of Stating Brain-Ratios. J. of Anat. and Physiol., xx1x, 1894-5, 282-303. Weber, M. 1896 Vorstudien tu. d. Hirngewicht d. Saugethiere. Festschrift f. Carl jie i I12 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Gegenbaur, 1896, Leipzig, 1897, 11, pp. 103-123; Verslag v. d. Ver- gadering d. Kon. Akad. van Wetenshappen te Amsterdam, van 31 Oct., 1896. Dubois, E. 1897 Sur le rapport du poids de l’encéphale avec la grandeur du corps chez les mammiféres. Bull. Soc. d’anthropol. de Paris, 1897, 4me S., VIII, 337-376. Dubois, E. 1898 U. d. Abhangigkeit d. Hirngewichtes von. d. K6rpergrésse bei den Saugethieren. Verhandl. d. Kon. Akad. v. Wetenschappen to Am- sterdam, v, No. 10, April, 1897; Arch. f. Anthropol., xxv, 1898, pp. 1-28. Brandt, A. 1898 Das Hirngewicht u. d. Zahl. d. peripherischen nervenfasern in ihrer Beziehung z. Korpergrosse. Biol. Centralbl., Leipzig, 1898, xvu1, 475-488. Lapicque, L. 1898 Sur la relation du poids de l’encéphale au poids du corps. Compt. rend. soc. biol., Paris, 1898, 10 S., v, 62. Ziehen, T. 1901 U. verglichend anatomische Gehirnwagungen. Monatschr. f. Psy- chiat. u. Neurol., Berlin, 1901, Ix, 316-320. Spitzka, E. A. 1903 Brain Weights of Animals, with Special Reference to the Weight of the Brain in the Macaque Monkey. J. Compar. Neurol., Gran- ville, O., 1903, XIII, 9-17. NOTES SMITHSON MorRTUARY CHAPEL An account of ‘‘ The Removal of the Remains of James Smithson,” by S. P. Langley, appeared in the Smithsonian Quarterly in April of last year.t As stated in the article, James Smithson, the founder of the Smithsonian Institution, died on January 27, 1829, at Genoa, Italy. He was buried in the little English cemetery on the heights of San Benigno, in a tomb which until recently bore no reference to him as the founder of the Institution which bears his name. When this cemetery was expropriated for municipal purposes by the Italian Government in 1903, the Regents determined to bring Smith- son’s remains to Washington. Doctor Alexander Graham Bell, the committee appointed for this purpose, was successful in his mission, and on January 25, 1904, formally gave the remains into the hands of the Regents. i The body, upon its arrival in Washington, was placed temporarily - in a room in the Smithsonian building containing the relics of Smith- son. While resting there, the remains were examined by medical experts and found to be in a remarkable state of preservation. Mean- while a small mortuary chapel was prepared for them on the im- mediate left of the north entrance of the Smithsonian building, and on March 6, 1905, the remains were brought to this chapel and, in the presence of the Regents, replaced in the original tomb, shown in the illustration, where they will rest until Congress makes adequate provision for their fitting interment. INTERNATIONAL ORIENTAL CONGRESS AT ALGIERS, 1905 The following circular was distributed during the last week of Feb- ruary by the Institution : WaAsHINGTON, D. C., February 20, 1905. The Fourteenth International Congress of Orientalists will be held at Algiers, under the auspices of the Algerian Government, April 19-26, 1905. This Congress will be organized in seven sections: (1) Aryan (and other native languages of India), (2) Semitic (except Arabic), (3) Islamic (Arabic, Persian, Turkish), (4) Egyptian (African languages, including Madagascan), (5) The Far East, (6) Greece and the Orient, (7) African Archeology and Mohammedan Art. *“The Removal of the Remains of James Smithson,” by S. P. Langley, SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS (Quarterly Issue), Volume xtv, No. 1449, April 11, 1904. | a} [14 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Papers on Oriental philology, archeology, history, geography, sociology, etc., may be presented in French, English, German, Spanish, Italian, Latin, or Arabic. On April 23 and 24 two excursions will be made, one to Western Kabylia and the other to Shiffa (Gorge de Chiffa), Shershel, and Tipaza. After the Congress two tours will be conducted, one to Oran and the others to Tunis. The Western Caravan will go to Oran by way of Perregaux, visiting Ain- Sefra, Beni-Oonif, Figig, in the south; then Tlemcen, in the north (Sidi Boo Mediine, Sidi-Yakoob, Mansoorah). It will last eight days (April 27 to May 4) and cost about $22.00, including meals, lodgings, and transporta- tion (except by rail). The Eastern Caravan will go to Tunis, visiting Biskra, Batna, Timgad, Constantine. This tour will last five days (April 27 to May 1) and will cost about $20.00, including meals, lodgings, and trans- portation (except by rail). Special excursions to Carthage, the Boo-Kor- nine, Kairooan, etc., at the rate of about $2.00 per day (except railroad tick- ets), will be arranged at Tunis, May 2-8. The Algerian, Tunisian, French, and Italian railroads will allow the mem- bers of the Congress a reduction of 50 per cent. from April 10 to May Io. The Mediterranean lines between Marseilles and Algeria will grant a reduc- tion of 30 per cent. (Adria Line, Fiume, 50 per cent.). Cards of membership ($4.00 for.men) entitle the holder to all the publi- cations of the Congress, the receptions, fetes, etc., and reduced rates of trans- portation. Tickets for ladies, granting the same privileges, except copies of the transactions of the Congress, are issued at $2.00. It will be necessary to indicate the French railways by which the member of the Congress intends to go to Marseilles, and the European address to which the cards and cer- tificates are to be sent. Dr. Cyrus Adler, Librarian of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C., has been appointed the official representative in the United States of the Committee on Organization of the Congress. Blanks for application for membership and for transportation certificates, and circulars giving lists of sections, their respective Presidents and Secretaries, programs of excursions, may be obtained from him, and he will also receive and transmit payments for membership certificates and titles of communications to be presented to the Congress. \ ~ RECENT PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION CoNTINUED FROM List oF May, 1905, IN PuBLicATION No. 1559 No. Title Series Price 1571 BRowNING, P. E. Index to the Literature of Tnidiviim: 0863-1908... 5.0... cael ee eM en aoe ere M.C. XLVI .05 1572 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. xtvt. M.C. XLVI 1573 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections (Quar- Len yl SSthe> VOL. AI); “VGle xCViLIn ster ee etary M.C. XLVII 1574 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Quarterly Issue, vol. 111, part I (containing 1575-1583).. M.C. XLVIII .50 1575 Mascua, E. The Structure of Wing Feathers (Quarterly issue oe Cat ee ee eee iY On. @ Bava nil 10 ————OOOOOOOOOEOOeeE eee eee eer VONZD ‘ANSLSW30 ONDINSG NVS 3HL NI GWOL 3HL GNNOYV DNITIVY WOY¥S SQVW AVMALVD NOY! ONIMOHS “TWadVHO AYVNLYOW NOSHLINS OL YOOd Bit TELL LTT ee Oe ee ee ee eee ee ee es IGPRRRRRRRRRRE) XXX "Id ‘8b “TOA SNOILO31109 SNOANVTISOSIN NVINOSHLIWS TadVHO AYVNLYOW NOSHLINS 4O YOIYSLNI IIXXX "Id ‘Lb "10A SNOILO31100 SNOANV113S0SIW NVINOSHLIWS NOTES 1576 Girt, THroporE. The Tarpon and Lady-fish IO LEIT CREW PSR era, thre ode Gin ete e'n oP Aveta s ss 1577 TruE, F. W. A Fossil Sea Lion from the Mio- cene of Oregon (Quarterly Issue)............ 1578 Mann, Apert. Diatoms, the Jewels of the Plant: World “(Quarterly [ssuey soca <6 o0 sige : 1579 OBERHOLSER, H. C. Notes on the Nomenclature of Certain Genera of Birds (Quarterly Issue) . 1580 McPrxr, E. F. The Bibliography of Halley’s Wont (OUarter ly. USSWA) a syeca cate een ye eeavele!s 1581 Wuite, C. A. The Ancestral Origin of the North American Unionide (Quarterly Issue) . 1582 Hroticka, ALES. Brain Weight in Vertebrates CO RERTECI NOL SSME NY toh cas ok on tue eee 1583 Notes to Quarterly Issue, Volume 1, Part 1. Smithson Mortuary Chapel. Congress of Ori- entalistss Itsiob publications... 45-4 404-0 M.C. M.C. M.C. M.C. M.C. M.C. M.C. XLVIII XLVIII XLVIII XLVIII XLVIII XLVIII XLVIII > VIET en -? ral ae ; Ler. “ya ¥ a? rae ye Fore a = he ‘pie “s Faith Sas ens at, {Sa a2. wig : Aine shee 7 ; ean ne ie i ae (one VOL. 48 1905 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. Ill QUARTERLY ISSUE PART 2 ioe OtPLOMATIC SERVICE OF THE UNITED STATES WITH SOME HINTS TOWARD ITS REFORM? By ANDREW D. WHITE, LL:D., D.CL. REGENT OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, SOMETIME PRESIDENT OF* CORNELL University, MINISTER PLENIPOTENTIARY AT ST. PETERSBURG AND AMBASSADOR AT BERLIN Remarks of Mr. S. P. Langley, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, introducing Doctor White. A number of years ago Mr. James Hamilton left a small bequest to the Smithsonian Institution, the income of which was to be “ appro- priated biennially by the secretaries, either in money or a medal, for such contribution, paper, or lecture on any scientific or useful subject as said secretaries may approve.” The Regents of the Institution decided to let this small sum accu- mulate, and it is only recently that the Secretary has found himself able to commence to employ the income as a lecture fund. The lectures may be on any scientific or useful subject, but surely no subject is more useful or important than that which tends to pro- mote a general peace among mankind, and I am fortunate in being able to present to you to-day one who can speak with authority on the diplomatic service of our country, which has at all times signally and successfully aided in promoting this great object of the peace of the world. I have now particular pleasure in introducing to you as the first lecturer in the series one whose name is so prominent in these annals of American diplomacy, as that of the Honorable Andrew D. White. Mr. President, Ladies, and Gentlemen: Some years since, a very eminent American journalist,.in d’s- cussing our diplomatic service, proposed what he was pleased to An address delivered before the Smithsonian Institution at Washington, March 9, 1905. 117 118 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 call “a reform.” His plan was exceedingly drastic. For it was nothing less than that the entire existing system be extirpated, root and branch,—in fact, “ reformed off the face of the earth,” and that in place of it, whenever our Government should have any business with any other, it should seek out a suitable agent, make a fair bargain with him for his services, send him to attend to the matter, and then recall him as soon as he had finished it. Although this advice has often been cited as a piece of political wisdom, has lingered vaguely in the public mind, and has, indeed, been recently sanctioned by a very eminent American citizen, it seems not difficult to show that such a departure from the practice of the whole civilized world would be a misfortune,—not only to our country in general, but especially to our political, commercial and financial interests ; that our guiding idea in any reform of the diplo- matic service, as in every other true reform, should be, not revolu- tion but evolution ; not an adoption of the idea dear to so many so- called reformers, that “ whatever is is wrong,” but the recognition in our existing system of what is good, and the development out of this, by simple common sense and statesmanlike methods, of some- thing better. For, in view of all the interests of our country, ever extending, ever becoming more complex, ever demanding, more and more, quick sight and prompt action, what is it that we need? Is it men to be sought and selected and passed upon and haggled with and sent across the ocean to see if, perhaps, they can mitigate serious and even disastrous international trouble after it has got under full headway? Is it not, rather, to have thoroughly trained men on the spot, who shall foresee trouble, prevent it, attenuate it, disperse it, be in touch with the right men, know the right means, speak the right word, at the right moment, in the right quarter? Some years since, at Constantinople, I asked the cause of the widespread conflagrations which had so often devastated that capi- tal. The-answer was that the city had a very peculiar fire depart- ment—that when a fire broke out in any house, the proper and usual way was for its owner to seek someone who owned a hand fire engine, to find, by proper examination, whether he was trustworthy, whether his helpers were robust, whether his-fire apparatus was effective ; and then to make a bargain with him and his helpers and conduct them to the fire. There was usually, so | was informed, not much trouble in finding the fire, for, by the time the machine had been approved and the firemen selected and bargained with and got to the spot, the conflagration was amply evident. WHITE] DIPLOMATIC SERVICE OF UNITED STATES I19 Whether this alleged method really existed or not among the Turks, it is certainly the sort of thing contemplated in the proposal I have just mentioned, regarding the beginnings of international conflagrations. As a matter of historical fact, this system of special and tem- porary diplomatic agents was fully tried during the Middle Ages, with the result that for hundreds of years Europe was furrowed and harrowed with perpetual war, whereas the modern system, with all its defects, has come into existence by an evolution due to the environment of an ever increasing civilization, has certainly prevented very many germs of international trouble from develop- ing, and has given the world long periods of peace. Many examples might be mentioned, showing what can be done by the right man, saying the right word, at the right time, and in the right place, but I will remind you of just one, well known, as typical—that of Mr. Charles Francis Adams, our Minister to Great Britain during the most trying period of our Civil War. He was a very capable man, and was especially known as a very cool man. You may remember that one very hot summer, in Kansas, when great injury was done to cattle and crops by drought, various news- papers proposed that he should be sent for and asked to travel through the State in order to reduce its temperature. A crisis had come in the relations of the United States and Great Britain. It looked much as if a number of additional cruisers, nominally American but really British, were to be let loose to prey upon our commerce. The British Minister of Foreign Affairs at that time was Earl Russell, a man whom Carlyle would have called “a solemnly constituted impostor ” ; and as he had not prevented the sailing of the previous cruisers, it did not seem likely that he would prevent the sailing of these. But, just as they were ready to depart on their mission of devastation, Mr. Adams wrote Earl Russell, stated the case very simply, and used these memorable words, “ It would be superfluous in me to point out to your lordship that this is war.” This cool, plain, straightforward statement, made in the right manner, to the right man, at the right moment, stopped the cruisers, and war was prevented—immensely to the advantage of American commerce and of all the interests of our country. For, of all the calamities to the world which one can imagine, there can hardly be anything more fearful than a war between the two great English speaking nations. Indeed, nothing could be worse, unless it were the relinquishment of international righteous- 120 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 ness, or the sacrifice of the just position of our country, or of the self-respect of its citizens. A special reason for the maintenance of an organized diplomatic service is found in the need of making or modifying treaties. Here it is that a minister permanently residing at a foreign court has a decided advantage. He notes the progress of affairs, watches for oppportunities, makes the acquaintance of statesmen and other men of influence in the country to which he is accredited, and is thus able to suggest and to secure treaties and modifications of treaties much earlier and more easily than could possibly be done from the center of a distant government. Even if special commissioners be sent to make a treaty, a resident representative is sure to be of the utmost value. ys An excellent example is seen in the late George Bancroft during his career as Minister of the United States at Berlin—a career which lasted about eight years. Up to his time, Germans who had become American citizens and afterward revisited their own country were constantly liable to arrest or annoyance with reference to their military and other duties to the country of their birth: there was then a frequent asser- tion in all parts of Europe of the old principle, “once a subject, always a subject,” and the result was very great hardship to large numbers of worthy men, great distress to many families, and con- stant danger of hostile relations between our own country and various German states; relations which might have resulted in seri- ous injury to our manufactures and commerce, costing us in a few months a far greater sum than our diplomatic establishment would cost in many years. In the struggle between Prussia and Austria, which led to the establishment of the North German Confederation, and in the re- sultant desire of Prussia for a friendly attitude of the United States, Mr. Bancroft saw his opportunity. He secured with much labor and skill, concessions which at any other time would have been with- held. The German government maintained that permission to Ger- man-Americans to return and remain in Germany had led to a wretched prostitution of American citizenship; that great numbers of young men, just about arriving at the military age, had no sooner been naturalized in the United States than they hurried back to their fatherland, claiming the privileges of both countries, but discharging the duties of neither. In the treaties now obtained, the right of the former subjects of various German states naturalized in our own country to revisit the place of their birth, was defined, and most WHITE] DIPLOMATIC SERVICE OF UNITED STATES I21I favorably to them. As a rule, they were allowed to return to the German Confederation freely and to remain there for two years, with the understanding that they should then make choice be- tween the country of their birth and the country of their adoption. The whole sysem was thus made perfectly intelligible, preventing any further trouble, so long as Germany remained what it then was. Still more than that, as the great war between Germany and France drew on, Mr. Bancroft, being still on the ground, watching public affairs, saw that here was the opportunity to extend the treaties still further. This he did, and at last brought them upon an admirable footing, laying the foundations for permanent good will between the new Empire and the United States. He did this as no one could have done it without his experience in public affairs gen- erally, and in German affairs specially, and certainly as no one could have done it unless upon the ground, carefully watching the progress of events, and skillfully making the most of them in behalf of his country. I may say, in passing, that the most amazing tour de force in his negotiations was his persuading both Prince Bismarck and himself that one basis of his claim for a better treaty was a striking similarity between the new constitution of the North German Con- federation and the constitution of the United States. Never was a conviction less founded or more opportune. Still another advantage of having a resident representative is that of creating an atmosphere in which the germs of international trouble are kept from developing, and in which troublesome ques- tions between his own nation and that to which he is accredited may be easily settled. The French have a well-worn proverb, but a proverb which wears as well to-day as ever: “ Absent people are always inthe wrong.” (“Les absents ont toujours tort.’) English speaking peoples have another, much to the same effect: “ The man I don’t like is the man I don’t know.” A representative of the United States, fitted for his place, at any important capital, finds, at various receptions, evening gatherings, festivities, official and unofficial, the ministers and leading men in the Government to which he is accredited, men of influence in executive departments, in parliament, in the press, and in social circles; and in this atmosphere learns beforehand of matters likely to create trouble, and is able to avert difficulty. By a word in the proper quarter, he can thus easily take the life out of whole flocks of canards let loose into the political atmosphere by men engaged in stock-jobbing or sensation mongering. So, too, a minister frequently receives, from this friend in public service or that friend in society, aed SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 hints regarding questions likely to arise, or information which it is desirable to have, in the interest of his own country. Among typical examples of men who have served our country admirably in this way, in days gone by, are such as Elihu B. Wash- burne at Paris during the most critical moments of the Franco- Prussian War, the Invasion, and the Commune. Typical also, in a very different way, was George P. Marsh, first at Constantinople, and afterward in Italy, at the formation period of the present Italian kingdom. In his quiet way, he prevented no end of difficulties, first throughout the Levant and later along the whole Northern coast of the Mediterranean. Mention may also here be made of the late Henry Shelton San- ford. Though a minister to one of the smaller European powers, he became one of Secretary Seward’s most valuable representatives in Europe during our Civil War, and did much, both by direct political and by well arranged social means, to ascertain the ten- dency of leading European statesmen and to influence them favor- ably toward American ideas and interests during that most critical period. It is in this field that the statesmanship of Great Britain has shown its wisdom. Our mother country has by no means been a popular nation in the world. She seems to have preferred the respect of the world to its love; she has been at times too aggressive to be pleasing; but no one can deny that the way in which that little group of islands has baffled great despots like Louis XIV., Napoleon, and Nicholas I., has brought hundreds of millions beneath its sway, and has stretched its sceptre over every continent, without giving up its own constitutional liberty, is one of the wonderful things in human history. Whether we like it or not, we cannot but respect it. Yet a main factor in the accomplishment of this result is found not merely in the fleets and armies of Great Britain, but in the common sense of her diplomacy. As a rule, she has taken pains to send thoroughly fitted men into important diplomatic positions and to keep them there as long as they have done well. More than this, she has supplied them with the means to do their work: she has not stinted them; and the common sense of the English people is seen in the fact that at-the great capitals of the world where her influence is to be exercised, she has always a large, commodious, and attractive residence for her representative, and makes his remun- eration such that he can afford to devote all his thoughts to her interests. The demagogue may denounce this sort of thing; the doctrinaire may pooh-pooh it; but the fact remains that humanity, WHITE] DIPLOMATIC SERVICE OF UNITED STATES ’ 123 as it is really constituted, is largely influenced in what are known as social ways, and for these Great Britain has always made abun- dant provision. Her embassy or legation in every capital. of the world is a center, and generally a most influential center. Men may declaim against her; may even detest her, but, none the less, in every capital her embassy or legation stands as a power, social, and, largely on that account, political. Another duty of our foreign representatives is the collection of information bearing on large questions important to our country. Of this information, that which relates to the actions of foreign powers in anticipated crises is frequently of the utmost importance. Grant that our diplomats have not the prophetic gift, still at every time since the formation of this Government, and never more than now, it has been of great importance to this country, politically and commercially, to have, at various centers of information throughout the world, thinking men with access to the best sources of news, who can constantly keep the home government advised as to the probable action of foreign powers. At this moment, when Europe is one great group of fortified camps, and great changes are taking place in Asia and Africa, and troublesome questions are arising in South America, it cannot but be of immense value to our manufacturing, commercial, and indeed all other interests to have the best and most recent information regarding the outcome of warlike operations, the drift of public opinion, and settlements likely to be made; and such information is obtained by our representatives at the lesser capitals almost as frequently as at the greater. Then, too, there are other subjects of importance. Every year our State Department issues sundry volumes entitled ‘ Diplomatic Relations.” These are made up of selections from the dispatches of our representatives abroad. Among these are found not only dis- patches on current international business, but valuable reporis on leading subjects of public interest; and of these I may mention, in recent times, reports on systems of finance in foreign countries; on their supply and management of the circulating medium; on the administration of cities; on government railway systems; on public museums ; on educational institutions; and the like. It may be said that the newspapers and magazines give us these; but the difficulty is that information thus supplied is too frequently sketchy and scrappy.. I do not underrate the newspaper correspondent; he is one of the wonders of the world; but, after all, the diplomatic repre- sentative has certain decided advantages: he has easy access to men controlling every sort of institution, he can ask for interviews, 124 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vor. 48 information, documents and the like with every probability of obtain- ing them, and this is not the case with the great majority of unofficial persons. . The social intercourse to which I have referred also affords a special means of casually obtaining important facts which one outside the diplomatic circle cannot reach. The “Diplomatic Relations of the United States” are a great depository of information of all sorts, and are becoming more and more valuable. In proof of this assertion I would gladly refer to the despatches of many recently or at present in active diplomatic life; but, as that might seem invidious, I may at least say that a large number of them are models of wise observation, clear statement, and cogent reasoning. Any one looking over the main dispatches of our representatives abroad will see that their positions are not mere sinecures, but full of earnest and lucid thought for the highest interests of their country. Another duty of a foreign representative of our country is to protect Americans within the country to. which he is accredited. No doubt there are many in our own land who care little for this: it is very easy to say in an off-hand way, that if people go abroad as missionaries or for business, health or pleasure, they must take their chances; but as civilization has developed there has been evolved a better feeling which I trust may become deep and permanent throughout the country, and that is, that our citizens are to be fully protected in all parts of the world, at any cost. The famous boast “T am a Roman citizen,” which was the passport and armor of the Roman in any part of the world, gives the idea of what ought to be the claim of the American citizen. Our own history in this respect has at times been creditable to us, but here, too, our mother country sets the world an example. Let any British subject in any part of the world be maltreated, and immediately it is a matter of interest to the home government. The resident minister feels himself false to his duty, or, if he deos not feel so, knows that he will surely be denounced by the press and in Parliament, if he be remiss in securing redress for any wrong thus committed. The most striking example of this, which now occurs to me, took place in the early part of this century in Lower Italy. An English gentleman and his wife were on their way from Naples to the ruins of Paestum. Having stopped over night at a town on the way, they took from their traveling carriage a dressing case in which the uten- sils were of silver, and this fact having been communicated from the servants at the inn to the neighboring brigands, these robbers on WHITE] DIPLOMATIC SERVICE OF UNITED STATES 125 the following day stopped the Englishman’s carriage and demanded his “ silver chest.” The Englishman did not at first know what was meant, but presently it occurred to him, and he stooped to take out the case and hand it to the brigands; when, thinking that he was stooping to get his weapons, they fired into his carriage, killing him and his wife. Many countries would have contented themselves with the profuse palaver with which the Neapolitan Government tried to cover the matter, but such was not the case with the govern- ment of Great Britain. Not long afterward a frigate bearing the British flag sailed into the harbor of Naples, and the British min- ister made a formal demand. The immediate result was that eighteen brigands were hanged and the final result was that for a long time afterward, whomever brigands along the Mediterranean might murder, they very carefully spared Englishmen. But here I wish to do what is possible for me, toward putting to rest a calumny against our own country as to the protection of her adopted citizens abroad. It has not infrequently been stated that Great Britain and various other countries are more careful in guard- ing the interests of their adopted citizens than is the case with our own Government. The very contrary is the truth. The rule in most, if not all, other countries, and especially in Great Britain, is to protect the interests of their adopted citizens in all other countries save that of their birth ; but to leave them, when visiting their native country, to the tender mercies of that country. The rule of Great Britain is that when a naturalized subject visits the land of his birth, he does so at his own risk and peril. The American Govern- ment, on the other hand, exerts itself to the utmost to protect its adopted citizens in the land of their birth. Our country has taken the greatest possible pains to make careful treaties for this pur- pose, and in nothing has she been more constantly strenuous than in seeing that there be no infraction of such treaties. For many years it seemed to be the main business of American representatives abroad to struggle for the interests of our adopted citizens against every possible construction of treaties which might in any way curtail their interests. Any person looking at what are known as the “budget dispatches’ from our embassies abroad will see most ample proofs of this. And here a tribute ought not to be omitted to our recent and, indeed, present Ministers to Turkey and China:—a long series of them in both these regions have done their duty nobly. Still another of the functions of an American diplomatic repre- sentative is to cooperate with the consuls of his government, promot- 126 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 ing by all honorable means the interests of American agriculture, manufactures, and commerce. The value of this kind of service was amply shown by the late Townsend Harris, in Japan. Having been sent to that country by President Peirce and Secretary Marcy, as Consul General, he was afterward given the powers of a special envoy, and finally promoted to the position of a Minister Res- ident. To him, more than to any other man, is due the opening of Japan to the commerce of America and of the world. His high character and skill inspired a confidence which enabled him to make that great treaty which marks a new point of departure in modern civilization. The value of the diplomatic service to commerce was also shown more recently by the successful efforts of our ministers, Mr. Reid at Paris and Mr. Phelps at Berlin, in breaking the Euro- pean barriers hitherto maintained against some of the principal products of American agriculture. And, finally, perhaps the highest incidental work in which a diplo- matist can engage is the development of international law. The Law of Nations is not made; it grows,—and in many ways; among others, by the labors of men employed in making treaties, or in conducting negotiations between different governments. The development of international law since the great work of Grotius in the seventeenth century is one of the noblest things in human his- tory. In no field, perhaps, has so much been done to diminish un- merited suffering. Among those who have taken noble part in it are such as Franklin, Jefferson, John Adams, Jay, and, in more recent times, Wheaton, Dana, Lawrence, Bancroft, and Schenck. Of these, Henry Wheaton, who represented the United States from 1827 to 1846 at Copenhagen and Berlin deserves special mention. His works on International Law have become classics,—held in high honor at Oxford and Cambridge, at Paris and London, and even at Pekin, where his principal work has received the honor of a Chinese translation. Nor is this good development by any means ended. It may be within the power of any diplomatist, at any time, to exert a control- ing influence in favor of arbitration between states which might otherwise be plunged into war, and thus to promote the substitution of arbitration for war in the gradually strengthening code of Inter- national Law. And there is yet another great principle to be pressed upon the world, and an especially American principle. I refer to the exemp- tion from seizures on the high seas of private property, not contra- band of war. This is one of those. great, steady, efforts for the WHITE] DIPLOMATIC SERVICE OF UNITED STATES pez evolution of right reason, of mercy, and of a higher civilization which has been urged by American diplomatists steadily and on every possible occasion, from the days of our famous treaty with Frederick the Great, down to these times, when the American Dele- gation at the Hague Peace Conference has secured a place for dis- cussion of this great subject on the programme of the next general conference of the civilized world. In view of these great possibilities for a better future to the various nations and to universal humanity, there is no more prom- ising field for fruitful effort than the American diplomatic service ; —when it shall have been properly reorganized. Hence it is, especially, that every thinking lover of his country must look with longing to the day when there shall be in all our leading universities young men in training for that service. The first argument of those who declaim against any permanent diplomatic service or who would keep it in its present state of ar- rested development is that it is costly. But I think that you will see in it, really, “the cheap defense of nations.” The loss by a misun- derstanding, which would bring injury upon American commerce, or by a failure to secure speedy information which would enable us to protect our interests in a foreign war, might be greater than the cost of our diplomatic establishment for many years. The loss by a war, which might have been averted by a well trained diplomatist on the ground, might be far more than enough to maintain the whole diplomatic corps of the United States for decades if not for centuries. As a matter of fact, the entire annual appropriation for the diplomatic service of the United States during each of several recent years has been about $500,000, but the cost of military and naval operations during our Civil War was, to the United States, between one and two millions for each day. The cost of military opera- tions during the Franco-Prussian War, if divided equally between the two nations, would have amounted each day, for each, to considerably more than $3,000,000. It is clear then that, even if war, with all its improved methods, should cost no more than it did thirty years ago,—which is a decidedly violent supposition,—the entire expenditure for our diplomatic corps for one year would be only about the expenditure for war during four hours; and if, which may Heaven forbid, we should be so unfortunate as to have a war break out with any foreign power, our diplomatic service would pay for itself during about six years, if it shortened the war by a single day. It is altogether probable that Mr. Charles Francis Adams, by his timely words to Earl Russell, prevented a prolongation of 128 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 our Civil War, which would have cost us more than the entire diplomatic service during centuries.* It is also urged that residence abroad makes men “ un-American.” This is one of those vague charges to which a thinking man will gen- erally attribute little importance. But even if there were some truth in it, as regards an ill balanced individual here and there, there can be set against it a more than countervailing advantage, which is, that our diplomatic service sends abroad, for a term of years, citizens from various parts of the country, who, after dis- charging their duties abroad, return with valuable experience to various stations at home—some like the Adamses, Jefferson, Monroe, Van Buren, and Buchanan, carrying their experience into the Chief Magistracy; some, like those just named, and Marshall, Clay, McLane, Forsythe, Legaré, Everett, Cass, Bayard, Foster, and Hay, into the Secretaryship of State; some into other Cabinet places; some into either house of Congress; some into the press; and some into other positions which give opportunities for enlightening influ- ence upon public opinion. And it is sometimes said, in the jaunty, off-hand way, so often used in dealing with important questions, that the diplomatic ser- vice is, after all, mainly recreation. Any American representative | who goes abroad with this idea will soon find that he has made a serious mistake. A minister or secretary who does his duty, finds his leisure absolutely eaten up by multitudes of international matters, some large, some small, but all demanding attention. Were there time, I could give abundant examples of this. There is in every American embassy and legation a constant succession of matters re- quiring constant vigilance and the judicious exercise of firmness and conciliation. Even what is called recreation is frequently hard work. I re- member a dispatch from Mr. Lowell, in which, alluding to the fatigue of a great court function, he said that he relied upon it to make up in another world for a multitude of his sins in this. Many a diplomatist has had occasion to remember the remark that “ life would be tolerable were it not for its pleasures.” And now, as to the present condition of the American diplomatic service. It is in many respects excellent; but it is badly organized, 1A century of our diplomatic service, at its present rate, would cost about fifty millions of dollars. A year’s prolongation of our Civil War, by the interference of Great Britain, would have cost us, reckoning nothing for the increased expenditure to meet British hostilities, one thousand millions at least. WHITE] DIPLOMATIC SERVICE OF UNITED STATES 129 insufficiently provided for, and, as a rule, has not the standing which every patriotic American should wish for it. And yet it could easily be made one of the best, and quite possibly the best, in the world. The most essential and desirable improvements which I would pre- sent are, in a general way, as follows: I. As regards the highest grade in the diplomatic service, that of Ambassadors, | would have, say, one-half their number ap- pointed from those who have distinguished themselves as Ministers Plenitopentiary, and the remaining posts filled, as at present, from those who, in public life or in other important fields, have won recognition at home as men fit to maintain the character and watch the interests of their country abroad. And as to this highest rank, I would observe, as regards, say, one-half those holding it, the general rule of promotion for good service, and from the less im- portant to the more important capitals. II. As regards the second grade in the service—namely, that of Ministers Plenipotentiary—I would observe the same rule as in appointing Ambassadors, having, say, one-half of these at the more important capitals appointed for such as have especially distin- guished themselves at the less important capitals, and, say, one- half of the Ministers Plenipotentiary at these less important capitals appointed from those who have distinguished themselves as Minis- ters Resident, or as Secretaries of Embassy or of Legation. III. As to the third grade in our service, that of Ministers Resi- dent, I would observe the general rule above suggested for the appointment of Ambassadors and Ministers Plenipotentiary ; that is, I would appoint one-half of them from among those ‘who shall have rendered most distinguished service as first Secretaries of Em- bassy or of Legation. When once appointed I would have them advanced for distinguished service from the less to the more im- portant capitals, and, as far as possible, from the rank of Minister Resident to that of Minister Plenipotentiary. IV. As to any lower, or special, or temporary grades, whether that of Diplomatic Agent, or special Chargé d’Affaires, or Com- missioner, I would have appointments made from the diplomatic or consular service, or from public life in general, or from fitting men in private life, as the President or Secretary of State might think most conducive to the public interest. V. I would have two grades of Secretaries of Legation and three grades of Secretaries of Embassy. I would have the lowest grade of secretaries appointed on the recommendation of the Secretary of State from those who have shown themselves, on due examina- 130 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 tion, best qualified in certain leading subjects, such as international law, the common or civil law or both, including, as absolutely neces- sary, some practice in one or the other of these, the history of treaties, general modern history, political economy, a speaking knowledge of French and a reading knowledge of at least one other foreign language. As to the practice of the law, I would demand that every candi- date should have been admitted to the bar and have been in practice at least two years. You ask, perhaps, why I lay such stress on the actual practice of the law. My reasons are two. First, in the interest of the service, I wish every Secretary to have been in touch with real men and real activities. Secondly, in the interest of the candidates, I do not wish to see a diplomatic proletariate. Bear in mind that the number of candidates for a regularly organized ser- vice would doubtless be large, and that the number to be appointed is small. Without this practical requirement we should have great numbers of ingenuous youth left with no occupation save cursing the unfitness of the Secretary of State or the stupidity of the ex- aminers: with this requirement, the rejected would simply pursue the even tenor of their profession—all the better fitted for it by their diplomatic studies. I would make the examination in all the above subjects strict, and would limit the selection of Secretaries of Legation and Em- bassy to the men thus presented. But, in view of the importance of various personal qualifications which fit men to influence their fellowmen, and which cannot be ascertained wholly by examination, I would leave the Secretary of State full liberty of choice among those who have honorably passed the examinations above required. The men thus selected and approved I would have appointed as Sec- retaries of the lower grades—that is, Third Secretaries of Embassy and Second Secretaries of Legation—and these men when once appointed should be promoted for good service, to the higher secre- taryships of Embassy and Legation, and from the less to the more important capitals, under such rules as the State Department might find most conducive to the efficiency of the service.. No new Secre- taries of any grade should thereafter be appointed who had not passed the examinations required for the lowest grade of secretaries as above provided; but all who had already been in the service dur- ing two years should be eligible for promotion for good service, from whatever posts they might be occupying. VI. I would attach to every Embassy three secretaries, to every Legation two, and to every post of Minister Resident, at least one. WHITE] DIPLOMATIC SERVICE OF UNITED STATES 131 One of the thoroughly wise arrangements of every British Em- bassy or Legation—an arrangement which has gone for much in Great Britain’s remarkable series of diplomatic successes throughout the world—is to be seen in her maintaining at every capital a full number of Secretaries and Attachés. These serve, not only in keep- ing the current office work in the highest efficiency, but become, as it were, the antenne of the ambassador of Minister—additional eyes and ears to ascertain what is going on among those most influential in public affairs. Every Embassy or Legation thus equipped serves also as an actual and practical training-school for the service. VII. I would appoint each Attaché from the ranks of those espe- cially recommended and certified to in writing by leading authori- ties in the department for which he is expected to secure information : as, for example, Political Attachés by the State Department ; Military Attachés by the War Department; Naval Attachés by the Navy Department ; Financial Attachés by the Treasury Department ; Com- mercial Attachés by the Department of Commerce; Agricultural Attachés by the Department of Agriculture; but always subject to the approval of the Secretary of State as regards sundry qualifica- tions, hinted at above, which can better be ascertained by an inter- view than by an examination. I would have a goodly number of Attachés of these various sorts, and, in our more important Embassies, one representative from each of the departments above named. Every Attaché, if fit for his place, would be worth far more than his cost to our government, for he would not only add to the influence of the Embassy or Legation, but to its efficiency. As a rule, all of them could also be made of real use after the conclusion of their foreign careers: some by returning to the army or navy and bring- ing their knowledge to bear upon those branches of the service; some by taking duty in the various departments at Washington, and aiding to keep the government abreast of the best practice in other countries; some by becoming professors in universities and colleges, or writers for the press, thus giving us, instead of loose guesses and haphazard suggestions, information based on close knowledge of international problems and of their solution in coun- tries other than our own. From these arrangements I feel warranted in expecting an evolu- tion of better out of present good in our diplomatic service. Thus formed, it would become, in its main features, like the military and naval services, and, indeed, in its essential characteristics as to appointment and promotion, like any well organized manufacturing ie 2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS’ COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 or commercial establishment. It would absolutely require ascer- tained knowledge and fitness in the lowest grades, and it would give promotion for good service from first to last. Yet it would not be a cast iron system. For, it would admit and might well be con- strued to require the appointment of fully half of the Ambassadors, Ministers Plenipotentiary, and Ministers Resident from those who have shown decided fitness in high public positions at home, whether in important branches of public or private business, whenever the President should deem that the public interest requires it. But the system thus proposed, while allowing the frequent bring- ing in of new and capable men from public life at home, re- quires that one-half of all representatives in each grade above that of Secretary (save certain special Diplomatic Agents, Special Commissioners, and the like), shall be appointed from those thor- oughly trained for the service; and that all Secretaries, without ex- ception, shall be thoroughly trained and fitted. Scope would thus be given to the activity of both sorts of men, and the whole system made sufficiently elastic to meet all necessities. In the service thus organized, the class of Ambassadors and Min- isters fitted by knowledge of public affairs at home for important negotiations abroad, but without experience in diplomatic life or in foreign usages and languages, would be greatly strengthened by Secretaries who had passed through a regular course of training and experience. An American diplomatic representative without diplomatic experience, on reaching his post, whether as Ambassador or Minister, would not find—as was once largely the case—Secre- taries as inexperienced as himself in diplomatic business, but men thoroughly prepared to aid him in the multitude of minor matters, ignorance of which might very likely cripple him as regards very important business: Secretaries so experienced as to be able to set him in the way of knowing, at any court to which he is accredited, who are the men of real power, and who mere parasites and pre- tenders ; what relations are to be cultivated and what avoided ; which are the real channels of influence, and which mere illusions leading nowhither. On the other hand, the Secretaries thoroughly trained wouid doubtless, in their conversations with a man fresh from public affairs at home, learn many things of practical use and be kept in closer touch with American ideas and affairs. Thus, too, what is of great importance throughout the entire ser- vice, every Ambassador, Minister Plenipotentiary, or Minister Resi- dent would possess, or easily command, large experience of various men in various countries. At the same time, each representative WHITE] DIPLOMATIC SERVICE OF UNITED STATES 133 would be under most powerful incentives to perfect his own training, widen his acquaintance, and deepen his knowledge—incentives which, under the old system—with its lack of appointment for ascer- tained fitness, lack of promotion for good service, and lack of any certainty of tenure—exist very rarely if at all. The system of promotion for merit throughout the service is no mere experiment; the good sense of all the leading nations of the world, except our own, has adopted it, and it works well. In our own service the old system works badly. For excellent men, both in its higher and lower grades, have been frequently crippled by want of proper experience or aid. We have, indeed, at this moment several admirable Secretaries—some of them fit to be Ambassadors or Ministers—but all laboring under conditions the most depressing —such as obtain in no good business enterprise. During my stay as Minister at St. Petersburg, the American Secretary of Legation, a man ideally fitted for his post, insisted on resigning. On my en- deavoring to retain him, he answered as follows: “I have been over twelve years in the American diplomatic service as Secretary ; I have seen the Secretaries from other countries, with whom I began my diplomatic career promoted until all of them still remain- ing in the service are in higher posts, several of them Ministers, and one an Ambassador. I remain as I was at the beginning, with no promotion and no probability of any. I feel that, as a rule, my present colleagues, as well as most officials with whom I have to do, seeing that I have not been advanced, look upon me as a failure. They cannot be made to understand how a man who has served so long as Secretary has been denied promotion for any reason save inefficiency. I can no longer submit to be thus looked down upon, and I must resign.” But here it ought to be acknowledged that various recent adminis- trations have taken steps toward a system of promotion in our diplo- matic service; and the present administration, more broadly and logically than any other. While thus adopting a system of promotion based upon efficiency, I would retain during good behavior, up to a certain age, the men who have done thoroughly well in the service. Clearly, when we secure an admirable man,—recognized as such in all parts of the world,—like Mr. Wheaton, Mr. Bancroft, Mr. Charles Francis Adams, Mr. Marsh, Mr. Townsend Harris, Mr. Washburne, Mr. Lowell, Mr. Bayard, Mr. E. J. Phelps, Mr. Walter Phelps, and-others who have passed away, not to speak of many now living, we should 4 134 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 keep him at his post as long as he is efficient, without regard to his politics. This is the course taken very generally by other great nations, and especially by our sister republic of Great Britain (for Great Britain is simply a republic with a monarchical head lingering along on good behavior); she retains her representatives in these positions, and promotes them without regard to their party rela- tions. During my first official residence at Berlin, although the home Government at London was of the Conservative party, it retained at the German capital, as Ambassador, Lord Ampthill, a Liberal; and as first Secretary, Sir John Walsham, a Tory. The same indifference to party claims was evident at St. Petersburg during my two residences there, and at Berlin during my stay just closed. From every point of view, the long continuance, in diplomatic positions, of the most capable men would be of great advantage to our country. But, as the very first thing to be done, whether our diplomatic service remains as at present or be improved, I would urge, as a con- dition precedent to any thoroughly good service, that there be in each of the greater capitals of the world at which we have a repre- sentative, a suitable embassy or legation building or apartment, owned or leased for a term of years by the American Government. Every other great power, and many of the smaller nations, have pro- vided such quarters for their representatives, and some years ago President Cleveland recommended to Congress a similar policy. Under the present system the head of an American Embassy or Legation abroad is at a wretched disadvantage. In many capitals he finds it at times impossible to secure a proper furnished apartment ; and, in some, very difficult to find any suitable apartment at all, whether furnished or unfurnished. Even if he finds proper rooms, they are frequently in an unfit quarter of the town, remote from the residences of his colleagues, from the public offices, from everybody and everything related to his work. His term of office being gener- ally short, he is usually considered a rather undesirable tenant, and is charged accordingly. Besides this, the fitting and furnishing of such an apartment is a very great burden, as regards trouble, ex- pense and time. Within my knowledge, two American Ministers abroad have impoverished their families by expenditures of this kind, and, without doubt, there have been many others. But this is not the worst. The most serious result of the existing system concerns our country. It is within my personal knowledge that in one very important international question our mistaken policy in this WHITE] DIPLOMATIC SERVICE OF UNITED STATES 135 respect recently cost the United States a sum which would have forever put that embassy on the very best footing,—as regards a permanent official residence. If an American Ambassador is to exercise a really strong influence for the United States as against other nations, he must be properly provided for as regards at least his residence ;—not provided for, indeed, so largely as some repre- sentatives of other nations, for I neither propose nor desire that the American representatives shall imitate the pomp of certain Ambas- sadors of the greater European powers ;—but he ought to be enabled to live respectably and discharge his duties efficiently. There should be, in this, what Thomas Jefferson acknowledged in the Declaration of Independence as a duty,—“a decent respect to the opinions of mankind.” The present condition of things is frequently humiliat- ing,—and not only to the Ambassador or Minister, but to every thoughtful American traveller. In the greater capitals of Europe the general public know the British, French, Austrian, Italian, and all other important Embassies or Legations, except that of our country. The American Embassy or Legation has no settled home, is some- times in one quarter of the town, sometimes in another ;—sometimes almost in an attic, sometimes almost in a cellar ;—generally inade- quate in its accommodations, and frequently unfortunate in its sur- roundings. Personal experience in various European capitals has shown me that one secret of the great success of British diplomacy in all parts of the world is that especial pains are taken regarding this point, and that, consequently, every British Embassy is the center of a widespread social influence which counts for very much indeed in its political influence. The United States, as perhaps the wealthiest nation in existence,—a nation far reaching in the exercise of its foreign policy, with vast and increasing commercial and other interests throughout the world,—should, in all substantial matters, be equally provided for. Take our relations with Turkey. We have constantly a vast number of Americans of the very best sort, and especially missionaries, teachers, and men of business, who have to be protected throughout the whole of that vast empire. Each of the other great powers provides for its representative at Constantinople a residence honorable, suitable, and within a proper enclosure for its protection; but the American Minister lives anywhere ‘and everywhere,—in such premises, over shops and warehouses, as can be secured,—and he is liable, in case of trouble between the two nations, to suffer personal violence and to have the house sacked by a Turkish mob. No foreign people, and least of all an Oriental people, can highly respect a diplomatic representative who, by his 136 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 surroundings, seems to them not respected by his own people. The American Government can easily afford the expenditure needed to provide proper houses or apartments for its entire diplomatic corps, but it cannot afford not to provide these. Full provision for them would not burden any American citizen to the amount of a Boston biscuit. Leaving matters in their present condition is in the long run far more costly. It seems incontestable that our diplomatic service ought not to be left in its present slipshod condition. It ought to be put on the best and most effective footing possible, so that, everywhere, the men we send forth to support and advance the manifold interests of our country shall be thoroughly well equipped and provided for. But whether the system I have indicated be adopted or not, whether salaries be increased or not, the permanent possession of a suitable house or apartment in every leading capital is absolutely the fore- most and most elementary of necessities. And, in order to free my mind, I will add that, while the provision for a proper embassy or legation building is the first of all things necessary, it might also be well to increase somewhat the salaries of our representatives abroad. These may seem large even at present; but the cost of living has greatly increased since they were fixed, and the special financial demands upon an Ambassador or Minister at any of the most important posts are always far beyond the present salary. It is utterly impossible for an American diplomatic representative to do his duty on the salary now given, even while living on the most moderate scale known in the diplomatic corps. To attempt to do so would deprive him of all opportunity to exercise that friendly, per- sonal, social influence which is so important an element in his success. To sum up my suggestions as to this part of the subject, I should say: First, and foremost, as essential, that there be provided, at each diplomatic post where the United States has a representative, a spacious and suitable house or apartment, either bought by our Government or taken on a long lease. Secondly, as highly desir- able, that American representatives of all grades should have their salaries increased by from twenty-five to fifty per cent. Thirdly, that an additional number of Secretaries and Attachés should be provided in the manner and for the reasons above mentioned. Even if the carrying out of these reforms should require an appropriation to the diplomatic service sixty per cent. higher than it now is, which is an amount greater than, in my opinion, would be really required by all the expenditures I propose, including interest WHITE] DIPLOMATIC SERVICE OF UNITED STATES DSi upon the purchase money of appropriate quarters for our representa- tives abroad,—the total additional cost to each citizen of the United States would be but a trifle over one-quarter of one cent per year. As to suitable requirements for secretaryships, and proper pro- motion throughout the whole service, they would vastly increase its attractiveness, in all its grades, to the very men whom the country most needs. They would open to young men in our universities, col- leges, and schools of all grades a most honorable career leading such institutions to establish courses of instruction with reference to such a service—courses which were long since established in Germany, but which have arrived nearest perfection in two of our sister republics—at the University of Zurich in Switzerland, and in the Ecole Libre des Sciences Politiques in Paris. And now, a few words in conclusion. You will have observed that my attempt has been to develop my subject in the simplest manner possible. I have carefully avoided the profounder questions connected with the subject: discussions of present and future Amer- ican policy and the like, for the reason that I have wished to give merely those elementary considerations which may enable any Amer- ican citizen to draw from them a straightforward conclusion as to things fundamentally necessary. A word also in self-defense. My own connection with the foreign service of the United States has extended over fifty years, during which at various periods and posts, I have discharged diplomatic or quasi-diplomatic duties. In speaking of the defects of our present system and their remedies, I would above all things wish it to be understood that I am not a man with a grievance—that I have no complaints to make, whatever. On the contrary, I feel profoundly gateful to the various administrations—of both parties—under which I have served, for their support and kindness. This paper is the result of a decision made many years ago, that after the conclusion of my connection with the diplomatic service—when no human being could charge against me a desire to do anything for my own personal comfort or satisfaction—I would present, in the simplest and clearest manner possible, my view of the best course to be taken in develop- ing and improving our diplomatic establishment—in the interest of our country; and in no other interest whatever. It seems to me certain that a proper development of the existing service, on the general lines I have presented, would not only increase the prestige and influence of the United States among her sister nations, but, purely from a commercial point of view, would amply 138 ’ SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 repay us. To have in diplomatic positions at the various capitals a large proportion of men thoroughly fitted, not only as regards char- acter and intelligence, but also as regards experience and acquaint- ance, and to have them enabled to exert their abilities under the best conditions, would be, from every point of view, of the greatest advantage to our country, materially and politically, and would give strength to our policy throughout the world. NIMG1V8 ‘H ‘V ‘(YW AG SHdVHYDOLOHd GNV NIMS SHL WOYs S0VW ‘ValIuO1d 4O LSVOO NO G3GNVYLS NOGONIHY 4O SNIMVYC HSVM SNOILO311090 SNOANVIISOSIN NVINOSHLIWS AIXXX “Id ‘8b “1OA TE STORY OP ThE WHALE SHARK: (RHINODON Pye US oMiELEH) By BARTON A. BEAN In the month of April, 1828, there was captured by fishermen in Table Bay, Cape of Good Hope, one of the most interesting of living animals, being remarkable not only for its unusual structure but for the huge size it attains. The whale shark unlike other sharks has a terminal mouth, and the jaws are provided with ribbon-like dental plates of extremely numerous and minute teeth. This shark is said to grow to a length of sixty feet and is exceeded in size by no living animal other than the whale-bone or right whale. As Dr. Gill has expressed it to the writer it is: “ The greatest, the most gigantic, of the sharks, not uncommon in the Indian Ocean, but which, on ac- count of its great size, is represented by remains in few museums and is but little known.” This huge animal, like its relative of the north—the basking shark —and like the whale, lives on minute animals such as copepods, other crustaceans, and mollusks, which flourish in great abundance about the surface of the ocean. We find nothing recorded as to its manner of reproduction, but assume that like its related forms it is ovoviviparous. It is a slow moving, apathetic shark, harmless to man, and is often found basking or sleeping on the surface of the sea. It is known in the Indian Ocean as “Mhor,” at the Seychelles as “ Chagrin,” in the Gulf of California as “ Tiburon Ballenas ” or whale shark, in the Gulf of Panama the natives call it “ tintoreva,” and the one stranded on the coast of Florida was referred to as an “ East Indian basking shark.” We find little recorded as to the use made of this gigantic shark. In a letter on shark fishing at Kurrachee, province of Scinde, British © India (to which Dr. Gill has kindly called my attention), Dr. Buist in 1850 wrote: “The great basking shark or mhor, is always harpooned; it is found float- ing or asleep near the surface of the water; it is then stuck with a harpoon of the size and form indicated in the annexed woodcut. “The fish, once struck, is allowed to run till tired; it is then pulled in, and beaten with clubs till stunned. A large hook is now hooked into its eyes or nostrils, or wherever it can be got most easily attached, and by this the shark 139 140 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vou. 48 is towed on shore; several boats are requisite for towing. The mhor is often 40, sometimes 60 feet in length; the mouth is occasionally 4 feet wide.” The fins of the sharks are exported from Bombay to China. The specimen on the Cape fortunately fell into the hands of Dr. Andrew Smith, Surgeon to the Forces, then resident at Cape Town, who records that “the specimen described was the only one that had been seen at the Cape within the memory of any of the fishermen. At the time is was discovered it was swimming leis- urely near the surface of the water, with a cer- tain portion of the back above it. When ap- proached it manifested no great degree of fear and it was not before a harpoon was lodged in its body that it altered its course and quickened its pace.” Dr. Smith first described the animal in the Zoblogical Journal in 1829, where he gave what I believe to be the first notice and description of this interesting species. The title of his article is “Contributions to the Natural History of Fic, 17.—Harpoon South Africa, etc.,” and contains in addition to used in capture of //inodon, misspelled Rhincodon, descriptions of Shark at Kurrachee. new species of mammals and reptiles. I quote verbatim the original description: “Fam. SQUALID. Genus Ruincopon Mihi. “Dentes graciles breves leniter curvati, ordinibus longitudinalibus ita dis- positi ut lineae in anteriore maxillae, nec non et mandibulae parte jacentis, speciem habeant; caput latum, depressum, quadrangulare, os ad apicem capitis cui latitudine feré par est; latera liris longitudinalibus et carina perquam distincta in utroque caudae latere; spiraculum a tergo utriusque oculi; pinna analis alteri pinnae dorsalis pene opposita. “Rhincodon typus, mihi. “Supra viridi-griseus maculis et lineis albis numerosis; subtus rubroalbus ad rubrum transiens; dorso ante anteriorem suam pinnam carinato, post ro- tundato, deinde plano. “Colour of back and sides greenish gray, with numerous white spots, vary- ing in size from that of a sixpence to a halfpenny; also several white lines on the sides of the head, body and about the branchiae; below reddish white, passing into vermillion red, anterior part of back carinated, posterior rounded or flat. Length of the specimen from which the description was taken, fifteen feet; greatest circumference, nine feet. Was caught by fishermen in Table Bay, during the month of April, 1828, and the skin was purchased for £6 sterling, and forwarded to the Paris Museum.” There followed considerable confusion in the name of Dr. Smith’s new genus. He evidently first intended to use the name Rhineodon ADSO1O0Z NVOIYSAY HLNOS 4O SNOILVYLSNIT SiHLINS JO 96 ALVId “SNOIdAL NOGONIHY . fone AXXX “Id “8b "100A SNOILO31109 SNOANVIISOSIN NVINOSHLIWS BEAN] HISTORY OF THE WHALE SHARK I4I and the name as printed, Rhincodon, was probably a mistake of the printer, so that we deem it best to now use the name finally adopted by Dr. Smith in his illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa, wherein a figure of the species is given, plate 26, published in March, 1845, and a description published in the following October. In his account of the distribution of vertebrate animals, C. L. Bonaparte in 1832 listed the name Rhincodon (p. 121). Muller and Henle in 1838 used the name Rincodon, and in the same year (1838-1839) William Swainson refers to this fish under the name Rineodon, (1, p. 142), Rhineodon, (11, p. 191), and Rhiniodon (11, p. 317). Swainson seemed to be under the impression that at least two differ- ent sharks were in question, or else he was careless in the construc- tion of his artificial keys. In two places he refers to the small spir- acles (II, pp. 191, 317), while in another key he says “ spiracles wanting ” (11, p. 314). In their valuable work entitled “ Systematis- che Beschreibung der Plagiostomen,” pp. 77 to. 78, Berlin, 1841, Muller and Henle used the name Rhinodon typicus. The year in which Dr. Smith founded this genus Rhinodon (mis- spelled Rhincodon) has all along been erroneously given as 1841— see the nomenclators—instead of 1829; the correct date being en- tirely overlooked by authors. We shall endeavor, in the bibliography appended to this paper, to give ready references to the literature and thus save future students much loss of time and avoid as far as possible chance for confusion in adding to the history of this shark. Thirty years after the capture of the Cape of Good Hope specimen of Rhinodon the Smithsonian Institution received from Captain Stone a dental plate and other parts of the same shark, taken in the Gulf of California. On account of the erroneous descriptions of the teeth by Smith, and figure of the same by Muller and Henle, Dr. Gill was misled and described the California example as a new genus and species (Micristodus punctatus), properly referring it to the family Rhinodontide. Dr. Gill’s notice and description of this specimen was published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1865, p. 177, and reads as follows: “ON A NEW GENERIC TYPE OF SHARKS. By THEoporE GILL. “In the year 1858 the Smithsonian Institution received, from Capt. Stone, the jaws and vertebre of an enormous species of shark existing in the Gulf of California and known to the inhabitants of the neighboring regions as the ‘Tiburon ballenas,’ or ‘whale shark.’ The specimen represented by the spoils was said to have been ‘twenty feet long,’ with a ‘head six feet wide,’ ‘ pec- torals three feet long’ and ‘flukes six feet between tips.’ ‘The back from 142 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 the head to first dorsal fin, brown with reddish spots.’ The head is repre- sented as truncated in front. “The dried dentigerous band of the upper jaw is slightly curved forwards, about nineteen inches between the extremities, and somewhat more than an inch in width in front. The teeth are fixed and extremely minute, the largest being little more than a line in length, and decrease towards the ends of the jaw; they are disposed in regularly transverse rows, of which there are over one hundred and sixty (164-167) on each side, while in front there are from thirteen to sixteen in each transverse row; each tooth is recurved backwards and acutely pointed, swollen and with a heel-like projection in front rising from its base. “This type will be seen, therefore, to be very distinct, but is evidently related to the South African genus Rhinodon, and must be referred to the family of Rhinodontide with the name of Micristodus punctatus.” In 1868, Dr. Percival Wright, on a visit to Mr. Swinburn Ward, Civil Commissioner of the Seychelles, met with this shark, which is not rare in this archipelago. Dr. Wright saw specimens exceeding fifty feet in length and one actually measured by Mr. Ward was more than forty-five feet long. It is not at all rare around the Seychelles, but is seldom recorded owing to its huge size and dif- ficulties attending its capture. In 1878 a specimen was captured at Callao, Peru. Prof. W. Nation examined this specimen and a por- tion of the dental plate was sent to the British Museum. In 1883 this shark was obtained on the west coast of Ceylon, the specimen being a female, 23 ft. 9 in. long. This was reported upon by Mr. A. Haly, Director of the Colombo Museum. We next quote from the voyage of the Italian Corvette, Vettor Pisani, by G. Chierchia : “While fishing for a big shark in the Gulf of Panama during the stay of our ship in Taboga Island, one day in February (1883?), with a dead calm, we saw several great sharks some miles from our anchorage. In a short time several boats with natives went to sea, accompanied by two of the Vettor Pisani’s boats. “Having wounded one of these animals in the lateral part of the belly, we held him with lines fixed to the spears; he then began to describe a very narrow curve, and irritated by the cries of the people that were in the boats, ran off with a moderate velocity. To the first boat, which held the lines just mentioned, the other boats were fastened, and it was a rather strange emotion to feel ourselves towed by the monster for more than three hours with a velocity that proved to be two miles per hour. One of the boats was filled with water. At last the animal was tired by the great loss of blood, and the boats assembled to haul in the lines and tow the shark on shore. “With much difficulty the nine boats towed the animal alongside the Vettor Pisani to have him hoisted on board, but it was impossible on account of his colossal dimensions. But, as it was high water, we went towards a sand beach with the animal, and we had him safely stranded at night. “With much care were inspected the mouth, the nostrils, the ears, and all BEAN] HISTORY OF THE WHALE SHARK 143 the body, but no parasite was found. The eyes were taken out and prepared for histological study. The set of teeth was all covered by a membrane that surrounded internally the lips; the teeth are very little and almost in a rudi- _ mental state. The mouth, instead of opening in the inferior part of the head, as in common sharks, was at the extremity of the head; the jaws having the same bend. “Cutting the animal on one side of the backbone we met (1) a compact layer of white fat 20 centimetres deep; (2) the cartilaginous ribs covered with blood vessels; (3) a stratum of flabby, stringy, white muscle, 60 centi- metres high, apparently in adipose degeneracy; (4) the stomach. “By each side of the backbone he had three chamferings or flutings, that were distinguished by inflected interstices. The color of the back was brown with yellow spots that became close and small toward the head, so as to be like marble spots. The length of the shark was 8.90 m. from the mouth to the pinna caudalis extremity, the greatest circumference 6.50 m., and 2.50 m. the main diameter (the outline of the two projections is made for giving other dimensions). “The natives call the species tintoreva, and the most aged of the village had only once before fished such an animal, but smaller. While the animal was on board we saw several Remora about a foot long drop from his mouth; it was proved that these fish lived fixed to the palate, and one of them was pulled off and kept in the zoological collection of the ship.” In February, 1889, a rhinodon 22 ft. in length was cast ashore at Madras, and in April, 1890, another specimen 14 ft. 6 in. in length was caught off Bambalapitiya, Ceylon. These were reported upon by Edgar Thurston, Sup’t. of the Madras Government Museum, in his very interesting paper, published in Bulletin No. 1, pp. 36 to 38, 1894, of that Museum. Under date of July 22, 1901, Kamakichi Kishinouye, of the Im- perial Fisheries Bureau, Tokyo, Japan, reported the capture of this shark in Japanese waters, and described it as a new species (R. pen- talineatus). With Dr. Gill the writer believes the Japanese fish to be identical with R. typicus. The following are Mr. Kishinouye’s very interesting notes upon the fish in question: “cs. A RARE SHARK, RHINODON PENTALINEATUS n. sp. “By KAMAKICHI KISHINOUYE, IMPERIAL FISHERIES BUREAU, ToKyYoO. “ (WITH 2 FIGS.) , “eingeg. 22. August I9oI. “On toth of June 1901 a rare and gigantic shark was caught by drift net off Cape Inubo. Mr. Tsuratame Oseko who keeps a collection of rare things for show in Asakusa Park, Tokyo, bought the fish and brought its skin to Tokyo to be stuffed, notwithstanding many difficulties, accompanying its enor- mous size and ponderous weight. The external part is complete, except the portion between the anal fin and the caudal. “The general appearance of the fish is very ugly, with the flat and blunt head, straight, terminal mouth and the small eyes. The skin is fine-grained, 144 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vo. 48 except five longitudinal smooth bands one dorsal median and two pairs lat- eral. The ventral lateral band seems to be continuous to the keel on each side of the tail (fig. 1). “The eyes very small, situated at the sides of the head near the margin of the colored portion of the head. The nictitating membrane wanting. The spiracles are nearly the same in size and are on the same level, with the eyes. The nostrils are at the anterior extremity of the head. They open at the labial boundary of the mouth. “The mouth is nearly straight and opens at the anterior extremity of the head too. A labial fold from the nostril to the corner of the mouth on the upper jaw and a shorter fold from the corner of the mouth on the lower jaw (fig. 2). “The teeth are very minute and numerous. They are nearly equal in size and shape. Each tooth is acutely pointed, laterally compressed and with an ellipsoidal root. The band of teeth on the upper jaw is curved a little and at each end of the band there is a detached group of teeth. The band on the lower jaw is crescent shaped. In each band the teeth are arranged in a great many transverse rows, about 300 in number. In the middle part of the band we count 16-30 teeth in one row. “The gill openings are five in number and are very wide. The second pair is widest and measures 86 cm. The last pair is most narrow, it opens above the base of the pectoral fins, where the body is very broad and high. The pectoral fins are large and strong. The first dorsal fin is inserted a little behind the middle of the body. The second dorsal fin is very small. The ventral fins are inserted below the first dorsal. The clasper is simple with a dorsal groove. The anal fin is very small. It is just below the second dorsal. The caudal fin is large and lunate. Its ventral lobe is well de- veloped. “The color is greyish brown with white round spots and transverse bands, but the ventral side is colorless. The white round spots are small and crowded near the anterior end of the body but become gradually larger and fewer backwards. The caudal fin, the second dorsal the ventrals and the anal are destitute of white markings. “The stuffed animal now measures 800 cm in length and 365 cm in cir- cumference, behind the pectorals. Mr. Oseko tells me that the skin has shrunk much and that the fish measured nearly 1000 cm when fresh. He says, moreover, that the shark was covered with many sucking fishes and one of these fishes and a pole made of oak (ca. 30 cm long) were found in the stomach. “Though the hitherto-known allied species (Rhinodon typicus Smith and Micristodus punctatus Gill) are described insufficiently, I am inclined to be- UU Fie. 18.—Section of dental plate. Fic. 19.—Teeth of Rhinodon typicus as represented by Muller and Henle. BEAN ] HISTORY OF THE WHALE SHARK lieve that this fish is a new species of the Genus Rhinodon, as it differs from these species in the form of teeth and the labial fold. Hence I propose the name of Rhinodon pentalineatus for this species. “Tokyo, 22 July, 1901.” (Zoologischer Anzeiger, Leipzig, 25 November 1901, pp. 694-695, figs. 2.) The recorded range of this shark was much enlarged by the stranding of an 18 ft. spec- imen on the beach 3 miles north of Ormond, Florida, January 25, 1902, this being the first record of the occurrence of the genus on the Atlantic coast of America. The National Mu- seum was fortunate in obtaining a good skin of this animal; a notice of its capture was pub- lished in Science, February 28, 1902. Dr. Max Weber, in his account of the Siboga Expedition, 1899 to 1900, published in January, 1902, refers on page 88 to the presence of what he believed to be examples of FR. typicus between the islands of Buton and Muna, Celebes. Un- successful efforts were made to capture one of these sharks, much to the regret of the scientists aboard. The following measurements were obtained by the writer from the skin of the animal stranded on the Florida coast: Total length, 18 it. engin to root-ef caudal’: 14 ft.,-6. 1m; Length of maxilla, 21 in. Mandible, 20 in. Width between nostrils, 21 in. Eye, 2 in. Spiracle, 14 in. (doubtful measurement). Gill slits measure in inches as follows: 18, 20, 19, 16 and 13. The distance from the first to the fifth gill opening is about 15 in. The third gill open- ing is slightly in advance of the pectoral, the fourth and fifth slits being over the anterior portion of the pectoral. Width of base of pec- toral, -184—- ine . Length of, péeforal,’ 37. in: Length of first dorsal base, 17 in. The second dorsal fin measures as follows: Base 7 in.; height of front margin II in.; top margin 84 in.; hind margin 7 in. The ventral base 94 in.; 145 Fic. 20.—Dental plate of upper jaw of Florida specimen. 146 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 front margin 10 in.; lower margin 10 in. The anal base 64 in.; front margin 10 in.; hind margin 7 in.; lower margin 9g in. Fic. 21.—Teeth of Florida specimen enlarged. Teeth in lower jaw in fourteen longitudinal rows; in upper jaw there are thirteen longitudinal and about three hundred vertical rows of developed teeth. The lower dental plate is more tapering than the upper; the plate of Doctor Gill’s type of Micristodus punctatus, preserved in the U. S. National Museum, has the teeth in fourteen horizontal and about three hundred and thirty-eight vertical rows. The accompanying photograph of these teeth, by Mr. T. W. Smillie, gives an accurate idea of their form. The example stranded on the Florida coast was dark brownish gray, the carinated longitudinal lines chocolate colored; paler underneath; head profusely spotted with light dots, which also were present on the body though fewer and larger. No trace of the vertical light-colored transverse bands shown in Dr. Smith’s illus- tration, and mentioned by Mr. Kishinouye, present in this specimen, which is number 50,227 of the U. S. National Museum, and pre- served as a dried skin. BIBLIOGRAPHY Smith, Andrew. 1829 Contributions to the Natural History of South Africa. Zool. Jour., No. xvi, pp. 443-444, Jan—May, 1829, London. Smith, Andrew. 1845 Illustrations of the Zool. of South Africa. No. xxm, pl. 26, Lon- don, 1845. Bonaparte, C. L. 1831 Saggio di una Distribuzione Metodica Degli Animali Vertebrati, p. 121, Rome, 1831 (1832). (Giornale Arcadico di Scienze, etc., Vol. 52.) Bonaparte, C. L. 1838 Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 10, 1838. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, FL. XXXVD ‘ PHOTOGRAPH OF VERTICAL ROW OF TEETH FROM DENTAL PLATE OF “ MICRISTODUS PUNCTATUS” GILL (Twelve times enlarged.) oh bas wJ hehe BEAN] HISTORY OF THE WHALE SHARK 147 Muller and Henle. 1838 On the Generic Characters of Cartilaginous Fishes, with Descrip- tions of New Genera. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 2, new series, p. 37, London, 1838. Muller and Henle. 1841 Systematische Beschreibung der Plagiostomen, pp. 77-78, Berlin, 1841. Swainson, William. 1838-39 On the Natural History and Classification of Fishes (etc.). Lardner’s Cabinet Cyclopedia, Vol. 1, p. 142, Vol. 2, pp. 191, 314, 317. London, 1838-1839. Buist, Dr. 1850 On Shark Fishing at Kurrachee. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Part 18, 1850, pp. 100-102. Gray, John Edward. 1851 List of Specimens of Fish in the Collection of the British Museum (Chondropterygii). Part 1, pp. 66-67. London, 1851. Dumeéril, Aug. 1865 Hist. Nat. Poissons, 1, Elasmobranches, Plagiostomes, etc., pp. 428- 429, Paris, 1865. Gill, Theodore. 1865 On a New Generic Type of Sharks. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 177, 1865. Gill, Theodore. The Whale Shark (Rhinodon typicus) as an American Fish. Sci- ence, N. S., Vol. xv, No. 386, pp. 824-826, May 23, 1902. Gunther, Albert C. L. G. 1870 Cat. Fishes in Brit. Mus., vim, p. 396, London, 1870. Gunther, Albert C. L. G. 1880 An Introduction to the Study of Fishes. Edinburgh, 1880, p. 323. Gunther, Albert. 1884 Voyage of the “Vettor Pisani.” Nature, Aug. 14, 1884, pp. 365-366. Wright, E. Percival. 1870 Notice of the occurrence of Rhinodon about the Seychelles. Speci- logia Biologica, Dublin, 1870. Animal Life, 1879. Lutken, Christian. 1873 Oversigt over det K. Denske Videns. Selskab Forhandlinger, 1873, pp. 47-66. See basking shark, Selachus maximus. Haly, A. On the occurrence of Rhinodon on the west coast of Ceylon. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Series, x11, pp. 48-49. Chierchia, G. 1884 The Voyage of the Vetter Pisani. Nature, London, xxx, 1884, p. 365. Thurston, Edgar. 1894 Inspection of the Pearl Fisheries of Ceylon. Bulletin No. 1 of the Madras Museum, 1894, pp. 36-38, pl. 11. 148 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Jordan and Evermann. 1896 Fishes of North and Middle America. Bull. 47, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 52, 1806. (Micristodus punctatus Gill.) Kishinouye, Kamakichi. tgor A rare shark, Rhinodon pentalineatus n. sp. Zool. Anzeiger, xxIVv, 1901, pp. 694-695. Weber, Max. 1902 The Siboga Expedition, Livr. 11, Leiden, 1902, p. 88. Observations on large sharks and rays in the Celebes. Bean, Barton A. tgoz2 A Rare Whale Shark. Science, N. S., Vol. xv, No. 374, p. 353, Feb. 28, 1902. Bridge, T. W. 1904 The Cambridge Nat. Hist., Vol. 7, pp. 287, 454, London, 1904. THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA BONAPARTE AND SOME OF ITS ALLIES By HARRY C. OBERHOLSER The group of Pycnonotidae called Bleda, or until recently Xeno- cichla, has long been known as a very heterogeneous assemblage. No satisfactory arrangement of this genus has yet been published, nor indeed do scarcely any two authors agree concerning the proper limits of the group. It is evident on even the most superficial examination that Bleda, constituted for instance as it is in Dr. Sharpe’s recent work,’ contains species of several very different types of structure, which are sufficiently well characterized to war- rant generic segregation. Most assuredly they are quite as different as the reasonably and almost universally recognized genera Jvono- tus, Phyllastrephus, Chlorocichla, Andropadus, Alophoixus, and even Trichophorus (Criniger Auct.), so that if the current components of Bleda are to be considered congeneric, there is no good reason for not merging all the above mentioned genera into one great group, which shall include Bleda also. ‘There is, in fact, no middle ground here, and if any criterion is to be set for generic subdivision, that criterion should be adhered to with at least measurable consistency. There is no difficulty in defining the groups recognized in the present revision unless they are connected by species not examined by the author, which from the descriptions of such seems not to be the case. Very naturally the proper division and arrangement of Bleda has involved other closely related genera, and in order that their rela- tionships might be best shown, these groups have been included in the succeeding exposition. . The principal measurements of which use is hereinafter made have been taken as follows: Wing.—The distance from the bend of the wing to the tip of longest primary, taken with dividers without straightening the quills. Tail—tThe distance from the coccygeal insertion of the middle feathers to the tip of the longest rectrix. Exposed culmen (length of bill).—The chord of the culmen, taken from its tip to the point where the feathers of the forehead impinge on its base. * Hand-List Gen. and Spec. Birds, 111, 1901, pp. 320-323. 149 I50 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Tarsus.—Measured from the center of the heel eae behind to the edge of the last tarsal scute in front. This paper is based about equally on the collection of the United States National Museum and that of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and the writer would here express his con- sequent obligations to the authorities of these institutions. TRICHOPHORUS Temminck Tricophorus (err. typ.) TEMMINcK, PI. Col. 11, livr. 15, 1821, pl. 88 (type Trichophorus barbatus Temminck). Trichophorus TEMMINck, PI. Col. m1, livr. 15, 1821, pl. 88 (type Tricho- phorus barbatus Temminck). Criniger TEMMINCK, Pl. Col. ut, livr. 15, 1821, pl. 88, footnote (type Trichophorus barbatus Temminck). Trichas GLoceER, Froriep’s Notizen, xvi, 1827, p. 278 (type Trichophorus barbatus Temminck). Hypotrichas HEINE, Journ. f. Ornith., 1860, p. 138 (type Trichophorus calurus Cassin). Chars. gen.—Similar to Bleda, but head conspicuously crested; throat feathers lengthened ; nuchal hairs long, not branched; bill not higher than broad at base, its height at base more than one-third of exposed culmen, the culmen curved from base, the gonys not strongly ascending. Description.—Tail shorter than wing, but usually not less than five-sixths of it; throat feathers lengthened; tarsus scutellate; wing 4% to about 5% times the length of the tarsus; tarsus not shorter than exposed culmen, sometimes 1% times as long; head dis- tinctly crested; nuchal hairs long (25 mm. or more), not branched ; rictal bristles long, reaching at least about half way to end of bill; bill stout, rather short, somewhat compressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, but at base equal in height and breadth, or broader than high; height of bill at base more than one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen curved from base; gonys only slightly ascending; maxillar tomium with only one subterminal notch; nostrils rounded oval, slightly or not at all operculate an- teriorly, but distinctly, sometimes broadly so posteriorly; frontal feathering not extending beyond posterior edge of nostrils ;* bristles of nostrils long and rather numerous. Type.—Trichophorus barbatus TEMMINCK. This ends as here restricted differs from all its allies below 1 This means that no feathers grow above or below the nostrils, although those inserted behind sometimes project over or beyond the posterior portion of the open nares. OBERHOLSER] THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA I51 treated in the possession of a well-marked crest, and from the various individual genera in also other respects which will be evident in the following diagnoses. The name Criniger, by which this group has been usually desig- nated, is untenable, and should be replaced by Trichophorus. It will readily be seen, on examination of the original description of Criniger’ that the characters there given might with equal pro- priety apply to any of several African genera of Pycnonotidae; no particular species is mentioned in connection with the name; and it is said to be founded on five undescribed species from western Africa! In fact Criniger is here a nomen nudum, and is identifiable only by Temminck’s later statement in his larger work where he proposes Trichophorus for the same birds and explicitly repudiates Crimger.* In this place, after giving a detailed diagnosis of his genus Trichophorus he makes the following observation: “ Ce genre a été indiqué dans l’Analyse du systéme, voyez Manuel d’Ornith- ologie, page Lx”; to which he adds the following footnote: “(1) Le genre 12° de la page citée renferme d’analyse du genre Crinon, que nous avions nommé en latin Criniger. Cette dénomina- tion ayant été jugée vicieuse, nous proposons celle de Trichophorus, pour nom scientifique du genre.” In view of this, there seems to be no way to avoid the rejection of Criniger and the acceptance of Trichophorus. The former, moreover, should date from the same place, but only as a synonym of Trichophorus. A word might also be said regarding the proper spelling of Trichophorus. Where the term first appears, as a heading to the generic diagnosis,® it is spelled Tricophorus, but in the above quoted footnote on the same page, as well as in the succeeding description of Trichophorus bar- batus, it is written Trichophorus, which fact seems to furnish ample justification for regarding the form “ Tricophorus” as a typo- graphical error, and for consequently accepting the proper spelling Trichophorus. The removal of several East Indian forms which are clearly not congeneric leaves this genus a fairly homogeneous one, and admits of a satisfactory diagnosis. Some of the African species have rather *Temminck, Man. Orn., 1, 1820, p. 1x. 2“ Formé de cing espéces nouvelles qui n’ont point de type parmi celles connues; toutes sont de cotes occidentales d’Afrique; plusieurs ont un bouquet de crins a la nuque.” Jdem, Ibid., pp. 1x—Ixi. SP Colvaimt livieers, 1621, pl Ss. SPisColetieslivas 15, o2t> ple so. 5 Tbid. 152 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS __ [VOL. 48 broader bills with a more extended nasal operculum, and vary some in other proportions, but the differences do not seem sufficiently marked to render advisable at present a further subdivision of the group. Of the species now to be referred to this genus, one, Trichophorus gularis (Horsfield),* requires to be renamed, since its present title is preoccupied by Turdus gularis Latham? which is Cinclus merula (SCHAFFER) (== aquaticus Auct.) ; and it may be known as Tricho- phorus xanthizurus. A list of the species of this genus follows: Trichophorus chloronotus Cassin. Trichophorus calurus Cassin. Trichophorus verreauxi verreauxt (Sharpe). Trichophorus verreauxi ndussumensis (Reichenow). Trichophorus flaveolus Gould. Trichophorus frater (Sharpe). Trichophorus burmanicus (Oates). Trichophorus griseiceps (Hume). Trichophorus salangae (Sharpe). Trichophorus xanthizurus Oberholser (= gularis Horsfield, nec Latham). Trichophorus tephrogenys Jardine and Selby (= gutturalis Bonaparte). Trichophorus sordidus (Richmond). Trichophorus henrict (Oustalet). Trichophorus pallidus (Swinhoe). Trichophorus ruficrissus (Sharpe). Trichophorus sumatranus (Wardlaw-Ramsay). Trichophorus barbatus Temminck. Trichophorus conradi (Finsch). Trichophorus finschi (Salvadori). Trichophorus palawanensis (Tweeddale). * ALOPHOIXUS Oates. Alophoixus Oates, Fauna Brit. India, Birds, 1, 1889, p. 259. Chars. gen.—Similar to Trichophorus, but differing chiefly in having no occipital crest, and a much less evident nasal operculum. Description.—Tail about five-sixths of wing; throat feathers lengthened; tarsus scutellate; wing about 41% times the length of the tarsus; tarsus 114 to 114 times the length of exposed culmen ; head not crested ; nuchal hairs long (25 mm. or more), not branched ; rictal bristles reaching at least half way to end of bill; bill stout, rather short, moderately compressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, slightly broader than high at base, its height at base more than one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen curved 1Turdus gularis Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., x11, 1821, p. 150. *Turdus gularis Latham, Suppl. Ind. Orn., 1801, p. xl. OBERHOLSER] THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA 153 from base; gonys slightly ascending ; maxillar tomium with but one subterminal notch; nostrils much rounded, scarcely operculate, and if at all, only posteriorly; frontal feathering not extending beyond posterior edge of nostrils; bristles of nostrils long and rather numerous. Type—tIxos phaeocephalus HArTLAvus. This is a small group apparently well entitled to generic rank, though in most respects very similar to Trichophorus, with which of course it has closest affinity. Its long, unbranched nuchal hairs and lengthened throat feathers will serve readily to distinguish it from other allied genera which have rounded nostrils. The only species of this group are: Alophoixus phaeocephalus (Hartlaub). Alophoixus diardi (Finsch). IDIOCICHLA’ gen. nov. Chars. gen.—Similar to Bleda, but bill much shorter, its height at base decidedly more than one-third of exposed culmen; culmen not straight; tarsus at least 114 times exposed culmen. Description.—Tail about nine-tenths of wing; throat feathers not lengthened; tarsus scutellate; wing about 4 times the length of tarsus; tarsus 14%4 to 1% times exposed culmen; head not crested; nuchal hairs short (less than 20 mm.), much branched ; rictal bristles strong, reaching at least two-thirds the length of the bill; bill stout, rather short, compressed, much higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, about equal in height and breadth at base, its height at base more than one-third of exposed culmen; culmen somewhat curved; gonys decidedly ascending; mixillar tomium with but one subterminal notch; nostrils rounded oval, only slightly operculate, and that posteriorly ; forehead feathered to posterior edge of nostrils ; nasal bristles long and numerous. Type.—Trichophorus notatus CASSIN. This group is most closely allied to Bleda, and scarcely needs com- parison -with other genera unless possibly with Thescelocichla, Alophoixus, and Trichophorus, for all the others with superficial re- semblance have linear or lengthened nostrils. The species are: Idiocichla notata (Cassin). Idiocichla canicapilla (Hartlaub). 1idvoc, distinctus; KivAy, turdus. ? Postea, p. 154. 154 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 BLEDA Bonaparte Bleda Bonaparte, Rev. et Mag. Zool., Feb., 1857, p. 50 (type, Dasy- cephala syndactyla Swainson). Xenocichla Hartitaus, Orn. Westafr., 1857, p. 86 (type, Dasycephala syndactyla Swainson). Chars. gen.—Resembling Alophoixus, but throat feathers not lengthened ; nuchal hairs short (less than 20 mm.), much branched : tarsus about equal to exposed culmen; height of bill at base not more than one-third of exposed culmen; gonys strongly ascending; bill longer and more compressed, the culmen straight except at decurved tip ; nasal operculum more evident. Description.—Tail about nine-tenths of wing; throat feathers not lengthened ; tarsus scutellate; wing about 4% times the tarsus; ex- posed culmen and tarsus about equal; head not crested ; nuchal hairs short (less than 20 mm.), much branched; rictal -bristles long, reach- ing about half way to end of bill; bill large and stout, decidedly com- pressed, higher than broad at base and at anterior edge of nostrils, the height at base about equal to one-third of exposed culmen, but sometimes less; culmen straight, except of course at decurved tip; gonys strongly ascending, the angle conspicuous; maxilla with but one subterminal notch; nostrils rounded oval, somewhat operculate, chiefly posteriorly ; frontal feathering not extending beyond hinder edge of nostrils; nasal bristles long and rather numerous. Type.—Dasycephala syndactyla SwAINsON. As here constituted, this is a fairly well defined group, and by reason of the structure of the nostrils much more nearly related to Trichophorus, Alophoixus, Idiocichla, and Thescelocichla than to several other groups that have, like the two latter, often, if not usually, been considered congeneric. The species here included in this genus are: Bleda syndactyla (Swainson). Bleda eximia (Hartlaub). Bleda xavieri (Oustalet). Bleda multicolor (Bocage). THESCELOCICHLA’ gen. nov. Chars. gen.—Similar to Bleda, but rictal bristles weak ; bill shorter, not so stout, its height less than its breadth at base, but more than one-third of exposed culmen; culmen curved at least on distal two- thirds; gonys almost horizontal; tarsus about 114 times exposed culmen. 19écKxezoc, mirabilis; «/y27, turdus. OBERHOLSER] THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA 155 Description.—Tail about nine-tenths of wing; throat feathers not lengthened ; tarsus rather lightly scutellate; wing about 414 times the tarsus ; tarsus about 114 times exposed culmen; head not crested; nuchal hairs short (less than 20 mm.), branched; rictal bristles weak, reaching only about one-third the length of the bill, not ex- tending beyond the anterior edge of nostrils; bill rather strong, moderately lengthened, somewhat compressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, but broader than high at base, its height at base more than one-third of exposed culmen; culmen curved almost from base; gonys only slightly ascending; maxillar tomium with but one subterminal notch ; nostrils rounded oval, a very little or not at all operculate, posteriorly; frontal feathering not extending beyond posterior margin of nostrils; bristles of nostrils few and short. Type.—Phyllastrephus leucopleurus Cassin. This genus is so different from Bleda (syndactyla) that it seems rather remarkably to have escaped separation until now. Of its other allies possessing roundish nostrils it needs further comparison with only Idiocichla, from which, however, it is easily distinguished. Apparently the only species belonging here 1s: Thescelocichla leucopleura (Cassin). ATIMASTILLAS’ gen. nov. Chars. gen.—Resembling Bleda, but nostrils lengthened; rictal bristles weak; height of bill at base much more than one-third of exposed culmen; culmen curved from base; gonys but slightly ascending, the angle not conspicuous; tarsus much longer than cul- men; bristles of nostrils few and short. Description —Tail about equal to wing or slightly less; throat feathers not lengthened; tarsus scutellate; wing about 41% times the tarsus; tarsus about 13g times the exposed culmen; head not crested ; nuchal hairs short, branched; rictal bristles weak, reaching not more than one-third the length of bill, and not beyond anterior edge of nostrils; bill stout, rather short, somewhat compressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, about equal in height and breadth at base, its height at base nearly one-half the exposed culmen ; culmen much curved from base; gonys only a little ascend- ing; maxilla with but one subterminal notch; nostrils lengthened oval, operculate ; frontal feathering not extending beyond posterior edge of nostrils; nasal bristles very few and short. *ariuaotoc, neglectus; ‘AAdc, turdus. 156 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Type.—Haematornis flavicollis SwAINSON. This genus is superficially close to Thescelocichla, but aside from the lengthened, conspicuously operculate nostrils, by which it may be readily distinguished, it has a somewhat shorter tail, and a much more arched bill. The four forms here referred to this genus are apparently only subspecifically distinct : Atimastillas flavicollis flavicollis (Swainson). Atimastillas flavicollis shelleyi (Neumann). Atimastillas flavicollis pallidigula (Sharpe). Atimastillas flavicollis tlavigula (Cabanis). PROSPHOROCICHLA’ nom. nov. Pyrrhurus Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 46 (type Phyllas- trephus scandens Swainson) (nec Pyrrhura Bonaparte). Chars. gen.—Similar to Bleda, but nostrils lengthened, conspic- uously operculate; rictal and nasal bristles weaker; culmen curved from base; gonys only slightly ascending ; bill shorter, somewhat de- pressed, its height less than its breadth at base, its height at base more than one-third the exposed culmen; tarsus about 1% times the length of exposed culmen. Description.—Tail about nine-tenths of wing, or slightly more; throat feathers not lengthened ; tarsus scutellate ; wing 4 to 41% times the tarsus; tarsus 1% to 134 times the exposed culmen; head not crested; nuchal hairs rather long, much branched; rictal bristles rather weak, not reaching half the length of the bill; bill of moderate length, somewhat depressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, broader than high at base, the height at base more than one- third the exposed culmen; culmen curved almost from base; gonys but slightly ascending; maxilla with but one subterminal notch; nostrils lengthened oval, operculate throughout; frontal feathering not extending beyond posterior edge of nostrils; nasal bristles few and rather short. Type.—Phyllastrephus scandens SwAINSON. Captain Shelley has united Ptyrticus Hartlaub with the present group,” but an examination of even the description and figures of Ptyrticus® seems quite sufficient to indicate that it is very different; furthermore, it apparently does not belong in the same family! This genus was long ago named Pyrrhurus by Cassin,* but 1 rpdogopoc, similis; K/xAy, turdus. 2 Ibis, 1899, p. 373. ®Hartlaub, Zool. Jahrb., 1, 1887, p. 314, pl. x1, fig. I. * Proc. Acad. Nat. S: 3. Phila., 1859, p. 46. OBERHOLSER | THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA 157 Pyrrhurus is preoccupied by Pyrrhura Bonaparte’ given to a group of Psittacide; and, as there are no synonyms, it has been renamed as above. An examination of the specimens of Prosphorocichla scandens from the Ogobai, or Ogowe, River, Gabun, recorded by Cassin as Pyrrhurus pallescens,? and still in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, has developed the fact that they are very different from true scandens of Senegal. Since Trichophorus pallescens Hart- laub? is based on specimens from Gambia, and is identical with scandens, the Gabun bird is apparently without a name. Through the courtesy of Mr. Witmer Stone it is here described, and called: PROSPHOROCICHLA SCANDENS ACEDIS subsp. nov. Chars. subsp.—Similar to Prosphorocichla scandens scandens, but decidedly smaller; entire upper parts, with sides of head, darker, the lores barely paler than the crown, and together with the back and scapulars, less ochraceous (more grayish), the rump less tawny ; superior wing-coverts and outer vanes of primaries much more grayish (less rufescent), barely different from the back ; under wing- coverts darker, more grayish; lower parts, excepting the crissum, grayish white without buff or cream color, except for a faint tinge on the middle of lower breast and abdomen. Description.—Type, adult, sex unknown, No. 17,028, collection Academy Nat. Sci. Phila.; Ogobai River, Gabun, western Africa, 1858; P. Du Chaillu. Head brownish slate, lighter on forehead; back and scapulars grayish brown; rump more rufescent; upper tail-coverts and tail tawny, the shafts paler; wing-quills and their superior coverts grayish brown, scarcely more rufescent than the back, the exterior margins of most of the outer primaries a little paler; lores and sides of head and neck brownish slate gray about like the forehead but rather more brownish; lower parts dull white, shaded with gray across the breast and with brownish gray on the sides and flanks, the center of abdomen and lower breast slightly washed with yellowish; crissum buff; under wing-coverts olive gray mixed with yellowish. From Prosphorocichla scandens orientalist this new form differs *Bonaparte, Naumannia, 1856, p. 352 (table); Souancé, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1857, p. 97; Bonaparte, Compt. Rend., xiv, 1857, p. 538. 2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 46. 3 Orn. Westafr., 1857, p. 86. * Xenocichla orientalis Hartlaub, Journ. f. Ornith., 1883, p. 425 (Tamaja, British Equatorial Africa). 158 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 in larger size; much darker top and sides of head; darker sides of neck; and less yellowish lower surface. Comparative measurements of the three forms are as follows: Name. | Locality. Wing. | Tail. aa Tarsus. ges Prosphorocichla scandens | Senegal. 118 109 15.52 | oy.5 fone scandens. | : ‘ Prosphorocichla scandens | Ogobai River, 96 88 T5528 16 acedts.} Gabun. | Prosphorocichla scandens | Ogobai River, 100 96 15.5 | 25 16.5 acedts. | Gabun. | Prosphorocichla scandens | Tamaja, British 93 80 15 | 22 — orientalis.? Equatorial Africa. | This genus apparently comprises only the following: Prosphorocichla scandens scandens (Swainson) (= pallescens Hartlaub). Prosphorocichla scandens acedis Oberholser. Prosphorocichla scandens orientalis (Hartlaub). BAEOPOGON Heine Baeopogon Herne, Journ. f. Ornith., 1860, p. 139. Chars. gen.—Somewhat resembling Bleda, but tail very much shorter; nostrils linear, operculate; bill shorter, much depressed, broader than high at base, the culmen curved almost throughout, the gonys but slightly ascending ; rictal and nasal bristles much shorter ; tarsus relatively longer. Description—Tail about three-fourths of wing; throat feathers not lengthened ; tarsus strongly scutellate; wing nearly 5 times the tarsus; tarsus 114 times the culmen; head not crested; hairs on nape short, much compound; rictal bristles reaching about one-third the length of the bill, not beyond the anterior margin of nostrils; bill rather short and stout, decidedly depressed, much broader than high both at base and anterior edge of nostrils, its height at base about equal to one-third the length of exposed culmen ; culmen moderately curved almost or quite from. base; gonys but slightly ascending ; maxillar tomium with only one subterminal notch; nostrils linear, strongly operculate, the frontal feathering not extending beyond their posterior margin; nasal vibrissae few and short. Type.—Criniger indicator VERREAUX. This very distinct genus may easily be distinguished from all its * Type. 2 Measurements from original description, loc. cit. * Imperfect. OBERHOLSER] THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA 159 allies by its much abbreviated tail, as well as by various other ex- cellent characters. The species are: Baeopogon indicator (Verreaux) (= batesi Sharpe). Baeopogon clamans (Sj6stedt). IXONOTUS Verreaux Ixonotus VERREAUX, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 306. Chars. gen.—Similar to Prosphorocichla, but nuchal hairs shorter, not branched ;.tarsus relatively shorter ; bill shorter, equal in height and breadth at anterior edge of nostrils, its height at base about equal to one-third the length of exposed culmen. Description.—Tail about nine-tenths of wing; throat feathers not lengthened; tarsus scutellate; wing about 4% times the tarsus; tarsus about 13 times the exposed culmen; head not crested ; nuchal hairs very short, not branched; rictal bristles not reaching half the length of the bill—but little beyond anterior edge of nostrils; bill rather short, somewhat depressed, with height and breadth about equal at anterior edge of nostrils, the height less than the breadth at base, the height at base about equal to one-third the exposed cul- men; culmen curved from base; gonys only slightly ascending ; maxilla with only one subterminal notch; nostrils almost linear, operculate, the frontal feathering extending only to their posterior margin ; nasal bristles few and short. Type.—Ixonotus guttatus VERREAUX. This genus is apparently most closely allied to Prosphorocichla, from which it differs as above stated, but these characters are by no means as great as those separating Prosphorocichla from Bleda; and Ivonotus, so many and decided are its differences, hardly needs comparison with Bleda as here restricted. The two species of this group are: Ixonotus guttatus Verreaux. Txonotus landanae Oustalet. . PHYLLASTREPHUS Swainson Phyllastrephus Swatnson, Fauna Bor. Amer., 1, 1831, p. 486 (type Le Jaboteur, Levaillant). Phyllostrophus Sunpevatt, Av. Disp. Tentamen, 1872, p. 20 (nom. emend. pro Phyllastrephus). Chars. gen—Similar to Ixonotus, but bill longer, more slender, somewhat compressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, the culmen almost straight except at tip; nostrils more oval; nuchal hairs much branched. 160 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Description.—Tail less than wing, but usually at least nine-tenths of it; throat feathers not lengthened ; tarsus scutellate; wing 314 to 4% times the tarsus ; tarsus 1144 to 1% times the culmen ; head not crested ; nuchal hairs short, much branched; rictal bristles rather weak, not reaching beyond the middle of the bill; bill rather long and slender, somewhat compressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, approximately equal in height and breadth at base, the height at base about equal to one-third.the length of exposed culmen; culmen almost straight except at tip; gonys nearly straight—only slightly ascending ; maxillar tomium with but one subterminal notch; nostrils lengthened oval, operculate, the frontal feathering not extending to their posterior margin; nasal bristles few and short. Type.—Phyllastrephus terrestris SWAINSON. The rather long, slender bill, and straight culmen, in combination with various other characters, render this genus easily distinguishable _ from all its allies. The following species appear to be referable to this group, though ° a few of them are somewhat aberrant: Phyllastrephus terrestris terrestris Swainson (= capensis Swainson) .* Phyllastrephus terrestris suahelicus (Reichenow). Phyllastrephus strepitans strepitans (Reichenow) (=sharpet Shelley). ‘Phyllastrephus strepitans rufescens (Hartlaub) (= pauper Sharpe, et par- vus Fischer and Reichenow). Phyllastrephus cerviniventris Shelley. Phyllastrephus fulviventris Cabanis. Phyllastrephus simplex (Hartlaub) (= harterti Reichenow, et marchei Oustalet). Phyllastrephus placidus (Shelley). Phyllastrephus poensis Alexander. Phyllastrephus cabanisi cabanisi (Sharpe). Phyllastrephus cabanisi sucosus (Reichenow). Phyllastrephus baumanni Reichenow. Phyllastrephus flavostriatus (Sharpe) (= tenuirostris Fischer and Reiche- now). Phyllastrephus alfredi (Shelley). Phyllastrephus debilis (W. Sclater). Phyllastrephus fischeri (Reichenow). Phyllastrephus kretschmeri Reichenow and Naumann. ARGALEOCICHLA? gen. nov. Chars. gen.—Similar to Phyllastrephus, but bill more depressed, much broader than high at base, about equal in height and breadth at anterior edge of nostrils, the height at base much less than one- *Cf. Richmond, Auk, 1900, p. 179. 2apyanéoc, difficilis; xixAy, turdus. : : OBERHOLSER] THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA 161 third the length of exposed culmen; nostrils more lengthened; tarsus less than 114 times the length of exposed culmen; nuchal hairs less branched ; rictal and nasal bristles decidedly longer. Description—Tail about nine-tenths of wing; throat feathers not lengthened ; tarsus scutellate; wing about 4 times the tarsus; tarsus 1¥% times the exposed culmen; head not crested; nuchal hairs short (less than 20 mm.), slightly branched; rictal bristles long, reaching about two-thirds the length of the bill; bill long, rather slender, de- pressed, equal in height and breadth at anterior edge of nostrils, much broader than high at base, its height at the latter point much less than one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen, except at tip, straight or even slightly concave; gonys somewhat ascending ; maxilla with one subterminal notch; nostrils linear, operculate, the frontal feathering extending only to their posterior margin; bristles of nostrils long and rather numerous. Type.—tTrichophorus icterinus BONAPARTE. The present more careful examination has convinced us that we were wrong in considering the type of this genus congeneric with Bleda syndactyla. It is in reality very distinct, differing from Bleda in its linear nostrils; less branched nuchal hairs; relatively longer rictal bristles ; more slender, depressed bill, with less sharply ascend- ing gonys; and longer tarsus, as compared with length of culmen. The generic separation of this species from Criniger ictericus Strick- land will doubtless do away with all objection to the use of its earliest and therefore correct specific name icterina. Some doubt exists regarding the reference of Xenocichla polio- cephala Reichenow to this genus, as the species has not been avail- able for examination. It certainly does not belong in Bleda, nor do its characters, in so far as they have been expressed in published diagnoses, seem to fit any other genus so well as Argaleocichla. It is even possible that a new genus will be necessary for its reception. The only species that appear to belong under this heading are: Argaleocichla icterina (Bonaparte) (= tricolor Cassin). Argaleocichla poliocephala (Reichenow). THAPSINILLAS? gen. nov. Chars. gen.—Similar to Trichophorus, but head not crested ; throat feathers not lengthened; nuchal hairs short; nostrils linear, opercu- late ; tarsus much shorter than culmen, and more than 5% times con- *Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xx, 1899, p. 14. 2Oapiwoc, flavus; iAAac, turdus. 162 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 tained in the length of wing; bill longer and relatively more slender, the culmen almost straight; rictal bristles much weaker. Description.—Tail about nine-tenths of wing; throat feathers not lengthened ; tarsus slightly scutellate; wing about 534 to 6 times the length of tarsus; tarsus only about five-sixths of exposed culmen; head not crested; nuchal hairs short, not branched; rictal bristles rather weak, reaching about one-third the length of bill, and scarcely beyond the nostrils; bill lengthened, somewhat compressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils; not quite so high as broad at base, the height at base about equal to one-third the exposed culmen; culmen only slightly curved—almost straight except at tip; gonys distinctly ascending; maxillar tomium with but one sub- terminal notch; nostrils more or less linear, much operculate, the frontal feathering not extending beyond their posterior edge; nasal vibrissze long and moderately numerous. Type.—Criniger affinis HoMBRON and JACQUINOT. The species of this genus, though heretofore included in Tricho- phorus, are really very different in structural details from the typical members of the latter, and indeed are much more closely allied to Phyllastrephus, Argaleocichla, and several other African groups. From all the related genera with lengthened nostrils Thapsimillas may easily be distinguished, however, by its very short tarsus, this being considerably less than the exposed culmen. The following species belong here : Thapsinillas affinis (Jacquinot and Pucheran). Thapsinillas mystacalis (Wallace). Thapsinillas longirostris (Wallace). Thapsinillas platenae (W. Blasius). Thapsinillas aurea (Walden). ACRITILLAS’ gen. nov. Chars. gen.—Somewhat similar to Bleda, but nostrils linear, operculate ; nuchal hairs not appreciably branched ; bill much shorter, more slender, depressed, the culmen curved from base, the gonys nearly or quite horizontal; tarsus decidedly longer than culmen. Description.—Tail a little more than nine-tenths of wing; throat feathers not lengthened ; tarsus at least slightly scutellate; wing 4% to 434 times the tarsus; tarsus 1% times the exposed culmen; head not crested; hairs on occiput and nape short, not branched; rictal bristles reaching from one-third to one-half the length of the bill; bill rather slender, somewhat depressed, higher than broad at anterior 1 axpitoc, confusus; tAAac, turdus. OBERHOLSER ] THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA 163 edge of nostrils, broader than high at base, its height at the latter point about equal to one-third of the exposed culmen ; culmen curved from base; gonys straight or very nearly so; maxilla with but one subterminal notch; nostrils linear, strongly operculate, the frontal feathering extending not beyond their posterior margin; bristles of nostrils rather few and of moderate length. Type.—Criniger ictericus STRICKLAND. In many of its characters this genus is far removed from Bleda, and is indeed much nearer even Thapsinillas. Its points of difference from all neighboring groups may be easily seen by consulting the diagnoses given. Apparently the only species referable here are: Acritillas icterica (Strickland). Acritillas chloris (Finsch). Acritillas lucasi (Hartert). ARIZELOCICHLA’ gen. nov. Chars. gen.—In some respects resembling Bleda, but nostrils linear, strongly operculate, the basal half of the operculum more or less feathered; bill much shorter, more turdine, depressed at base, its height at this point decidedly more than one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen curved from base ; gonys almost horizontal ; tarsus very much longer than exposed culmen. Description—Tail about nine-tenths of wing, or somewhat more ; throat feathers not lengthened; tarsus scutellate; wing 334 to 44 times the tarsus; tarsus 124 to 134 times the exposed culmen; head not crested ; nuchal hairs short, much branched; rictal bristles reach- ing about half way to end of bill; bill moderately slender, very thrush- like, somewhat depressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, decidedly broader than high at base, its height at base more than one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen curved nearly or quite from base; gonys only slightly ascending; maxilla with but one subterminal notch; nostrils linear, much operculate, the frontal feathering extending more or less continuously above them to about the middle of the operculum ; nasal bristles few and rather short. Type.—Xenocichla nigriceps SHELLEY. Excellent evidence of the hitherto unsatisfactory generic position of the type and several other species of this group is the manner in which various authors have treated them, placing them first in one genus, then in another, with scarcely any uniformity or agreement. Least of all the genera to which they have been at times referred lapitnaAoc, evidens; Kix/A7, turdus. 164 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 do they belong in Bleda; but find apparently their nearest ally in Chlorocichla, from which, however, they may be readily distin- guished. The species are: Arizelocichla nigriceps (Shelley). Arizelocichla olivacea (Swainson). Arizelocichla albigularis (Sharpe) (=leucolaema Sharpe). Arizelocichla fusciceps (Shelley). Arizelocichla falkensteint (Reichenow). Arizelocichla chlorigula (Reichenow) (=chlorolaema Sharpe). Arizelocichla striifacies (Reichenow and Neumann). Arizelocichla kikuyuensis (Sharpe). Arizelocichla milanjensis (Shelley). Arizelocichla kakamejae (Sharpe). Arizelocichla tephrolaema (Gray). CHLOROCICHLA Sharpe Chlorocichla SHarpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., v1, 1881, p. 112. Chars. gen.—Similar to Arizelocichla, but tail about equal to wing ; nuchal hairs rather shorter ; bill stouter, more compressed, and rela- tively shorter, the frontal feathering extending farther out on nasal operculum. Description.—Tail equal to wing, or very slightly shorter; throat feathers not lengthened; tarsus strongly scutellate; wing about 334 times the length of tarsus; tarsus about 114 times the exposed cul- men; head not crested; hairs on nucha short, branched; rictal bristles rather weak, reaching about half way to end of bill; bill moderately short, somewhat stout and compressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, broader than high at base, the height at base, however, more than one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen curved from base; gonys slightly ascending; maxilla with one subterminal notch; nostrils almost linear, operculate, the basal three-fourths of the operculum more or less feathered ; nasal bristles few and short. Type.—Trichophorus flaviventris SMITH. This excellent genus is very different from both Bleda and Phyllastrephus, under each of which it has at times been placed. All its forms appear to be subspecies of a single species. They are: Chlorocichla flaviventris flaviventris (Smith). Chlorocichla flaviventris mombasae (Shelley). Chlorocichla flaviventris centralis (Reichenow). Chlorocichla flaviventris zambesiae (Shelley). Chlorocichla flaviventris occidentalis (Sharpe). OBEREOLSER ] \ THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA 165 STELGIDILLAS Oberholser Stelgidillas OBERHOLSER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxu, 1899, p. 30. Chars. gen.—Similar to Arizelocichla, but maxilla with several (3 to 4) subterminal notches; bill proportionately longer and more slender, its height at base less than one-third the length of exposed culmen, the culmen nearly straight except’ at tip; rictal bristles much shorter ; nuchal hairs not noticeably branched. Description.—Tail slightly more than nine-tenths of wing, but not equal to wing; throat feathers not lengthened; tarsus rather lightly scutellate ; wing about 4 times the length of tarsus; tarsus about 14 times the exposed culmen; head not crested; nuchal hairs short, not appreciably branched; rictal bristles short and weak, reaching but little beyond the anterior edge of nostrils; bill rather long and comparatively slender, depressed, equal in height and breadth at anterior edge of nostrils, broader than high at base, the height at the latter point less than one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen only slightly curved—nearly straight, except at tip; gonys almost horizontal, though a little ascending; maxillar tomium with several (3 to 4) subterminal notches, of which the distal one is the most pronounced ; nostrils almost linear, much operculate, the oper- culum feathered, though rather sparsely, on its basal half; nasal bristles few and rather short. Type.—Andropadus gracilirostris STRICKLAND. This peculiar genus forms the first transition step from the long billed forms with a single subterminal maxillar notch, to the short billed ones with a serrate maxilla. The unbranched nuchal hairs show some relationship with Trichophorus, while the much length- ened nostrils indicate its affinity with such groups as Arizelocichla, Acritillas, and Argaleocichla. There seems to be but a single species referable here, which with its several subspecies, is as follows: Stelgidillas gracilirosiris gracilirostris (Strickland). Stelgidillas gracilirostris liberiensis (Reichenow). Stelgidillas gracilirostris poensis (Alexander). Stelgidillas gracilirostris percivali (Neumann). CALYPTOCICHLA’ nom. nov. Trichites Heine, Journ. f. Ornith., 1860, p. 139 (type Criniger serinus Verreaux) (nec Lycett 1850). Chars. gen.—Similar to Stelgidillas, but nasal operculum densely feathered quite to anterior margin; bill relatively shorter, higher * KaAvntéc, coOpertus; KiyvAy, turdus. 166 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, its height at base about equal to one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen much more curved; rictal bristles weaker. Description.—Tail about nine-tenths of wing; throat feathers not lengthened; tarsus scutellate; wing about 4 times the length of tarsus ; tarsus about 1% times the exposed culmen ; head not crested ; nuchal hairs short, not branched; rictal bristles weak, reaching less than one-fourth the length of bill, and not beyond the anterior edge of nostrils; bill rather slender, depressed basally, higher than broad at anterior margin of nostrils, decidedly broader than high at base, its height at base equal to one-third of exposed culmen ; culmen much curved; gonys practically horizontal; maxillar tomium with several subterminal notches ; nostrils linear, slit-like, strongly opercu- late, the operculum densely feathered throughout; nasal bristles short and very few in number. Type.—Criniger serinus VERREAUX. This genus is notable for its closely and completely feathered nasal operculum, in which respect it is differentiated from all its allies. It seems undoubtedly to be most nearly related to Stelgidillas, but is in many respects intermediate between the latter and Andro- padus. With other genera, already treated, it scarcely needs com- parison. The name Trichites, long ago given to this group by Heine,’ is preoccupied by Trichites Lycett,? for a fossil mollusk, and has there- fore been replaced by the name above used. The type is the only species, and should stand as: Calyptocichla serina (Verreaux). ANDROPADUS Swainson Andropadus SwAINson, Fauna Bor.-Amer., 11, 1831, p. 485 (type L’im- portun, Levaillant). Polyodon LAFRESNAYE, Mag. Zool., 1832, Cl. 1, pl. 4 (type Turdus im- portunus Vieillot). Chars. gen.—Similar to Calyptocichla, but bill relatively shorter, stouter, decidedly compressed, its height at base more than one-third the length of exposed culmen; tarsus at least 14 times the exposed culmen ; nostrils wider ; nasal operculum feathered on only its basal half, and much less densely; rictal bristles longer; nuchal hairs branched. Description.—Tail less than wing, but more than nine-tenths its length; throat feathers not lengthened; tarsus strongly scutellate ; *Journ. f. Ornith., 1860, p. 139. ? Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 2, v, 1850, p. 343. OBERHOLSER] THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA 167 wing about 4 times the tarsus; tarsus 114 to 134 times the exposed culmen; head not crested; nuchal hairs short, branched; rictal bristles rather short and weak, reaching less than half the length of the bill; bill short, stout, compressed, much higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, equal in height and breadth at base, its height at latter point more than one-third of exposed culmen; cul- men ridged, curved from base; gonys a little ascending; maxilla with several subterminal notches or tooth-like serrations on its cutting edge; nostrils almost linear, much operculate, the basal half of operculum more or less feathered; nasal bristles few and short, reaching scarcely beyond the anterior margin of nostrils. Type.—Turdus wmportunus VIEILLOT. The presence of serrations on the distal portion of the cutting edge of the maxilla in this and several allied genera is a good character, though by no means the sole means by which these groups may be separated from Arigelocichla and its near relatives, for even without it they can be excellently diagnosed. Captain Shelley, however, claims that this character is worthless, since an occasional specimen is found that does not possess the serrations; but it seems quite unnecessary to reject this as a means of diagnosis simply because in a very few immature or aberrant individuals it does not appear. Such a principle generally applied might seriously endanger some very good and widely recognized genera! In the particular cases now under consideration, moreover, the serrations on the maxillar tomium are so conspicuous, so nearly always present, and so entirely absent in all the other genera of this paper, that there seems to be more than ample reason for their conspicuous employment in diagnoses. Some of the recently described forms of this group have not been available for examination, but they seem to be correctly placed. Assuming this to be so, this genus consists of the following: Andropadus importunus (Vieillot). Andropadus masukuensis Shelley. Andropadus curvirostris curvirostris Cassin (= cameronensis Reiche- now). Andropadus curvirostris alexandri (Oustalet). Andropadus insularis insularis Hartlaub (= flavescens Hartlaub; oleaginus Peters). Andropadus insularis subalaris Reichenow. Andropadus insularis somaliensis Reichenow. Andropadus laetissimus Sharpe. *Tbis, 1899, p. 372. 168 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 CHARITILLAS’ gen. nov. Chars. gen.—Similar to Stelgidillas, but bill much shorter, the height at base more than one-third the exposed culmen, the culmen ridged and curved from base; tarsus relatively shorter; frontal feathering not extending beyond posterior edge of nostrils; nuchal hairs much shorter ; rictal and nasal bristles longer. Description.—Tail nine-tenths of wing; throat feathers not length- ened; tarsus scutellate; wing 434 times the length of tarsus; tarsus about 11% times the exposed culmen; head not crested; nuchal hairs very short—scarcely noticeable, little if any branched; rictal bristles reaching half the length of bill; bill short, moderately slender, some- what compressed, higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, about equal in height and breadth at base, its height at the latter point more than one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen much ridged, curved from base; gonys only very slightly ascending ; maxillar tomium with several (4 to 5) conspicuous subterminal notches ; nostrils much lengthened, almost linear, strongly operculate ; the operculum bare of feathers, but the nostrils partially covered by the nasal bristles and antrorse frontal plumes; nasal bristles long and rather numerous. Type.—Andropadus gracilis CABANIS. The type and apparently sole species of this genus was hesitantly placed by the writer in Stelgidillas,? and the present examination shows that it certainly does not belong there; Dr. Sharpe has recently removed it to Eurillas? where it is still more out of place. From the latter genus Charitillas differs decidedly in its much lengthened, strongly operculate nostrils; much more slender and compressed bill, with more distinctly ridged culmen; relatively shorter tarsus ; shorter nuchal hairs; and somewhat weaker rictal bristles. The only species is: Charitillas gracilis (Cabanis) (= minor Bocage). STELGIDOCICHLA? gen. nov. Chars. gen.—Similar to Eurillas, but bill longer, relatively more narrow, its height at base equal to one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen more ridged, and straight, or even slightly concave, except of course at tip; nostrils not quite so much rounded; nasal 1 yapic, gratia; (Ada, , turdus. 2 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xx, 1899, pp. 30-31. 3 Ibis, 1904, p. 635. sorvesyic, strigilis; «/yvAy, turdus. OBERHOLSER] . THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA 169 operculum feathered for nearly its basal half; lateral feathers of throat much lengthened; and tarsus relatively longer. Description.—Tail less than wing, but more than nine-tenths of it ; middle throat feathers not lengthened, lateral ones much longer, forming on each side a conspicuous moustache; tarsus but lightly scutellate, sometimes almost imperceptibly ; wing 334 times the tarsus ; tarsus about 1% times the exposed culmen ; head not crested ; nuchal hairs short, branched; rictal bristles long, reaching about two-thirds the length of the bill; bill rather short, broad, much depressed, wider than high at anterior edge of nostrils, and much so at base, its height at base equal to one-third the length of exposed culmen; culmen much ridged, straight or slightly concave, except at decurved tip; gonys slightly ascending ; cutting edge of maxilla with several sub- terminal notches; nostrils oval, slightly operculate; basal portion of operculum rather sparsely feathered to about the middle of nos- tril; nasal bristles long and rather numerous. Type.—Andropadus latirostris STRICKLAND. Although superficially close to Eurillas this group really differs very considerably, as above detailed; while by reason of its serrate maxilla, broad bill, and roundish nostrils it scarcely needs comparison with other genera. Its forms are: Stelgidocichla latirostris latirostris (Strickland). Stelgidocichla latirostris eugenia (Reichenow). Stelgidocichla latirostris congener (Reichenow). Stelgidocichla latirostris efulensis (Sharpe). EURILLAS Oberholser Eurillas OBERHOLSER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xx11, 1899, p. 15. Chars. gen.—Somewhat similar to Andropadus, but nostrils rounded oval, little operculate ; bill shorter, broader, much depressed, the culmen less ridged; rictal and nasal bristles decidedly longer ; tail relatively somewhat shorter. Description.—Tail about nine-tenths of wing; throat feathers not lengthened ; tarsus scutellate; wing about 4 times the tarsus; tarsus about 144 times the exposed culmen; head not crested ; nuchal hairs short, branched; rictal bristles long, reaching to between one-half and two-thirds the length of the bill; bill short, broad, much de- pressed, wider than high at anterior edge of nostrils, much so at base, where its height is barely more than half its width, the height at base, however, more than one-third the length of exposed culmen ; culmen not much ridged, at least appreciably curved from base, 170 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS . [vox. 48 sometimes decidedly so; gonys slightly ascending ; maxillar tomium with several notches on its distal portion; nostrils rounded oval, a little operculate basally, not at all anteriorly, the frontal feathering not extending beyond the posterior margin of nostrils; nasal bristles long and rather numerous. Type.—Andropadus virens CASSIN. The roundish nostrils at once separate this very distinct genus from all its relatives with serrate maxilla, excepting Stelgidocichla, and from this it may easily be distinguished by other characters, as above shown. The species are: Eurillas virens virens (Cassin). Eurillas virens grisescens (Reichenow). Eurillas virens zombensis (Shelley) (= marwitzi Reichenow). Eurillas montana (Reichenow). Following is a key to the genera treated in the present connection : A.—Maxillar tomium with two or more subterminal notches. a.—Nostrils roundish oval and but little operculate. b.—Bill shorter and broader, its height at base decidedly more than one-third the length of exposed culmen; frontal feathering not extending beyond posterior edge of nostrils; lateral feathers Ofmthtoat not lengthened... oe etre eit eiseie ee Eurillas b’—Bill longer and more. narrow, its height at base about equal to one-third the length of exposed culmen; frontal feathering extending superiorly to middle of nostrils; lateral feathers of throat conspicuously lengthened................ Stelgidocichla a’.—Nostrils linear or lengthened oval, much operculate. b.—Narial operculum densely feathered to anterior edge of nos- lito riety tecr caters nese Bn SeRnaca Ame ies aA HD OmD oodc Calyptocichla b’—Narial operculum sparsely feathered, and not much, if any, be- yond middle of nostril. c.—Exposed culmen long, almost straight except at tip; height of bill at base less than one-third its length, the height and breadth equal at anterior edge of nostrils. .Stelgidillas c’—Exposed culmen short, curved throughout; height of bill at base more than one-third its length, its height at anterior edge of nostril greater than its breadth at same point. d.—Frontal feathering extending on operculum nearly to middle of nostril; rictal and narial bristles shorter and weaker; bill much stouter, more compressed. Andropadus d’—Frontal feathering not extending beyond posterior edge of nostril; rictal and narial bristles longer and stronger; bill more slender, less compressed. : Charitillas ae ol% - OBERHOLSER] THE AVIAN GENUS BLEDA 171 B.—Mazxillar tomium with but one subterminal notch. a.—Nostrils rounded oval. b.—Nuchal hairs long (25 mm. or more) and not branched; throat feathers lengthened. c.—Head not conspicuously crested; nasal operculum barely per- CEM CR NeReca ae Stacie elt mcieab ke whe ae oeals Alophoixus c’—Head conspicuously crested; nasal operculum evident, at LeaSteRpOStenioGhyan vers. eit sete ciedae. oss ota Trichophorus b’—Nuchal hairs short (less than 20 mm.) and much branched; throat feathers not lengthened. c.—Tarsus about equal to exposed culmen; height of bill at base not more than one-third the length of exposed culmen. Bleda c’—Tarsus at least one and one-fourth times the length of ex- _ posed culmen; height of bill at base more than one-third the length of exposed culmen. d.—Rictal bristles weak, not reaching beyond anterior edge of nostrils; narial vibrissae few and weak; bill longer, less compressed, its height at base decidedly less than LESH DLEAG tae eemtrcna ihr kee cei ctoke Thescelocichla d’.—Rictal bristles strong, about two-thirds the length of bill, reaching far beyond the anterior edge of nostrils; narial vibrissae long and numerous; bill shorter, more compressed, its height and breadth at base about cecil etl AS aes oe enn et ee PE Re Lea aru ee Idiocichla a’—Nostrils linear or lengthened oval. b.—Tarsus shorter than exposed culmen; wing more than five times ie length Oi the Parsus oti. suisse al gaye wae) cane Thapsinillas b’—Tarsus longer than exposed culmen; wing less than five times the length of the tarsus. c.—Height of bill at base more than one-third the length of ex- posed culmen. d.—Nostrils linear or nearly so; frontal feathering extend- ing on operculum at least to middle of nostril; rictal bristles reaching to about middle of bill. e.—Tail about equal to wing; bill stout, somewhat com- DECSSC Crater en Fane oT a heen cites Chlorocichla e’—Tail shorter than wing; bill rather slender, some- wilateedepnesse dhereuscr wie -octte ceracee Gee Arizelocichla d’.—Nostrils lengthened oval; frontal feathering not extend- ing beyond posterior edge of nostrils; rictal bristles not reaching to middle of bill. e.—Bill stouter, relatively shorter, somewhat compressed, about equal in height and breadth at base; nuchal MAIKSE GIO Cine are erable ora ster naeheiee 2 Atimastillas e’.—Bill weaker, relatively longer, depressed, its height at base decidedly less than its breadth; nuchal NAits el OWNS amare ety ws areal: Prosphorocichla c’.—Height of bill at base not more than one-third the length of exposed culmen. Ly Rs SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 d.—Tail shorter, about three-fourths of wing....Baeopogon d’.—Tail longer, about nine-tenths of wing, or more. e.—Tarsus less than one and one-fourth times the length of exposed culmen. f.—Culmen straight or slightly concave, except at decurved tip; gonys decidedly ascending; bill about equal in height and breadth at anterior edge of nostrils, its height at base much less than one-third of exposed culmen. Argaleocichla f.—Culmen curved from base; gonys almost straight; bill higher than broad at anterior edge of nostrils, its height at base about equal to one-third of exposed culmen....Acritillas e.—Tarsus more than one and one-fourth times the length of exposed culmen. f—Bill shorter and relatively stouter, somewhat depressed, equal in height and breadth at anterior edge of nostrils, the culmen curved from base; nuchal hairs shorter and not brariclted hyi ence e este te eee ela Ixonotus f’—Bill longer and relatively more slender, some- what compressed, higher than broad at ante- rior edge of nostrils, the culmen almost straight except at tip; nuchal hairs longer and: mutch: bragched ay aciis:. Ms Phyllastrephus SCAPHOCEROS. TYRRELLI, AN: EXTINCT RUMINANT FROM THE KLONDIKE GRAVELS By WILFRED H. OSGOOD While engaged in work for the U. S. Biological Survey in the summer of 1904, I spent some days in Dawson, Yukon Territory. During this time I was so fortunate as to make the acquaintance of Mr. J. B. Tyrrell, formerly of the Geological Survey of Canada, and well known for his long and difficult trips through the great Barren Grounds west of Hudson Bay. Mr. Tyrrell’s interest in natural history led him_to preserve certain fossils found by himself and others in the Klondike region. Among these were two imperfect skulls of supposed musk oxen which he very generously presented to me for deposit in the U. S. National Museum. One of these is extremely well preserved. The characters of practically the entire skull are well shown, the chief missing parts having been lost from one side only. The molars and premolars of the left side and the second and third molars of the right side are intact. The skull is evidently that of a very old individual, as the teeth are much worn. The bone is lightly scratched by gravel over much of its surface, but the spaces between the scratches are smooth and evidently in original condition, so it does not appear that the form and dimensions of any of the bones have heen materially altered. The bone is of a dark brown color and not impregnated to any degree with mineral matter. The second specimen is much less complete, comprising only the pos- terior part of a skull and one attached horn core. These specimens represent an animal evidently related to the ex- . isting genus Ovibos, but sufficiently different to rank as a separate genus, for which a name is here proposed. The species called O. cavifrons by Leidy is closely related and falls in the same genus. O. maximus of Richardson possibly belongs here also, but for the present can only be considered indeterminate. The genus Bodther- tm, in which O. cavifrons was included by Leidy, is recognized as distinct, with Bos bombifrons Harlan as the type. For the privilege of describing this interesting fossil, I am in- debted to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Chief of the U. S. Biological Survey. In connection with the study, I have been greatly assisted by the loan of specimens from Dr. F. W. True, of the U. S. National Mu- 173 174 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 seum, Mr. Witmer Stone, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and Dr. J. A. Allen, of the American Museum of Natural History. To Mr. Stone I am particularly grateful for the loan of the valuable types of O. cavifrons and B. bombifrons. For assistance in handling specimens, thanks are due Mr. Walter L. Hahn, Aid, Division of Mammals, U. S. National Museum. SCAPHOCEROS TYRRELLI gen. et sp. nov. Type from 70 feet below the surface in gravels in Lovett Gulch, Bonanza Creek, Klondike District, Yukon Territory, Canada. No. 2,555, U. S. National Museum. Male, old. Received from J. B. Tyrrell. Generic Characters.—Similar to Ovibos, but horn cores much smaller, less compressed at base, and more divergent at tips; crown of skull between bases of horn cores surmounted by a prominent exostosis with an anterior bounding rim and a deep median excava- tion; orbits much less produced laterally than in Ovibos; facial part of skull nearly as wide as cranial ; basioccipital without a high median ridge; teeth very large and relatively broad; m! and m2 quadrate in transverse view. Specific Characters.—Size smaller than in S. cavifrons (Leidy) ; horn cores much smaller and shorter; exostosis less extensive but - more deeply excavated; depth of braincase and surmounting bony mass decidedly less. Comparison with Ovibos moschatus.—Skull longer and of more uniform width than that of Ovibos moschatus, the facial region not abruptly narrower than the cranial. This gives the skulls of the two genera very different outlines, particularly as viewed from above, for while Scaphoceros is narrower than Ovibos across the orbits, it is wider between the maxillaries. Anterior part of skull much elongated, although not narrowed abruptly as in Ovtbos; maxillaries and premaxillaries much longer. The ascending branch of the premaxillary apparently does not reach the nasals but ends in nearly the same relative position as in Ovibos but at an angle of lesser degree, since it does not turn up so abruptly. Exposed part of frontals, not covered by exostosis, much less extensive but suture with nasals apparently in same relative position in plane of front of orbits. This exposed part of the frontals is much nar- rower and more elevated between the orbits, but notwithstanding this, the groove between the elevated median part and the orbits is much less pronounced and does not appear to extend to the shelf oscoop] SCAPHOCEROS TYRRELLI EAS overhanging the lacrymal fossz., Lacrymal fosse about the same depth as in Ovibos but the shelves above them, instead of being at right angles to the axis of the skull, run diagonally from the orbits to the frontals, ending on the sides of the frontals in the plane of the posterior ends of the nasals. Orbits but slightly produced and scarcely projecting beyond the zygomata, even less tubular than in Bison, and differing widely from the much produced form of Ovibos. The posterior aspect of the skull is quite different from that of Ovibos. This is largely produced by a more decided constriction of the bony mass of the parietals beneath the horn cores and a more highly developed lambdoid crest. The mastoid width is therefore relatively much greater than the width immediately below the horn cores. Supraoccipital more excavated and occipital condyles more projecting; foramen magnum decidedly larger both actually and relatively; the occipital condyles much larger, wider, and more produced; basioccipital widely different, its sides not parallel nor nearly so, median line grooved instead of having a high trenchant median ridge. Auditory capsules apparently smaller; meatus larger and less deflected backwards. Posterior nares much wider and more flaring, the alisphenoid walls particularly larger and apparently somewhat arcuate instead of nearly straight in posterior outline. Palatine likewise larger and more expanded laterally, decidedly swollen just behind the plane of the last molar; sphenopalatine foramen much larger and more elliptical in shape (greatest diameter 42 mm.). Vomer much larger and more swollen. Postglenoid process strongly deflected backward instead of being nearly at a right angle to the axis of the skull. The palatal parts of the maxil- laries curve gently from side to side but do not show the strong depression anteriorly that is found in Ovibos. The divided orifice of the parietotemporal canal is very large and placed relatively far back so that it is nearly midway between the lambdoid crest and the anterior border of the glenoid facet. Malar large and heavy though not inflated about the orbit as in Ovibos being merely produced into a heavy roughened ridge from which it spreads out on the face to join the maxillary. Facial part of lacrymal relatively more exten- sive; just below the prominent lacrymal fossa and immediately in front of the rim of the orbit is a slight depression or possible tendency to a secondary fossa. Lacrymal protuberance in the bot- tom of the orbit much larger than that of Ovibos and entirely differ- ent in shape; it is flattened below and ends posteriorly in a thin lamella on a plane with the posterior border of the sphenopalatine 176 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vou. 48 foramen. The flattened lower surface of this protuberance is almost horizontal and parallel to the main axis of the skull. It is evidently an important character, differing widely, as it does, from the same structure in Ovibos, Bos, Bison, and Ovits. Horn Cores and Exostosis——In the type specimen which is evi- dently a very old male, the horn cores relative to the size of the skull and in comparison with those of adult male Ovibos are very slender. At their bases the antero-posterior expansion is compara- tively slight. Although the vertical diameter of the horn cores is less at any point than the horizontal diameter, there is in comparison with the horn cores of Ovibos a decided tendency toward round- ness. A cross section of the horn core near the base would be ellip- tical but a section taken four inches from the base would be more nearly ovoid. The direction of the cores although somewhat down- ward is distinctly away from the skull, and the tips are directed forward. Between the bases of the horn cores and for some distance anterior to them is a roughened and much perforated bony growth or exos- tosis occupying the greater part of the crown of the skull. In Ovibos there is a somewhat similar growth, which, however, is all on the same plane with the top of the horn cores, is but slightly produced anteriorly, and is always divided by a deep median channel the floor of which is continuous with the normal surface of the frontals. In Scaphoceros this exostosis is depressed between the horns forming an oblong excavation bounded laterally by the bases of the horn cores and anteriorly by a rugose shelf-like rim which is elevated like a crown over the frontals and the base of the orbits. Posteriorly the depression is open though there are evidences that it may have been inclosed by a rim similar to the anterior one. Fully a third of the exostosis and depression is anterior to the plane of the front of the bases of the horn cores so that the anterior bounding shelf reaches almost to the plane of the front of the orbits. The anterior boundary shows no evidence of a median division, but the de- pression appears to have been traversed by a median ridge; in S. cavifrons this ridge is more plainly shown. Possibly the horny sheaths that covered the exostosis in the living animal were com- pletely united. At least it is safe to assume that the two sides were more closely apposed than in Ovibos, and that the horn sheaths were shaped very differently at the base. Teeth.—The teeth of Scaphoceros are actually larger than those of Bison bison. In size and shape they differ widely from those of Ovibos but in structure appear to be quite similar. Their propor- oscoop] SCAPHOCEROS TYRRELLI 177 tions, without regard to size, are very different. The entire molar and premolar series is much wider relative to its length than in Ovibos or Ovis, in this respect being like Bison. The width of m1 is almost as great as the length and that of the much worn n2 is even greater than the length, though it is possible that the unworn crowns might not show the same proportions. However, the alveolus of m1 is much wider than long. The longest tooth is m2, which is more than a third longer than m2, whereas in Ovibos these teeth are nearly equal in length. The arrangement of enamel folds seems to be much the same as in Ovibos but this is open to question since specimens of exactly equal stages of wear are not available for comparison. The greater width of the teeth naturally allows space for a greater proportion of dentine. With the exception of m2, all the teeth seem to be less prolonged into a posterior loop. In Ovibos this posterior loop fits into a corresponding depression in the front of the next succeeding tooth. In Scaphoceros, where the posterior loop is scarcely or not at all developed, the corresponding depression is absent. The accessory inner columns which are so well developed in Bos and Bison are not shown in the aged and worn teeth of the type of Scaphoceros. Since they occur in young Ovibos,’ they may well be expected in Scaphoceros when young specimens are found. Relationship —tIn its important characters, Scaphoceros appears to be more closely related to Ovibos than to any other recent genus. In its departures from Ovibos, it shows possible approach to Bison; on the other hand there is nothing indicating any further ovine char- acters than those that are claimed for Ovibos. The bearing of this upon the much discussed question as to whether Ovibos is more bovine or ovine in its relationships is rather favorable to the former. Without attempting to review all the moot points of this case, it may *The positive occurrence of these accessory columns in Ovibos has been noted by Rutimeyer (Die Rinder der Tertiar-Epoche, p. 91, 1867—fide Lonn- berg) and later by Loénnberg (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 712, June, 1900), but seems to have attracted little attention, since the statement that they are absent in this genus is often seen. A young skull (No. 2924 U. S. Nat. Mus.) of Ovibos moschatus from Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, shows the accessory column plainly. In this skull m2 is only partly developed, being scarcely above the alveolar border; so far as can be observed under these conditions, the accessory column is not present in this tooth. In m2 which is advanced enough to have been functional, the column is well devel- oped and conspicuous. It is a thin column occupying the single inner re- entrant angle and apparently derived from the inner anterior fold of the tooth. In m/ there is a trace of the same structure partly worn away, show- ing that continued wear would have caused it to disappear entirely. 178 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 be well to mention a few suggestive facts brought out by a study of the skull of Scaphoceros. Since the accessory columns in the inner angles of the molar teeth are possessed by Ovibos (and probably by Scaphoceros) as well as Bos and Bison (see footnote, antea, p. 177) this character can only be used to separate these genera collectively from the sheep and related forms which never possess it. Without considering ex- ternal characters, Ovibos and Scaphoceros may then be distinguished from Bos and Bison and their relatives by the possession of lacrymal fosse, by the shape, direction, and manner of attachment of the horns, and by numerous less important characters. In some of these Scaphoceros shows more appproach to Bison than does Ovibos. Among them are the size and relative width of the teeth, the grooved basioccipital, and the more nearly round horns. These similarities, however, seem to be greatly overbalanced by the differences and do not necessarily indicate a bison-like ancestor for the musk ox. It seems more reasonable that Ovibos came from a more remote ancestor than Bison and developed along lines of its own. This has been ably set forth by Lonnberg (1. c.) and there appears to be nothing in the characters of Scaphoceros that would argue greatly against his views. In connection with any supposition that Scaphoceros may be an ancestral form of Ovibos, it is interesting to note that some characters of the adult Scaphoceros are found in the young Ovibos. In the young skull previously mentioned (see footnote, antea, p. 177) the basioccipital is very similar to that of the adult Scaphoceros, having a median depression and sides that are not parallel; also, the orbits are less produced laterally, the occipital condyles relatively wider, and the horn cores more divergent and less compressed, all of which approaches the condition of the adult in Scaphoceros. A still more primitive form is Boétherium bombifrons which, in the adult, has round horn cores, a condition only found in very immature Ovibos. History and Nomenclature-—Remains of animals related to or indistinguishable from the recent genus Ovibos have been found in Pleistocene gravels of various parts of the world. They were first found in Siberia near the Obi River and account of them was pub- lished by Pallas in 1773. Later, others from various parts of Siberia were unearthed and then more were found in the ‘ice cliffs’ of Eschscholtz Bay, Alaska. In course of time specimens came to light from the Mississippi Valley and from various parts of Europe, including England, Germany, and France. Such a large number of fragments naturally elicited a few new specific names, most of oscoop] SCAPHOCEROS TYRRELLI 179 which however, have been loosely treated as synonyms of Ovibos moschatus. The names applied to supposed extinct species are as follows: 1825. Bos bombifrons Harlan, Fauna Americana, pp. 271-272, 1825. 1827. Ovibos pallantis H. Smith, Griffith’s Cuvier, Anim. Kingd., Iv, p. 374. 1827. 1828. Bos ke Dekay, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., 1, p. 291, 1828. 1834. Bos canaliculatus Fischer, Mem. Acad. Moscou, 111, p. 287, 1834. 1852. Ovibos cavifrons Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 71, 1852. 1854. Ovibos maximus Richardson, Zool. Voy. H. M. S. Herald, pp. 25-28, pl. x1, figs. 2-4, 1854. 1865. Ovibos priscus Rutimeyer, Verhandl. Naturforsch. Gesellsch. Basel, _Iv, p. 328, 1865. 1895. Bison appalachicolus Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. pp. 246- 248, 1805. These various names may be treated separately as follows: 1. Bos. bombifrons was based on a portion of a skull with the horn cores attached found at Big Bone Lick, Kentucky, near the falls of the Ohio River. It was collected at the instance of President Jefferson by no less a person than Gen. Wm. Clark, famous with his associate Lewis for their overland expedition to the Pacific. The specimen was described and figured in 1818' but received no scien- tific name until 1825 when Harlan called it Bos bombifrons. Ap- parently its relationship with Ovibos was not suspected until 1852, when Leidy provisionally placed it in that genus and immediately designated it, in company with O. cavifrons, as belonging to a new genus, Bodtherium. In the same year Leidy published a complete description and new figures? of the original specimen under the name Bodtherium bombifrons. Rutimeyer in 1865 (1. c.), basing his conclusions on Leidy’s figures, announced the opinion that the type of bombifrons was the skull of a female animal, the male being the one called cavifrons. A few years later, Boyd Dawkins, without reference to Rutimeyer, expressed the same belief. More recent authors, have therefore accepted this conclusion and placed cavifrons as a synonym of ‘bombifrons.* 2. Ovibos pallantis was proposed for remains of parts of skulls of musk oxen found in the 18th century along the Obi River in * Caspar Wistar, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., 1, pp. 375-380, pl. x1, figs. 10-11, 1818. 2Mem. on Extinct Species of Am. Ox, Smiths. Cont. Knowl., v, pp. 17-19, pl. iv, fig. 2, pl. v, figs. 1-2, 1852. 3 Paleontog. Soc., vol. Xxv, pt. V, p. 20, 1871. 4B, g., Lydekker, Wild Oxen, Sheep, and Goats of All Lands, p. 148, 1898. 180 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 western Siberia. They were described and figured by Pallas in 1773". but no name was given until 1827 when Hamilton Smith pro- posed Ovibos pallantis, mentioning the specimens described by Pallas, and also certain others from the region of the Lena River previously figured by Ozeretkofsky. The figures published by Pallas indicate an animal very similar to or identical with Ovibos moschatus. Much reduced copies of these figures were reproduced by Cuvier.” 3. Bos pallasti was based on the same specimens as Bos pallantis and is therefore a synonym. It is, moreover, preoccupied by Bos pallasi Baer 1823, proposed for a different animal. In the same paper in which Dekay proposed the name pallasiit, he described a specimen from New Madrid, Missouri, which evidently belongs to the species later called cavifrons by Leidy. 4. Bos canaliculatus was based on skulls found in Siberia, doubt- less the same species that was named Ovibos pallantis by Smith, and likewise not satisfactorily distinguished from Ovibos moschatus. The name canaliculatus refers to the narrow median groove or channel between the bases of the horn cores. 5. Ovibos cavifrons was based on a cranium and attached horn cores from the vicinity of Fort Gibson, Indian Territory. It was in- cluded with Bos bombifrons in the genus Bodtherium when that name was proposed. Later it was thought to be a synonym of bombifrons on the supposition that the differentiating characters were those of male and female. If this supposition is not correct, as I believe, the specific name cavifrons must be used for the species described by Leidy. Specimens similar in general to the type of cavifrons have been found in various parts of the Mississippi Valley, one particularly complete having been reported from Council Bluffs, Iowa. + 6. Ovibos maximus was based on an imperfect cervical vertebra, the axis or dentata. Whether this is actually different from the same bone in Owibos moschatus has not been conclusively shown. In fact, Richardson himself admitted some doubt. Leidy, in answer- ing certain remarks by Richardson, was quick to notice this, and in. one place makes the following pointed comment: “Sir J. R. then says, ‘ The size of Dr. Leidy’s specimen of cavifrons does not ex- ceed that of the skull of an aged musk-ox bull, and the dentata of 1 Novi Comment. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop., xvi, pp. 576-606, pl. xvi, figs. I-3, 1773. 2 Oss. Foss. Quad., tv, pl. 11, figs. 9-10, 1812. 3 Foss. Mamm. Prussia, p. 27, 1823—fide Lydekker. * McGee, Am. Jour. Sci., XXXIV, pp. 217-220, 1887. oscoop] SCAPHOCEROS TYRRELLI ~ 181 maximus is of corresponding dimensions.’ If this be the case I would ask, as the ‘ dentata of maximus’ was found in the country of ‘ the musk-bull,’ and is of the same size as the corresponding bone in that animal, what evidence is there that it does not belong to it?’ The dentata described as O. maximus may represent the same species as the one here described as tyrrelli, but there seems to be no material now available by which this can be determined. At least it is certain that the dentata shows no generic characters. As it is necessary to have a species for the type of a genus, the only speci- men which shows generic characters should be taken as the type of both species and genus. By so doing, the genus becomes estab- lished and will not be affected should later developments prove that the type species is a synonym. 7. Ovibos priscus is a substitute name for both B. bombifrons and O. cavifrons, which by some esoteric method of reasoning was supposed to be necessary, when it was assumed that cavifrons repre- sented the male and bombifrons the female of one species. 8. Bison appalachicolus was based on a rather small fragment of the base of a horn. It was at first placed in the genus Bison, and considered as an intermediate form between Bison and Ovibos. Later it was transferred to the genus Ovibos by the same author.’ The Genus Bootherium.—Bootherium, when originally proposed by Leidy® included two species, Bos bombifrons Harlan and Ovibos cavifrons Leidy. Since that time neither of these has been removed as the type of a new genus. [If it is now concluded that these species are not congeneric, one of them must be designated or fixed as the type of Boétherium. I have therefore selected Bos bombifrons Harlan as the type of. Bodtherium and referred O. cavifrons Leidy to the new genus Scaphoceros, of which the type is S. tyrrelli. As justifying this fixing of the type, it may be said that at the time Bootherium was proposed, Bos bombifrons had been thoroughly described and figured, whereas O. cavifrons had received only slight preliminary mention. Moreover B. bombifrons was the species first mentioned in the paper in which Bodtherium was first published. Since bombifrons and cavifrons have been considered by several authors as being not only congeneric but conspecific, the establish- ment of a separate genus for each may appear surprising. While it may be possible, from examination of figures only, to construct a hypothesis to the effect that cavifrons represents the male and bombi- *Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 209-210, 1854. 2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 492 (1897), Jan. 18, 1808. 8’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 71, 1852. 182 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 frons the female of one species, it is inconceivable that any modern taxonomist would reach such a conclusion after comparing the original types. These are now before me and with them are speci- mens of S. tyrrelli and of both sexes and young of Ovibos moschatus. From comparisons of these it is evident that, unless the disparity be- tween the sexes in this case was vastly greater than in the recent genus Ovibos, cavifrons and bombifrons do not respectively repre- sent the male and female of one species. Neither is bombifrons the young of any species, for the type gives every evidence of maturity." The horn cores of the female Ovibos are essentially of the same character as those of the male. They are excessively flattened and directed downward close to the skull just as those of the male. Their bases approach each other over the top of the frontals increasing with age as in the male, the space between them being merely rela- tively greater than in the male.? They are attached to the frontals only it is true, but this is the case with the immature male. There- fore the skull of the female has all the essential characters of the male but they are not as highly developed. The skull of Bodtherium bombifrons, on the contrary, differs not in degree but in actuality from that of Scaphoceros cavifrons and S. tyrrelli. The horn cores are not flattened but are actually round or as nearly round as may be in a rough surfaced structure; they are directed away from the skull at a different angle; their attachment to the skull is entirely different; their bases do not approach each other in the least but on the contrary stand out from the skull on pedicels and have a dis- tinct burr as in Bison. The frontal region between the horn pedicels is not flattened as in the female Ovibos, but is elevated and convex. The under side of the skull of the type of bombifrons is much injured but one conspicuous character is shown in which it differs from all the other species. This is found in the basisphenoid which is not deflected but has its lower surface in the same horizontal plane as that of the basioccipital and it has a sharp median ridge. The horn cores of bombifrons are essentially like those of Bison except that they turn downward instead of upward. However, other characters, notably the possession of deep lacrymal fossze, serve to distinguish it from Bison. In consideration of these various characters, the genus Bodtherium with Bos bombifrons as the type seems to merit ‘This was pointed out by Leidy, who says, “the interfrontal, fronto- parietal, and occipito-parietal sutures are completely obliterated” (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., vil, p. 374, 1869). ? This is well shown by Richardson’s' figure, often cited—Zool. Voy. Her- ald, pl. tv, fig. 1, 1854. oscoop] SCAPHOCEROS TYRRELLI 183 recognition. Thus far, only one specimen of this genus, the original type, has been found. Specimens of S. cavifrons and S. tyrrelli, however, have been secured at various localities among which are the following: Fort Gibson, Indian Territory; Council Bluffs, Iowa; New Madrid, Mo.; St. Louis, Mo.; Benton Co., Mo.; Trumbull Co., Ohio; Brook Co., W. Va.; Pennsylvania; Anvik, Alaska,t and Bonanza Creek, near Dawson, Yukon Territory. In this large num- ber of specimens, if there were any females at all it is probable that there would be more than one. In order to give any semblance of certainty to the supposition that the differences between bombifrons and cavifrons are sexual, it is necessary to show that these differ- ences are relatively the same that obtain between the sexes-in living species. This cannot be done, therefore it seems safer to treat the two animals as distinct. A much more reasonable assumption would be that S. cavifrons represents the male and S. tyrrelli the female of one species. The present objection to this is the fact that both have not been found in the same region. In order to make clear all the points under discussion, photographs are reproduced herewith of skulls of Ovibos moschatus, Bootherium bombifrons, Scaphoceros cavifrons, and S. tyrrelli. *A horn core of S. tyrrelli collected by Dr. Arthur Hollick at this locality in 1903 is in the U. S. National Museum. 184 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS : 2 2 = S S ss : moaeer | ae) Peed 3S N F 8 = eS Weed 4 S 6 | | Depth of braincase, from superior lip of fora-. | men magnum to top of skull midway between. hOTNS Beets ars sake eth tare ole aad hehe moet eee 117 181 123 99 IM AStOMGR WwAGlEh, tse) atone tc ce chen eee eee 197 212 180 dnberorpital. WiGEh. «.5 cic s/7sk cies «aaah ar | rol 2031 | 232 150 Width between paroccipital processes at level of tops of, protuberances of basioccipital........ | 133 140 Zygomatic OVAG EID Satake et larccaaren comie aa ey arena mens Lei 210! Width of braincase measured just above the orifices. of the temporal canals...:5u.% stoner sa 118 E30) | tog 105 Inferior lip of foramen magnum to tip of pre-| Tact layet ie. Meeker os Abed & eee oe ce Tones 516 462 Length of palate from interpterygoid fossa tc ExpPOSEG Pare Of -WOMET a... Ske eles dooce | 209 | 186 Wiidil: of pate sit tas: acne) ie cenit we ee ee 84 79 Inferior lip of foramen magnum to palatine... 184 177 Inferior lip of foramen magnum to alveolus of somats Paver rele fay ater hseraiere tote? aisha #1 eel opepeham im ierert mtr e ertcrer 218 217 Tip of premaxillary to alveolus of pm? ....... HSS) || 127 Tip of premaxillary to anterior border of | EG calf sca ol eta cneq Relais eiciwa S Seis alas Masses eae Ne 355 281 | Antero-posterior diameter of orbit............. 73 63. OI Greatest width of basioccipital................ We 87 64 | 64 Length of exostosis from outside of anterior | PUCOSC MDOUNIG A inven nm lapis sie cle lots wis ie ereae a elec 214 262 | Greatest width of exostosis anterior to bases of | GAL ROOHES ie cers okie ke erailag tae ree Re cpie rains ca Rien 114 / Width between bases of horn cores across | PL OLIBAliGRE ae eee seen hays paae eh oe oe ic ees eee go | ar 35 | 137 Antero- -posterior diameter of horn core at base. 95 | ¥I0 138 | Antero-posterior diameter of horn core Io cm. | 71 PLO ef RDO CEP ar: crirei are hee oP Aer SO. Nar Shor ICE 57 88 85 sienae Vertical diameter of horn core at base........ 72 70 68 | 69 Vertical diameter of horn core Io cm. from | aS eee, a eve Neo Meta Ro pee ce ee wine as Ts 4a 1) 62 42 46 Width between broken tips of horn cores...... 307% |) Sas 288 430 Circumference of horn core 10 cm. from base.. J6o | 254 | 220 | 144 Length of crowns of entire upper toothrow....) 168 | 135 00 Length of Diese AS SoM oS Rae RL one mes coe ig. 12). a} * pm2 Ce ee eee eee eee eee e rere re eneees TOy 2 | TOs ¥ Ei Se LE SOR Ee eh Pe eR A ro" | Ps aa . TE SEES Ned erg ey DEAR Pat pee Rg mr at 22.5 | 25.5 | é 5 Tree ie eva stern Seite teers eee 344 | al 101 eee Se oA SAR a RES AS ee ERE chose ty 49 33 Wiel tiaesone mnie bet rcocce estore erecueta sioloctote Seta teele 19.5 12 ni BAREBONE on one Calne a le aycntanis ale eta lita cae 14 a Vy a eae eee ae NEEL IR RMSE css 26.2 14 ie PAREN esas oats, 5 aia eee Ont Rene kak 28 19 SMTA Nave CYGS sai wie, v0 Sire Saheb wieder 32 19 N | } i ba ‘<\ PA 8 » Als 2 . = oe) a é hy , i i"ue @ y oe) | iy é wes fe el yea 4 a. 2 7 ’ @ a Bn’ d * Tr oo a‘ 7 ) a! ae” SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. XLIV CENTRAL MEXICAN LAND SHELLS ¥ a 7 - *" ; cy A ae y : . 4 40? ne ee ‘ ¢ bin - : s — . Pe o Ls A a we eee - ‘ vi yy M ey el Ireuruyreda - — b s ee no ‘ ¥ od oo ‘CibCY WORSE VE ese TTT) LEP Lhbwy fy ry, S i ' ; iJ i j , + v", ’ _ : , 1 q H MIPS FIT ete ’ ‘ 4 : ’ ri b aa ™) oof . ‘ Peas at) epee a, y : ' : ‘ ) . y oe Tie ’ } , i % 1g a4 t - ij wi) = € ve? i ‘ 4 , ri” i i TS { rf ci y - ~ acy ~ ae { ! ‘ . j LiiwW Aw a i , rea Tt 4 x i 1 : * . : } wisd £16 v , y i . Po : XX ‘ ’ a . od) PrAatE Sob Viel (After Owen.) Fic. 1. Carp’s head with operculum cut away to show pharyngeal bones and carpstone. 2. Pharynx of a Carp open from below, with the two pharyngeal bones divaricated. a, occipital pharyngeal plate or carpstone; b, part of a cell in the fleshy pharynx cut open, to show c, the germ of a pharyn- geal tooth. The small upper figure shows the basal pulp-cavity of a large pharyngeal tooth. : 3. Pharynx of a Tench open from below, with the two pharyngeal bones divaricated. 4. Pharyngeal teeth, in situ, of a Barbel (Barbus barbus). MISCELLAN SMITHSONIAN CEL EOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. XLVII PS N PHARYNGEAL TEETH OF CARP, TENCH AND BARBEL (ArteR Owen) HNSQowA Ysiil> Yo acute : Me on weg 2 ert. HomT anti anit? wdasgersig tdgiA slonsT oan ott £ e007 otf} ta dts9t yaioaiqn gnnoy s bre disot = Hosgbuo -.idog onoD > _ dediel a2ndwd apd gniltenigG@ arrow domordh bra winibries?. oo ee msortl if HAO VEGALS ( keren Faves) Prace Sav Pharyngeal bones of chief European Cyprinoid genera according to Fatio. IRM Cyprinus carpio. Carp. Tinca tinca. Tench. . Tinca tinca. Tench. Right pharyngeal with the abnormal number of 5 teeth and 2 young replacing teeth at the roots. Gobio gobio. Gudgeon. Barbus barbus. Barbel. Rhodeus amarus. Bitterling. Hybrid between Scardinius and Abramis. Abramis brama. Bream. Abramis (Blicca) bjoerkna. Spirlinus bipunctatus. Alburnus alburnus. Bleak (variety). Alburnus alburnus. Bleak. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. XLVIII 11 12 PHARYNGALS (Arter Fatio) 1X stavd ( oA adh >} 979 lot eat qe ier’ miviinnad 2 afd | i ue —— abu a euldws awlipsl ig. =” | ; : 4 ; A Sap cabin A £ > ie a4 ") «4 U HRV ayes hy a | } Subohvrss svete =F ina r . Las . zy veel be 1 4 ; - . Ve ha + . a. MamMNao anaes xX 1¢@ “id ia . F i ; <: A 5 vr, ~ 2wonuntlh eis 4 Lara . ? le y ; q vin { ) i Te OH: en pmoierh > bre walogss eusews\ soowied bRGSH | wy 4 = et _ ' , - - * ” 2 — a o3 ball 7 Fes] Lond 9 TS Lal 90 #” Pirate XLIX (After Fatio.) Scardinius erythrophthalmus. Red eye. Rutilus rutilus. Rudd. Rutilus aula. Rutilus pigus. Leuciscus cavedanus. Leuciscus leuciscus. Leuciscus agassizi. Phoxinus phoxinus. Minnow. Chondrostoma nasus. Hybrid between Leuciscus cephalus and Chondrostoma nasus. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. XLIX PHARYNGALS (Arter Fatio) at — aa : 6 th S75". Oe. ee Se a * Ve * — ‘ OS ee a [odin andi Gitdwi HRLoOMBL Hisogo) . - 7 Awwiolin oodod 6 \ P1eD- ,or\rns wig Anson como auunedh .o7 gp mmiboA awww vigottoV 11 oi. M Mut) .tldob ewstinwsd ocr FERTH (aurea Mees Lp 9 | rar a = Lal NASP MN AMAWD >: | PLaTE L Teeth of Cyprinoid genera according to Heckel. Barbus barbus. Barbel. Capoeta damascina. Labeo niloticus. Cyprinus carpio. Carp. Hybrid between Carp and Karass. Carassius carassius. Carass (Karausche). Chondrostoma nasus. Tinca tinca. ‘Tench. Rutilus rutilus. Roach. Abramis brama. Bream. Notropis cornutus. Redfin. Leuciscus dobula. Chub. VOL. 48, PL. L SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS TEETH (Arter HEckeL) ie bn Ow + & & a a = PHANYNGEAL TEETH \ Pulm det 1-6, teeth of Cyprinoid genera according to Heckel. Scardinius erythrophthalmus. Red eye. Idus idus, Ide. Aspius aspius. Asp. Gobio gobio. Gudgeon. Danio alburnus. Catostomus commersonit. Sucker. Nemachilus barbatulus. After Fatio. Nemachilus barbatulus. Side view. After Fatio. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, FL. LI PHARYNGEAL TEETH 11d stasd 4 bas emnhugiie) atiGrotle asiosqa mon hoelee sy : ae) vette of gnibtoyen i am qd ony Rit ay" y ~ ( foneT -ayan aowet Isdee aydied aadent morgbua ido Gideon 4 serena Bw esd awsbown pet Gyfoword woaeud sanioyshs boar Biacid (av eels ssi brs Salevia} HAY +4! dui ws2, seed Sindy Mw ‘Lsrtor pete did ze Dr ul Niosngy 2 4 \ A as « bod 4 LRT Dhue Tit e715 : , : ‘ ono aly Wey tT al? ‘+e Womony,. at aa awnos sinciehs 1H hot Napa evipkys. ae w Pirate LII Carp stones of various European species showing free surfaces and profiles according to Fatio. Fics. 1, 2. Cyprinus carpio. Carp. 3, 4. Tinca tinca. Tench. 5. Barbus barbus. Barbel. 6, 7, 8. Gobio gobio. Gudgeon. 9, 10, 11. Rhodeus amarus. Bitterling. 12, 13. Abramis brama. Bream. 14, 15. Abramis (Blicca) bjoerkna. 16, 17. Hybrid between Scardinus erythrophthalmus and Blicca bjoerkna. 18, 19. Spirlinus bipunctatus. 20, 33. Alburnus lucidus. Bleak. -21, 22. Alburnus lucidus. Bleak variety. 23, 24. Scardinus erythrophthalmus. Red eye. 25, 26. Rutilus rutilus. Roach. 27, 28. Rutilus pigus. 29, 30. Rutilus aula. 31, 32. Leuciscus cephalus. Chub. 34. Leuciscus leuciscus. 35, 30. Phoxinus phoxinus. Minnow. 37, 38. Chondrostoma nasus. 39, 40. Hybrid between Leuciscus cephalus and Chondrostoma nasus. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. Lil 11 13 ae 16 IE, 18 19 20 32 33 30 37 38 40 CARPSTONES (Arter Fatio) \ . ota eats oe ace i 25s. se | i es «98 gainenaini grmiitsthG to SPVICias tT 3 on see ae af tose | Bigine “Iormsing A: i vVIBVO .o — cath: : hil? ; A ‘4 at tS % 4 , : a tale > 4 i > = ' oo Rbtial eee {fo ,29Iliol. mom sp7) onbeeiperer . ; a he ie Ps 1 2 4 Pomerat 7 Meg 15H Dee iae 2. ay ; 17a) ¢ ' ei f ¥ Sis RMIGos Ts 5 ae . 14 . at , e = Phe ’ Ap - _ t HR i “ " \ = ° ‘ 4 ? . ‘s ; r a A ie > ‘ Arties 2 os a f ats ‘ : ; ‘ ; 4 ; , : 1g) (ela bs Pirate LILI The Bitterling (Rhodeus amarus). Male in breeding season.—A fter Siebold. The Bitterling (Rhodeus amarus). Female with long ovipositor.— After Siebold. Section of Mussel gill with embryoes of Bitterling intervening be- tween lamelle. Abdomen of female Bitterling. 0, ovary; ¢t, anterior extension of ovary; /, line free from follicles; ov, oviduct; AA, glands; R, oviducal tube; M, mesoarium; S, swim-bladder; P, pneumatic duct between air-bladder and stomach; D, intestinal canal.—After Olt. Mussel showing gill and directions of water currents. a, course of branchial flow; b, meeting place of currents from branchiz; c, in- halent respiratory current; d, exhalent current; ¢, mouth. VOL. 48, PL. LIII SSMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS SEXUAL DIFFERENTIATION OF THE BITTERLING at, ae | a 5 a 7 a? ¢ Px: - i. ere & af *Ehw 4 é ¥y anes, vet ‘ w Cs ion a “% 4 Pe > ey 4 a co 4 i rs oe sj + 6 = © @ ” * Ne A ¥. i oo 7 6 ‘G » * 4 7 =n 7 ‘ ' ih , : a Os > ) . v= i b./ » a ' at o~ A - - +) oe | , - = ; ) - ; wh \ J ’ . ’ i = AS TAs i‘, oS. She : ss y e," Ps v ws a , ey cz a) rs = oT ’ ca + eae hs > » * « 4 ‘ ‘on - < pe Te eed re ~ 4 i) ¢ PF] ‘ (9IUNH JyYy) “FeUeET “g_ “IRI “Y HONSL JO S3ILINVITNOAd IWNXAS All "1d ‘8b *10A SNOILO3110) SNOANV1IIS0SIN NVINOSHLIWS 7 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. LV 1. CARP. 2. HYBRID BETWEEN CARP AND CARASS OR GOLDFISH. 3. GOLDFISH a is ae, (re ‘ oe ~), t SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. Lvl = RSs eS RAY 919975? sali ; pi BS DRA RANT HERERO REN ODES ORDER Sy BS DRS RAR ASANO RS =) f) EERE Ke SSS eae oy Wee WAV ous) a ie) TaN 1. TENCH. 2. BARBEL. 3. GUDGEON. 4. MINNOW. (Arter HeckeL AND Kner.) SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANECUS COLLECTIONS ; VOL. 48, PL. LVIl 1. CHUB. 2. ROACH. 8. DACE. 4. RUDD. (AFTER HECcKEL AND Kner.) SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, FL. LVIII RHR COs RO Se ROWS} 1. IDE. 2. BLEAK. 3. BREAM. 4. SICHLING. (Arter HECKEL AND Kner.) Toe cI LERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF .SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE* By CYRUS ADLER Since presenting an account of the work of the International Cat- alogue of Scientific Literature at the first general meeting of the American Philosophical Society thirty-nine volumes have been pub- lished and distributed to the subscribers in the United States; that is to say all of the First Annual Issue for 1901, all of the Second Annual Issue, excepting the volumes of zoology, and four volumes of the Third Annual Issue, these constituting a classified index to all original contributions made in all parts of the world to prac- tically all of the pure sciences. Now that the work is well under way a critical examination is possible to determine whether the methods used are calculated to answer the demands of scientific investigators in whose interest the catalogue was primarily under- taken. As is natural in any new enterprise and especially in one having to do with so many and diverse interests, criticism has been -aroused; however on the whole the work has been well received and seems to bid fair to completely fill the expectations of its sponsors. Sins of omissions are the principal ones charged, but as the organ- ization is yet comparatively new this fault is expected to be only a temporary one and capable of being remedied, since the omissions -in one volume can be made good in the next on the same subject. It should be understood that these annual issues are not year books, although after the volumes dealing with the literature of the present year (1905) it is expected that the work will be so well in hand and up to date that each subsequent yearly issue will practically index the literature of the previous year. Leaving aside this question of promptness of treatment, which is only one of available funds and business organization, I come to that of the system of classification. I believe that, upon reflection, it will be generally admitted that any system to be of permanent value must be elastic not only as regards its details but also in its main heads, which are of course based on the accepted theories of science for the time being. *Read at the general meeting of the American Philosophical Society, Phila- delphia, April 12, 1905. 219 220 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 As an illustration; how would an exact and inflexible system of classification of zoology or biology founded before the time of Darwin have treated the literature of his time and after. How would the exact chemical classification of Lavoisier’s day deal with Mendeléeff’s theory. As the present investigations in radiant en- ergy seem to be setting the teachings of yesterday topsy turvy, so must we constantly expect, as new discoveries are made, radical changes in accepted theories in all branches of science, and as the literature of these subjects must be properly and thoroughly indexed as it appears, it is beyond question that any system of classification to be of any permanent value must be elastic, easily elastic, in root and branch. The schedules of classification adopted at the beginning of the work and used up to the present time were the result of a systematic investigation made through the representative scientific institutions and societies throughout the world, and the needs of each science were thoroughly considered and made to harmonize, as far as then seemed possible, with the usage of all countries. But it is here that the main difficulty of the work is found both from the scientific and geographical point of view. This, however, was foreseen and pro- vided for when the work was undertaken, as it was decided to hold an international convention in London during the present vear to reconsider and revise, if necessary, the regulations under which the work is being carried on. The convention will be held in July and representatives from all countries will be invited there to discuss the result of their experience, with the object of correcting any faults which may exist. Zoological taxonomy seems to be more criticized from the point of view of the generally accepted methods used in the United States than any other branch of the work. However in all of the seventeen branches suggestions from the point of view of the expert user of the catalogue will be of the utmost value in eliminating defect. I think no more fitting place and opportunity could be found than the present to earnestly solicit the aid of those interested in the welfare of science. Sets of the International Catalogue are in the library of this society and in most of the larger libraries throughout the country and are therefore easy of access. Concise and definite criticisms and suggestions from specialists in any of the sciences coming within the scope of the work will, if sent to the Smithsonian Institution, be brought to the attention of the inter- national convention and as a result the needs of American scientific workers will be furthered and at the same time the undertaking as ADLER] CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE 220 a whole improved. Let me emphasize the fact that in order to be useful the criticisms and suggestions must be definite. That the work is one of magnitude may be gathered from the fact that while now only in its third year of publication over half a million reference cards have been received at the London Central Bureau of which over fifty thousand are references sent for the United States from the Smithsonian Institution. The limited funds at our disposal delay and embarrass the work in this country ; how- ever the system as at present organized is capable of expansion at any time either into fields not at present embraced within the scope of the work, such as the so called applied sciences, or in adding to the manner of presenting the index. For instance, cards or proof sheets might be furnished immediately after the appearance of the publications indexed. Such methods would of course only _ be adjuncts to the yearly volumes which would always be the per- manent records. Recently a plan has been organized whereby authors of papers are in special cases communicated with in order that through the cooperation of author and indexer the subject matter may be com- pletely treated from the point of view of the author and systemat- ically treated from the point of view of the bibliographer. This method entails considerable clerical work but the results seem to justify the effort. Another plan which is being gradually worked out as time permits is to send to each author from time to time a list of his papers which have been indexed at the insti- tution for the catalogue with the request that attention be called to any omissions or errors which may exist. These two plans, were it possible to devote a sufficient time to them, would. render the work as exact as it is possible to make a complex index. The entire work of preparing cards for the United States is done at the Smithsonian Institution by five persons though we have the advantage of the advice of members of the staff of the Smithsonian Institution and the National Museum and in some cases also of persons connected with other government scientific bureaus. I wish to specially acknowledge the services of Mr. Leonard C. Gunnell who is in immediate charge of the force to which I have referred. The cost of the work in the United States thus far has been borne out of an allotment made by the Secretary of the Smithsonian Insti- tion and the actual work is carried on in connection with the library of the institution. INSTANCES OF HERMAPHRODITISM IN CRAYFISHES By WILLIAM PERRY HAY Howarp UNIVERSITY, WASHINGTON, D. C. Hermaphroditism, that condition in which both sexes are com- bined in the same individual, is an interesting deviation from the normal line of animal development and as it affects not only the organs of reproduction but extends its effects to all the secondary sexual characters as well, it is worthy of the biologist’s attention. Among certain of the lower animals the hermaphroditic condition seems to be the normal one just as in the great number of flowering plants the normal condition is to have both pistil and stamens’ developed in the same flower, but in the case of these animals as in the flowers mentioned there is usually some device by which self fertilization is prevented or made very difficult. Among those ani- mals and plants in which distinct sexes have been developed herma- phroditism is very rare. In animals there is a period during which the embryo is non-sexual but its subsequent development is almost invariably along either the male or the female line. In the case of the decapod Crustacea the only instance of un- doubted hermaphroditism recorded is that of the lobster, Homarus vulgaris, described and figured by F. Nicholls in 1730.1. The spec- imen externally showed the male sexual organs on the left side and the female organs on the right side. On being dissected the internal sexual organs were found to correspond; the right half of the body, therefore, was normally female while the left half was normally male. Coming now to the crayfishes, the first recorded instances of abnormal development of sexual characters are by Rosseau and Desmarest.* In these cases females of Astacus fluviatilis were observed to possess two pairs of sexual orifices, one on the third, the other on the fourth pair of legs, which led by a branched oviduct to the ovary on each side of the body. In 1870 Von Martens described three specimens of an Australian * Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, vol. xxxvt, No. 413, p. 290. * Annales de la Societe Entomologique de France, 2d Series, vi, pp. 479 and 481, pl. x11, 1848. 222 HAY] HERMAPHRODITISM IN CRAYFISHES 223 crayfish, Cheraps preissii,s in which the normal openings of the oviducts on the third pair of legs co-existed with male orifices on the fifth pair of legs. The specimens had been preserved in alcohol for several years and their internal organs were doubtless badly preserved. No ovary was detected and no oviduct leading to the openings on the third pair of legs. A similar arrangement of open- ings was noticed in males of Parastacus brasiliensis and P. pilimanus. In 1892 von Ihring’ reported that in Parastacus brasiliensis he had found that two sets of apertures, one on the third and the other on the fifth pair of legs, coexisted in every individual of the “ sev- eral dozen’ examined by him and that on dissection they all proved to be males. In 1898 Faxon® stated that not only Parastacus brasiliensis and P. pilimanus, but P. saffordi, P. varicosus, P. defossus and P. hasslert, as well, seemed invariably to possess two sets of genital orifices. No dissection of any of the specimens was described. In 1898 Loénnberg’* had an opportunity to examine a series of Parastacus hassieri and his observations form a most valuable con- tribution to the present discussion. He found that while the two pairs of genital orifices were present in every individual it was still possible by comparative measurements to separate his specimens into two lots, one of which from the broader abdomen, shorter antennae and weaker chelipeds he regarded as females, while the other, with an opposite set of characters, he took to be males. An examination of the internal anatomy proved the correctness of his theory. The males possessed only testes, the females only ovaries. The arrangement of sperm ducts and oviducts, however, was very remarkable. From each generative gland there were-two ducts passing downward, one to the fifth and the other to the third pair of legs. In the females the anterior of these ducts alone was com- plete and functional, the posterior one ended blindly and could be of no use. In the males the reverse was the case, the anterior duct ended blindly while the posterior one was functional as a sperm duct. A more critical examination of the external genital apertures was now made and it was found that in each case there was actually only one pair of openings, those on the third pair of legs in the males and on the fifth pair of legs in the females being only shams. 1 Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin, 18th Januar, p. 3, 1870. ? Congress International de Zoologie 4 Moscou, Aug., 1892. * Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, xx, p. 683, 1808. “Zoologischer Anzeiger, XX1, pp. 334-335 and 345-352, 1808. 224 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 The ovaries were so filled with ova that there seemed to be no room for anything else but in the testes there were found, on micro- scopical examination, along with the usual elements of that organ, certain spherical bodies which Lonnberg thought might be young eggs. The summary of his investigation, therefore, was as follows: “t, The supernumerary genital orifices on the third pair of legs of the male Parastacus hassleri and those on the fifth pair of legs of the female are closed. “2. Both sexes can be distinguished on an examination of the outer parts. “3, In both sexes a pair of supernumerary genital ducts (thus four in all) are present corresponding to those of the opposite sex. “4. It seems at least possible that the male generative gland con- tains female elements (eggs) although I do not think it probable that these can be fully developed, still less be of propagative use. “Thus it may be said that in Parastacus hassleri a partial herma- phroditism is prevailing, but male and female organs are not func- tionary in the same individual, neither are ripe elements of both sexes produced by the same specimen.” Lonnberg further states that his investigations of abnormal spec- imens of Astacus astacus, with first abdominal appendages resem- bling those of the male but with genital aperatures on the third pair of legs, show these to be invariably females with no trace of herma- phroditism in the internal organs, a conclusion which agrees with that of Bergendal.* In the light of Lonnberg’s conclusion that the condition of partial hermaphroditism in P. hassleri probably exemplifies the condition to be found in other species of the genus, an examination has been made of the specimens of P. hassleri, P. defossus, P. saffordi and P. varicosus in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. In the first three species there is found only one pair of actual openings, as Lonnberg has described above, but in P. varicosus there seem to be two pairs. It may be that in the latter case one pair only is natural and the other has been made by a needle in the hands of some investigator, but if so I am quite unable to distinguish which is the natural and which the artificial opening. It is very easy indeed to break through the shell at either of the points men- tioned in any of the species, more easy perhaps in P. defossus and P. saffordi than in P. hassleri, as the apex of the tubercle on the fifth pair of legs is membranous only and the depressed operculum- like area on the third pair of legs is thin. *Bihang K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., xiv, 1888, and xv, 1889. a HAY] HERMAPHRODITISM IN CRAYFISHES 225 From the evidence now before me I would say that undoubtedly a partial hermaphroditism as indicated by the two sets of ducts described by Loénnberg or a more complete hermaphroditism as shown by the two sets of genital orifices in P. varicosus is the normal condition in the species P. brasiliensis, P. pilimanus, P. hassleri, P. defossus, P. saffordi and P. varicosus, while contrasted to this group is P. agassizi which, so far as the dissection of one specimen will prove, does not possess more than a single pair of genital orifices or tubes. In the genus Cambarus four specimens, two of C. propinquius sanbormi, one of C. diogenes and one of C. propinquus have been described by Faxon? as showing to a greater or less degree a com- bination of sexual characters. In the first specimen, C. propinquus sanborni, 60 mm. long, all the characters were those of the female, but the external openings of the generative organs were situated as in the male sex, upon a small papilla on the basal joint of each of the fifth pair of legs. The second specimen, belonging to the same species, 38 mm. long, was likewise a female in every way except that the first pair of abdominal appendages were like those of the male. The third specimen, C. diogenes, 84 mm. long, had all the external characters of the female except the first abdominal appendages which were curiously modified so as to resemble the same parts in the males of the genus Astacus; they were smaller in size and lacked the two large, recurved hooks of the normal C. diogenes. The fourth specimen, C. propinquus, 72 mm. long, agreed with the female in every respect except that the first pair of abdominal appendages were partly transformed into the condition which obtains in the male. The transformation was greater on the left side although on neither had it gone far enough to produce a perfect male appen- dage. A dissection of the first described specimen revealed the presence of many large ovarian eggs and Dr. Faxon’s opinion was that the other three in all probability were females which had assumed some of the characters of the opposite sex. To the list commented on above it is now possible to add four more. In the course of the examination of the extensive series of crayfish collected by the U. S. Fish Commission and by myself, all of which have been deposited in the U. S. National Museum, I have found two specimens of C. spinosus, one of C. propinquus and one of C. affinis which show evidences of hemaphroditism. * Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, x, No. 4, p. 13, 1885. 226 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 The first two, C. spinosus, were collected from Clinch R., Ten- nessee, by Dr. B. W. Evermann, Oct. 12, 1893, and bear the U. S. National Museum number of 20,835. They are both 91 mm. in length and may be distinguished as number 1 and.number 2. In number 1 the general appearance is that of a young or second form male. The third pair of legs is hooked and the second pair of abdominal appendages is exactly as in the normal male. The first abdominal appendage of the right side is like that of the normal C. spinosus of the second form but is possibly a little short. The corresponding appendage of the left side is shorter, the outer ramus is fairly well formed but the inner is much stunted and bent strongly downward. The basal segment of the fifth pair of legs is imper- forate although it bears a small papilla. There is a well developed annulus ventralis of the same structure but a little less prominent than in the normal female and the openings of the oviducts are perfectly formed and operculate and situated, as is usual, on the basal segments of the third pair of legs. A dissection of this specimen fails to show any trace of male organs internally but there is a well developed ovary filled with nearly mature eggs. In number 2 the general appearance is more like that of the female, the abdomen being broader and the chelipeds shorter than in number 1. Otherwise it corresponds perfectly with number 1 except that the first pair of abdominal appendages are short and blunt and are not provided with the long, slender tips characteristic of the males of this species. A dissection of this specimen shows it to correspond exactly with number 1. The third specimen, C. propinquus, 53 mm. long, from near San- dusky, Ohio, is in general appearance a male of the second form but an examination of the ventral surface shows a striking lack of sym- metry, the right side being more strongly feminine, while the left side is masculine. Thus on the right side, on the third pair of legs, there is a normally formed and operculate opening of an oviduct; this is not even indicated on the opposite side. On the other hand, the left leg of the third pair bears the usual small hook characteristic of the male, while the right leg shows no trace of it. The annulus ventralis, rather lower than usual, has the outline and sculpture characteristic of the species but the small conical elevation just behind it, on the sternum of the last thoracic segment, bears a pencil of hairs exactly as in the male. The first abdominal appendage of the left side is entirely similar to the usual second form appendage of the species and the basal segment of the contiguous fifth leg is renee iee ae HAY] HERMAPHRODITISM IN CRAYFISHES 227 perforated by the opening of the sperm duct. The first abdominal appendage of the right side, while of the same pattern, is misshapen and only half as long as its fellow and the basal segment of the con- tiguous fifth leg is imperforate. The second abdominal appendage of the left side is developed as in the male while on the right side it is as in the female. A careful dissection of this specimen has been attempted but it has been so poorly preserved that nothing can be determined. There is a large mass which is probably the ovary, but there is no trace of a spermary or sperm ducts and even the oviduct can not be identified with certainty. The fourth specimen, C. affinis, 106 mm. long, from the Potomac River, near Washington, has all the external characters of a fully developed first form male except that on the basal segment of the third pair of legs there is, on each side, an orifice of an oviduct. These orifices are not operculate and in the living animal the white oviducts pro- truded conspicuously and first called my attention to the specimen. A careful examination shows no other female char- acters except that the basal segment of the fifth leg of the left side is not per- forated by a sperm duct. The first pair of abdominal appendages are perfectly formed and the third pair of legs bear strong hooks. The internal organs of this specimen show a most astonishing reversal of conditions. There is a large ovary, a little more developed on the left side than on the right, well filled with nearly mature eggs. On each side a perfectly formed oviduct passes down- ward to the bases of the third legs. On ieroit side a short and net muchcoileds | P16. 47-——-Dorsal view | of sperm duct leads upward from the base “" ne ere re 4 ual of Cambarus affinis. of the fifth leg to a rudimentary spermary which lies directly upon the ovarian mass and is partially imbedded init. The diameter of the spermary is about four millimeters and its greatest thickness about two and a half millimeters. There is not the slightest trace of a spermary or sperm duct on the left side. A microscopic examination of the spermary and the sperm duct have failed to show the presence of spermatozoa but there is a 228 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 thick epithelial layer which seems to be exactly like the spermato- phoral cell layer of normal males. I therefore have little doubt that this specimen was capable of producing some spermatozoa. From the appearance of the ovaries it seems very probable that had the specimen been allowed to live, it would have produced a large number of perfectly normal eggs. It might be added that during the time the specimen was kept alive it was seen in conjugation with a female of the same species and a little later was itself seized and held for a short time in the usual manner by a male. The latter, however, is a matter of little importance as I have several times observed the same thing in the case of two males neither of which was hermaphroditic. It will be observed that of all the specimens belonging to the genus Cambarus described both by Dr. Faxon and myself only a single one, the individual of C. affinis, had perfectly developed external male characters. In all the other cases, with the possible exception of specimen number I of C. spinosus, the female char- acters were so strongly developed ‘as to be unmistakable indices to the sex. Such dissection as was possible under the circumstances bore out perfectly the external indications and we may say without hesitation that the individuals were females. Even in the case of the specimen of C. affinis the internal organs pointed unmis- takably to the conclusion that it too was functionally more a female than a male. It would therefore appear that in the genus Cambarus at least, hermaphroditic individuals are females which, owing to some ambiguity of the formative cells in the embryo, have developed to a greater or less degree the characters of the opposite sex. The condition is a very rare one and is usually shown in the external organs only. It has been observed by students of tera- tology that hermaphroditic individuals, in certain species, at least, as they grow older show masculine characters more and more strongly and it may be that something of the kind occurs in cray- fishes. Most of the specimens of these animals which have been examined were small, the only fully adult one (C. affinis) had the most perfectly developed hermaphroditic characters and the infer- ence is possible that this perfection of the male organs had been acquired with age. In the genus Astacus indications of hemaphroditism appear to be quite as uncommon as in Cambarus. Among the Parastacidz the condition of apparent hermaphroditism seems to be established in the genus Parastacus and may also be found to obtain in Cheraps but evidently is rare or altogether wanting in the other genera. NOTES INVENTORY OF RIGAUD PAPERS 1N BODLEIAN LIBRARY, OxForD, ENGLAND The accompanying list of the papers of Prof. Stephen Peter Rigaud, which, after his death in 1839, were deposited in the Bodleian Library, Oxford, England, was kindly sent to the writer by Mr. Ralph J. Beevor, M.A. (Trin. Coll., Cambridge), 22 Craven Street, Strand, London, W. C., with a letter dated at the Limes, Weybridge, Surrey, Easter Monday, April 13, 1903. This is a valuable collection of inedited material, the existence and general nature of which should be widely known. The list below is copied exactly from Mr. Beevor’s memorandum, the notes being also his, made after ‘a (necessarily) cursory examination” while at Oxford for a day’s visit. I. Bayer, C: J. Unanometria. 1654. 2. 5 papers relating to Hadley and the quadrant invented by him. 3. Sandersoni Physica. 4. Professor Saunderson’s lectures upon hydrostatics. 5. Pound. 6. Bradley. 7, 8. Hailey [7. e. Halley; see note below]. g. Scient. biogr. 10, 11. Hearne. 12. Indexes. 13. 2 alphabetical catalogues of books. 14, 15. Horrox. Transcripts of MSS. at Greenwich. 16-22. Mathematical Tracts. 7 vols. 23-33. Commonplace books, 1807-1837; 11 vols. (with loose index to vols. Q-II1). 34. A memorandum of Dr. Bradley’s lectures. 35. Hadley, Harriot and Lower. 36. Miscellaneous. 37. Halley & Stirling. 38. Letters of scientific men, 18th cent. 39. Copy of Act of Parliament on Marquis of Worcester’s water command- ing engine. 40-59. Loose papers between boards mostly octavo size; lettered A-U. 40. A. Miscellaneous. 41. B. Miscellaneous. 42. C. Delambre, Lelande & Vinch. 229 230 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 43. D. Miscellaneous. 44. E. 45. F. 46. G. 47. Hi. 48. I. 49. K. oy Dy 51. M. Inchoata. 52. N. . Portraits of remarkable men. 53. O. Copybooks, miscellaneous. 54. P. Copybooks and other papers. 55. Q. Lectures on astronomy. 56. R. Miscellaneous. 57. S. Early mathematical studies of Prof. Rigaud. 58. T. Bundle of pamphlets. Jordan on light, mathematical questions, etc. 59. U. 6 printed papers. 60. Rigaud letters. Vol. I. A-E. 61. Rigaud letters. Vol. II. F—-M. 62. Rigaud letters. Vol. III. N—W. 63. Catalogue of pamphlets. 64-65. Catalogue of the Savile Library, 2 vols. 66. Rigaud, S. J. Defence of Halley. 67. Catalogue of the Savile Library. 68. Rigaud (Major Gen. Gibbes) Catalogue of MSS. Rigaud 1-62. [Extracts from notes by Mr. Beevor.] “ IMooked at ‘7; 8, 37;60;°66, 68.” “Hailey (sic) 8: p. 27. To Dr. Halley at his house the corner of Bridgewater Square in Barbican, July 16, 1716. ‘ Hailey’ here is merely a transcriber’s error. The word ‘ Halley’ is lettered at the back of each volume and being rather worn could easily be mis- tead “Tiley, “37.. Halley & Stirling. This (MS:,; as far as.) ‘could “earn from a cursory examination contained no biographical data of im- portance about Edm. Halley.” “MS. Rigaud, 68, gives an abstract of the contents of the S. P. Rigaud papers. I examined this with a view of finding whether the miscellaneous papers contained any reference to the Halley biography.” [See MS. life of Halley, in Observatory library, Ox- ford. ] “68 gives an index to the letters contained in 60, 61, 62. None of the names of writers of these letters was suggestive. I read through those from Sir David Brewster but learned nothing from them. Of course it is possible that a more minute and complete search might have been more fruitful, but I presume to believe that NOTES 231 if the papers contained any biographical details of importance they would not have escaped me.” [ Mr. Beevor here refers to the life of Dr. Edmond Halley, as yet unwritten. With the mine of inedited material on that subject, now available, and the exceedingly fortuitous circumstance of the predicted return of Halley’s comet, in 1910, it will, indeed, be sur- prising if no English scholar undertakes the preparation of an adequate biography of “ the second most illustrious of Anglo-Saxon philosophers.” The subject is one which, owing to Halley’s varied career, would readily lend itself to popular treatment, without de- tracting from the scientific value of the resultant work. —EvuGENE FairFieLD McPIKE.] MoNUMENT TO Pror. ErNst ABBE A movement is in progress in Jena for the erection of a monument to Ernst Abbe, who was for many years connected with the univer- sity in that city. While distinguished for eminence in mathematics, Professor Abbe devoted much attention to its application to the natural sciences, and is widely known for his work in connection with the design and perfection of optical instruments, especially those relating to microscopy and photography. His fellow citizens remember him also as a pioneer in social science who, with characteristic unselfishness, set aside the thought of his own advantage in the endeavor to assure the full fruit of his work to those who should come after him. The present spontaneous movement towards the erection of an artistic monument in Jena to his memory is an indication of the affectionate remembrance cherished for Professor Abbe in his former home. SMITHSONIAN DELEGATES TO INTERNATIONAL CONGRESSES Dr. LEONHARD STEJNEGER, curator of the division of reptiles and batrachians in the National Museum, represented the Smithsonian Institution and the Museum at the Fourth International Ornitho- logical Congress at London, June 12 to 17, 1905, and will also represent the Smithsonian Institution at the International Conven- tion of the International Catalogue of Scientific Literature to be held in London beginning July 25. : Mr. F. V. CoviLte, curator of the division of plants in the Na- tional Museum represented the Smithsonian Institution and the Museum at the Second International Botanical Congress at Vienna, June 11 to 18, 1905. 232 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vor. 48 Dr. WiLt1Am James, professor of philosophy at Harvard Uni- versity was designated to represent the Smithsonian Institution at the Fifth International Congress of Psychology at Rome, April 26 to 30. Announcement has been made of the First International Congress for the Study of Radiology and Ionization to be held at Liege, September 12 to 14, under the patronage of the Belgian Govern- ment. The programme is divided into a Physico-Chemical Section and a Biological Section. ARCH OLOGY OF GULF STATES OF MEXICO Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, a member of the Bureau of American Ethnology, has lately returned to Washington from an extended archeological reconnoissance for the Smithsonian Institution in the Gulf states of Mexico. His trip has been successful, adding in- formation to what is known of the prehistoric inhabitants of this rich but only partially explored region. While the main object of this visit was the increase of our knowledge of Mexican archeology attention was incidentally given to the striking likeness of many pre- historic objects observed to those from the United States and its bearing on the question of culture migrations. An area was chosen in each of the states of Vera Cruz and Tamaulipas, as typical of the prehistoric culture of this region, one of these extending from Xalapa, capital of Vera Cruz, to the gulf coast, the other being near the city of Tampico on the banks of the Panuco and Tamese rivers. The numerous ruins or mounds that occur in these areas, rarely visited by archeologists, are supposed to be typical of the former culture of two great allied peoples, the Totonacs and Huaxtecs, who in prehistoric times inhabited the greater part of Vera Cruz and what is now southern Tamaulipas. On account of its historical as well as archeological importance, a visit was made to the little-known ruin of Cempoalan, a Totonac metropolis visited by Cortes, the conqueror of Mexico. Archzo- logical literature pertaining to this city is very scanty; there is not a single description in English of the still well-preserved temples of this remarkable capital. On his visit to the site of Cempoalan Dr. Fewkes obtained many fine photographs of the four stately pyramids and gathered much data regarding their construc- tion. He also studied and took photographs of the many small objects found in the neighborhood of the mounds that will later be published. An attempt to determine the site of another flourishing NOTES 233 Totonac city revealed, near the ancient Villa Rica de la Vera Cruz, an important cluster of earth mounds of considerable size. These were also photographed and their relics studied. Dr. Fewkes visited several large ruins in the neighborhood of Xalapa, one of which, near Xicochimalco, he has identified as the remains of the pueblo of Sochimatl, mentioned by Bernal Diaz del Castillo, historian of the Conquest. By this identification new light is shed on the hitherto obscurely known route of the conquerors from Cempoalan over the mountains to the Plateau of Mexico. The extensive group of large earth mounds, some of which are remains of pyramidal temples, situated at Texolo, near Xico, were also visited, and important material was gathered from them, bear- ing on their prehistoric inhabitants. Some time was very profitably employed at Xalapa in studying and photographing the remarkable Dehesa collection, many objects in which are unique and undescribed. These are of high artistic merit and of priceless value for the study of Totonac culture. The numerous ruins in the vicinity of Tampico were found to be extensive, and objects from them revealed evi- dences of a high development of culture. Of the large Huaxtec pueblo called Chila, subdued by Cortez, nothing now remains but a group of mounds in an almost im- penetrable forest a few miles from Tamos. Many sites of prehistoric pueblos were found on the banks of the Panuco; some of these were once temples, others mortuary hillocks containing pottery offerings and bones of the dead. Numerous shell heaps occur in this region, some of which were visited and examined. About a mile from Tampico, Dr. Fewkes reports, he found a cluster of large earth mounds of considerable extent, up to within a few years concealed by a dense jungle. The most notable ruins in this region lie on the banks of the Champayan lagoon at the Rancho de San Francisco and Cebadella. In the Sierra de Palma there is a pyramid having a cut stone facing and stairways similar to those in the Totonac region. Photographs were obtained of typical ruins and mounds near Tampico, and studies were made of local collections from them of idols, pottery and other artifacts. A report on the reconnoissance is in preparation and will be pub- lished later. SMITHSONIAN EXPEDITION IN SEARCH OF ALASKAN MAMMOTH There has recently been published in Miscellaneous Collections an account of the expedition to Alaska and adjacent territory made 234 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 during the summer of 1904, by Mr. A. G. Maddren, under the direc- tion of the Smithsonian Institution, in search of mammoth and other fossil remains. Mr. Maddren refers to observations made in 1899, - when he travelled the length of the Yukon River; in 1900 when various points on the coasts of Bering Sea, eastern Siberia, and of the Arctic ocean as far east as Cape Beaufort were visited; and in 1902-03 when a year was spent in residence on the Alaska peninsula. During these previous years ice in various forms was frequently noted, but not until the summer of 1904 was it made a special object of notice in relation to the Pleistocene deposits. Mr. Maddren’s object was to find, if possible, complete skeletons of the mammoth and other large extinct mammals reported as occur- ring in that region or at least a locality promising enough in its indications to warrant further investigation. This search was con- fined to the Pleistocene deposits of northern Alaska in which most of the Mammoth and other vertebrate remains occur. Hence the ob- servations treat of these formations and the criteria by which they are to be distinguished from the more recent ice and alluvial deposits which have been variously noticed and discussed by travellers and writers. The problems of geographic distribution of the animal and vege- table life of North America in Pleistocene time with the disturbance of faunas and floras caused by the widespread glaciation during that period and their subsequent readjustment over the glaciated area, all combine to form a complex arrangement, to solve which will require large collections of specimens from the Pleistocene deposits of the unglaciated area of Alaska and the adjacent Canadian terri- tory. For at present our knowledge of this fauna and flora is very limited. As far as we know, only one species of elephant (Elephas primigenius), the Mammoth, inhabited Alaska and Siberia during pleistocene time. The longest mammoth tusk so far reported from Alaska is one 12 feet Io inches long, measured on the outside of the curve. Re- mains of the rhinoceros have not been reported with those of the mammoth in Alaska, as in Siberia, and it also appears that the re- mains of the mammoth in Alaska are not in as fresh a state of preservation as those found in Siberia, which points to the surmise that the mammoth became extinct in Alaska before the last of the species succumbed in Siberia. Associated with the mammoth were herds of large bison and horses. This species of horse may have NOES 2.35 been the last native to North America, the rear guard of the last migration of these animals across the region of Bering Straits to Asia before the land connection disappeared. There was a species of musk-ox together with sheep and bear. Descendants of these last three forms have by adaptive changes survived in these northern regions down to the present time. The relation that the fauna and flora north of the area occupied by glaciers bore to that in the region of the United States before, during, and after separation by the snow and ice fields; also the relation of forms in Alaska to those of Siberia, with the time and duration of the land connection across Bering Straits and their sub- sequent separation, form a complex problem, the solution of which will require the accumulation of much material. He summarizes his conclusions as follows: I. That while remnants of the large Pleistocene mammal herds may have survived down to the Recent period and in some cases their direct descendants, as the musk-ox, to the present, most of them became extinct in Alaska with the close of Pleistocene. II. The most rational way of explaining this extinction of ani- mal life is by a gradual changing of the climate from more temper- ate conditions permitting of a forest vegetation much farther north than now, to the more severe climate of today which subduing the vegetation and thus reducing the food supply besides directly dis- comforting the animals themselves, has left only those forms capable of adapting themselves to the Recent conditions surviving in these regions to the present. III. There are no facts to support the contention that the climate of the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions ever has been colder than it is at present. There are no phenomena presented in those regions that require a more severe climate than that now existing to account for them. There are no ice deposits in Alaska, except those of large glaciers that may be considered of Pleistocene age. There are no ice beds interstratified with the Pleistocene deposits of Alaska. IV. That the various forms of land ice, together with the de- posits of peat, now existing throughout the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions of Alaska belong to the Recent period and these deposits may be most conveniently and logically classified by their position with reference to the Pleistocene and Recent formations and the ice deposits cannot be differentiated satisfactorily into deposits of snow or of water origin by their physical structure and character alone. 236 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Tue Hopcxins FuNpD In October, 1891, Thomas George Hodgkins, Esq., of Setauket, New York, made a donation to the Smithsonian Institution, the income from a part of which was to be devoted “ to the increase and diffusion of more exact knowledge in regard to the nature and prop- erties of atmospheric air in connection with the welfare of man.” These properties may be considered in their bearing upon any or all of the sciences,—e. g., not only in regard to meteorology, but in connection with hygiene, or with physics, or with any department whatever, either of biological or physical knowledge. With the intent of furthering the donor’s known wishes, the Institution has already given a number of money prizes for treatises embodying new and important discoveries in regard to the nature or properties of air. This form of encouragement will not at present be renewed. A gold medal has been established under the name of the “ Hodg- kins Medal of the Smithsonian Institution,” which may be awarded annually or biennially for important contributions to our knowledge of the nature and properties of atmospheric air, or for practical applications of our existing knowledge of them to the welfare of mankind. Grants of money are made from time to time to specialists en- gaged in original investigations which involve the study of the prop- erties of atmospheric air, accepting the phrase in its widest sense. Thus the physicist may consider these properties in an investiga- tion which involves the study, for instance, of atmospheric electricity, or of the absorptive powers of the air, or of the atmospheric lines in the spectrum ; the hygienist may be assisted in researches in this con- nection looking to the promotion of health; or even the geologist, in a study which connects the earth’s crust with the absorption of the constituents of the atmosphere in past or coming time. The Hodgkins Fund may thus be considered to cover in effect some subject belonging to nearly every division of the applied sciences. It being the desire of the Institution to give the widest extension to the great purpose of the founder of this fund and to prevent any misapprehension of his wishes, it is repeated, that the dis- coveries or applications proper to be brought to the consideration of the Institution may be in the field of any department of science without restriction, provided only that they have to do with “the nature and properties of atmospheric air in connection with the welfare of man.” NOTES 237 The following conditions are imposed with a view to obtaining the fullest possible benefit to science from grants made from the fund. 1. Applications for grants should have the endorsement of some recognized academy of sciences, or other institution of learning, and should be accompanied by evidence of the capacity of the applicant, in the form of at least one memoir already published by him, based upon original investigation. 2. The purchase of necessary laboratory appliances for the partic- ular research in view is authorized and, on explanation by the ap- plicant, the payment of the salaries of assistants in prosecuting such research; but the defrayment of the purely personal expenses of the grantee is not intended to be provided from moneys advanced from the Fund. 3. Upon the conclusion of a research, it is expected that any special apparatus purchased with means granted from the Fund will be returned to the Smithsonian Institution. 4. Should investigations for which a grant has been made be of considerable duration, a summary of progress should be submitted to the Institution at the end of six months, as well as a subsequent report in which the results of such investigations may be recorded. 5. The Institution does not claim any legal property in a research promoted by its aid, but it expects to make the first publication of the results obtained, if it desire to do so. If this cannot be done with- out delay, and if the results seem to require it, the Institution will, as hitherto, when requested, interpose no obstacle to the publication elsewhere of the fullest abstract of such results, with the under- standing that acknowledgment shall be made therein of the assist- ance given by it in promoting the research for which the advances have been made. All communications in regard to the Hodgkins Fund, medals and publications, and all applications for grants of money, should be addressed to S. P. Langley, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, U. S. A. SMITHSONIAN TABLE AT NAPLES ZOOLOGICAL STATION 1 In response to a memorial signed by nearly two hundred biologists, representing about eighty universities, colleges and scientific insti- tutions in the United States, the Smithsonian Institution has for the past twelve years supported a table at the Naples Zoological *For a detailed account see H. W. Burnside’s paper in SMITHSONIAN QUAR- TERLY, Vol. 11, Part 1, No. 1476. 238 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Station. During that period free use of this table has been granted to about forty specialists in various lines of biological research. Applications for the Smithsonian seat have been numerous, and although the collective appointments for any year have but twice exceeded an occupancy of twelve months for one student, not infre- quently two, and in rare instances three occupants have been ac- commodated at the same time through the kindness of Doctor Dohrn, the Director. i In the interest of science and in order that the utmost possible benefit may be derived from the table supported by the Smithsonian Institution, it is desired that the aggregate time of appointments for each year shall equal the continuous occupancy of one student for the same period. With this object in view the conditions on which the seat is granted have been made such as can be reasonably complied with, so that while it is an advantage in the way of completing the permanent record of each occupant for an investigator to make as full a statement of his scientific history, publications, etc., as con- venient, it is essential to submit with a request for a seat only such data as will show the capacity of the applicant for original work in embryological, histological, and other fields for which special facil- ities are offered at Naples. The individual periods of occupancy of the Smithsonian table have varied in length from a month to six months, it having been decided in the interest of all who desire the seat that no appointment should be approved for longer than the latter term, although in exceptional cases an extension may be asked for and granted, if such action does not interfere with the occupancy of other applicants. In order to give all prospective appointees equal opportunities to avail themselves of the advantage of the table, the Smithsonian seat is not assigned more than six months in advance of the date for which it is desired; it has therefore been requested that applications be submitted at the time when it is in order to take them up for con- sideration. Should more than one request be filed for the same period, appointment is made according to priority of application, within the specified six months. An application for a seat accompanied with historical data and recommendatory letters is referred to an Advisory Committee for consideration and report, and on this report the Secretary of the Institution bases his action. In case of approval, the Director of the Station is notified and a summary of the appointee’s scientific history is transmitted to him, so that each investigator finds himself introduced in advance to Doctor Dohrn and his assistants. 52 } NOTES 239 While a circumstantial report of the work accomplished at Naples has never been required, those whose applications are approved are requested to notify the Secretary at the close of a session, and at the same time to present a brief outline of their investigations. In this way the institution is able to keep in touch not only with the work of its special appointees, but also to obtain an interesting insight into the admirable methods employed at the Station for the accommo- dation of investigators. A summary of the data thus submitted has appeared at intervals in the Smithsonian publications, the action of the Institution in this connection being designed to interfere in no way with the plans of the author as to publication elsewhere. Doctor J. B. JonNson of the West Virginia University occupied the Smithsonian table from September 1, 1904, through February, 1905, during which time he completed an article on “ The Morphol- ogy of the Vertebrate Head from the Viewpoint of the Functional Divisions of the Nervous System,” and a paper on “ The Cranial Nerve Components of Petromyzon.” He also made a study of Amphioxus and devoted some time to the comparative study of the brain of selachians. Additional papers containing further results of his work will be published later. Doctor Stewart Paton, formerly of Johns Hopkins University, occupied the table for three weeks from April 1, 1905. NoTE ON THE NAME HENDERSONIA In SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, quarterly issue, No. 1590, p. 187, July 1, 1905, I proposed the name Hendersonia for a remarkable new genus of Urocoptide from Mexico. I am now informed that in a publication by Wagner (Vienna, 1905) en- titled ‘ Helicineen Studien,’ which has not yet reached our library, the same name has been proposed for our well known Helicina occulta Say. I would therefore modify the name proposed by me into Hender- soniella in order to avoid the conflict which renders the later use of the name impracticable——WILLIAM HEALEY DALL, July 12, 1905. 240 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 RECENT PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION CoNTINUED FROM LisT OF JUNE, 1905, IN PuBLicATION No. 1583 No. Title : Series Price 1584 MaAppren, A. G. Smithsonian Exploration in Alaska in 1904 in search of Mammoth and other fossil remains. MiCl xX 35 1585 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Quarterly Issue, vol. 11, part 2 (containing 1586-1594)... M.C. XLVIII .50 1586 Wuite, ANDREW D. The Diplomatic Service of the United States, with some hints toward its reform. (Quarterly Issue).. ; IMIG, CE AVAIL ais 1587 BEAN, Barton A. The hictocr a the “Whale Shark (Rhinodon Typicus Smith) (Quarterly DISTT D Rieter h ORAS RS, LU ORS ORGS Le cud « M.C. XLVIII .10 1588 OxserHotserR, H.C. The Avian Genus Bleda Bona- parte and some of its Allies (Quarterly Issue). M.C. XLVIII 05 1589 Oscoop, Witrrep H. Scaphoceros tyrelli, an extinct ruminant from the Klondike gravels (Quarterly Issue).. RA CRO Pe eeatean vl Co GN aT .10 1590 Dati, Wittiam H. ee new genus a several new species of landshells collected in Central Mexico by Dr. Edward Palmer (Quarterly Issey be. mim winihi ofS we eagle TE RAD ae She AI ne aT Bie) 1591 GILL, Tee. “The Family of Cyprinids and the Carp as its type (Quarterly Issue) .. M.C. XLVIII .05 1592 Apter, Cyrus. The International Catalogue car fame (Quarterly Issue).. MACs SEW ANUL .05 1593 Hay, W. P. Instances oe Pepipheoditen* in Crayfishes (Quarterly Issue). 0000.2 wen ee lane ais MC AEE .10 1504 Notes to Quarterly Issue, Volume 1, part 2.... M.C. XLVIII 05 (In press: Revised edition of Smithsonian Meteorological Tables, Barus on Nucleation, and Smithsonian Report for 1904.) —— le SC VOL. 48 1907 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL, Ill QUARTERLY ISSUE PART 3 : THE SPECIES OF MOSOQUITORS IN. THE GENUS MEGARHINUS By HARRISON G. DYAR ann FREDERICK KNAB Since the publication of our paper on the classification of the Culicide by larval characters! we have had access to the adult ma- terial brought together for Dr. L. O. Howard’s forthcoming mono- graph of the family. The result has been not only a change in the interpretation of the forms of Megarhinus previously dealt with by American writers, but also the bringing to light of many discrepancies in the European literature of the group. To begin with we will cor- rect the prevailing error regarding the structure of the female palpi of Megarhinus. Theobald describes two forms (M. purpureus Theob. and M. trichopygus Wied.) in which the female has four-jointed palpi, the last segment long, tapering and slightly curved like the fifth of the male palpi.2, When there was no such terminal segment present he assumed the last segment to be broken off. Therefore in his diagnosis of the genus he says: “the female palpi are 4- or 5- jointed.’ A careful search through Mr. Theobald’s descriptions does not reveal any female with a fifth segment on the palpi. Indeed, in two places, in the descriptions of the females of his M. separatus and portoricensis he describes the four-jointed palpus and adds “ last joint missing.’* The females of the seven species of Megarhinus before us have palpi of the type supposed by Theobald to be imper- fect. Bred perfect specimens and close inspection show that there are only four segments present in the female. The terminal seg- ment in these forms is rather stout, of about equal length with the *The larve of Culicide classified as independent organisms. Journ. N. Y. Entomological Soc., v. XIv, pp. 169-230 (1906). * Monograph of the Culicide, v. I, pp. 230-231 (1901); v. 3, pp. 115-116 (1903). Buen. Wand, D. S15: soe N 1B. 225 anid p, 233. 242 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 second segment or slightly shorter, cylindrical, straight-sided and truncate at the tip. The apex has a surrounding crest of scales and short spines which indeed gives it, superficially, the appearance of a broken joint, but close examination shows the tip, within the sur- rounding crest, to be densely clothed with metallic scales—a condi- tion which would certainly not obtain on the insertion of an- other segment. This error was already committed by Macquart, who credits the female Megarlunus hemorrhoidalis with five-jointed palpi and explains in a foot-note: “Un individu 9 du muséum dhistoire naturelle a le 5.° article des palpes brisé, de sorte qu’il nest pas possible d’en déterminer la longueur.”' In the figure of the female head on Pl. I he shows the four actual segments in heavy outline, and, dotted in, the supposed fifth segment. Dr. Lutz, in Bourroul’s work, which we know only from the extracts in Blan- chard,” seems to have recognized the true condition. He erects for the forms in which the female has the terminal segment of the palpi long, sabre shaped, the genus Ankylorhynchus, including M. viola- ceus, M. trichopygus (Wied.) and a new species, A. neglectus. In the two sexes the relative proportions of the corresponding palpal segments do not agree. These relative proportions appear to serve very well in the separation of the two forms (at least in the male) treated. by Lynch-Arribalzaga* and subsequent authors as M. sepa- ratus and M. hemorrhoidalis but offer no easy distinctions in the closely related forms here described. It should be noted that all the old world Megarhini of which the structure of the female palpi has become known have been referred to Toxorhynchites, while all the American forms belong to Mega- rhinus and Ankylorhynchus. The only exception is the Culex splendens of Wiedemann from the East Indies, which Theobald has definitely referred to Megarhinus*; however nothing has appeared in print to throw light on the structure of the female palpi in this species. According to Theobald there are no characters to separate the males of these genera. “We will not say that these genera should be merged, for good characters may yet be found to separate the males as well, but certainly they do not deserve sub-family rank. We have already expressed our views regarding the use of the length of the palpi for primary division in the Culicide. * <3 1Diptéres exotiques, v. I, p. 32 (1838). 2Les Moustiques, 1905. 3 Revista del Museo de La Plata, v. 1, pp. 376-377; v. 2, pp. 133-134 (18901). 4Genera Insectorum, 26 fascicule, p. 13 (1905). 5Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., v. X1v, pp. 171-172. DYAR-KNAB] MOSQUITOES IN GENUS MEGARHINUS 243 The canvas of the literature involved in these studies has revealed a strange condition regarding the status of the oldest species and the type of the genus, the Culex hemorrhoidalis of Fabricius. Arri- balzaga discovered that there were two very similar species and des- cribed one of them as new. Unfortunately the form he described as new, under the name Megarhina separata, is the Fabrician hemor- rhoidalis—or at least it comes nearest to it of the two. Arribalzaga argued that the species Macquart described* could not be hemor- rhoidalis because the females had white-ringed tarsi while the females of his (assumed) hemorrhoidalis showed no trace of such markings. His separata was described from the male alone and as he says nothing of the female it must have been unknown to him. Macquart’s specimens unquestionably represent the true hemorrhot- dalis for they came from the type-locality, Cayenne, and the neigh- boring British Guiana, and in the description he definitely states that the third and fourth segments of the palpi are of equal length in the male. The hind tarsi of his females are white-ringed. Thus the M. hemorrhoidalis of Arribalzaga and subsequent authors is the new species and is characterized by the long third segment of the palpi of the male and the absence of white on the tarsi of the female. In his table of Megarhinus’ Theobald attributes white-ringed tarsi to the females of both species, but as no description of the female of his, hemorrhoidalis follows we take this to be merely an assumption... Giles’s statement, under M. hemorrhoidalis,*? that the middle and hind tarsi of the female are white-ringed seems to be an error of compilation, for his remarks do not appear to have been based upon specimens. We propose for this form the name /ynchi. The ref- erences and synonymy of the two species should stand as follows: MEGARHINUS HAZMORRHOIDALIS (Fabricius) Culex hemorrhoidalis Fasrictus, 1794, Entomologia Systematica, v. 4, p. 401, no. 5. Culex hemorrhoidalis, Fasrictus, 1805, Systema Antliatorum, p. 35, no. 8. Megarhinus hemorrhoidalis, RoptNEAU-DeEsvoipy, 1827, Mémoires de la Soc. d’hist. nat. de Paris, v. 3, p. 412. Culex hemorrhoidalis, WiEDEMANN, 1828, Aussereuropdische zweifliige- lige Insekten, v. I, p. 2. Culex hemorrhoidalis MAcguart, 1834, Histoire naturelle des Insectes, Dipteres, v. I, p. 33. Megarhina hemorrhoidalis Macguart, 1838, Diptéres exotiques, v. I, p. 32. * Diptéres exotiques, v. I, p. 32 (1838). ?Mon. Culic, v. 1, p. 218. 3Gnats or Mosquitoes, 2 ed., p. 270 (1902). 244 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Megarhina separata LyNcH-ARRIBALZAGA, 1891, Revista del Museo de La Plata, v. 2, pp. 133-134. Megarhinus separatus THEOBALD, 1901, Monograph of the Culicide, v. 1, Ppp. 219-221. Megarhina separata GILES, 1902, Handbook of the gnats or mosquitoes, 2 ed., p. 270. Megarhinus hemorrhoidalis (in part), M. separatus BLANCHARD, 1905, Les Moustiques, pp. 222-223. Megarhinus separatus GoELDI, 1905, Os mosquitos no Para, pp. 124-127, Pl. NoU& Pi.'s, fie: ao. MEGARHINUS LYNCHI new name Megarhina hemorrhoidalis LyNCH-ARRIBALZAGA, 1891, Revista del Museo de La Plata, v. I, pp. 376-377. Megarhinus hemorrhoidalis THEOBALD, 1901, Monograph of the Culicide, v. I, pp. 222-223. Megarhina hemorrhoidalis (the male only) Gres, 1902, Handbook of the gnats or mosquitoes, 2 ed., p. 270. Megarhinus hemorrhoidalis BLANCHARD, 1905, Les Moustiques, p. 222. A critical examination of our specimens of Megarhinus with white tarsal markings shows that Mr. Coquillett, in his characterization of M. rutila and portoricensis,1 has included and confused a number of closely related species. Indeed, the entire literature on these forms is in a most unsatisfactory condition, as we shall point out in detail in the course of the following remarks. Doubtless the trouble has largely arisen through the use of scanty and damaged material, bit also through a lack of discrimination in the identification of the early descriptions. We now have before us no less than 60 specimens of Megarhinus with white tarsal markings, a larger number by far than has ever before been available together, and this study has brought to light the existence of a number of closely related species. Great confusion has been caused by basing the diagnosis on the tarsal markings with- out reference to sex. We find that when the sexual differences are taken into account the tarsal markings are a useful guide in the diagnosis of the species and are a much more constant character than has been supposed. The fact that among the material from the North American continent there were no females which would fit the diagnosis of portoricensis should have aroused suspicion, but the small number of female specimens available would account for this oversight. The material before us shows that no less than six distinct 1A classification of the mosquitoes of North and Middle America. By. D. W. Coquillett. Technical Series, No. 11, U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau of Ent., p. 14 (1906). DYAR-KNAB] MOSQUITOES IN GENUS MEGARHINUS 245 forms have been included under the two specific names given above. Of these six species the only one that we can safely refer to any described species is M. rutila Coquillett, of which the type is before us. M. portoricensis was described by von Roder* from a single male and the description is not sufficiently detailed to warrant identi- fication without material from the type-locality. The three speci- mens, from widely separated localities, which Theobald had before him in drawing up his description of portoricensis? most likely rep- resent as many distinct species, while his supplementary remarks? doubtless apply to still another. Von Roder’s single male had the fourth segment of the hind tarsi only white, Theobald gives in his diagnosis of the species: “Legs steel blue, golden beneath the femora, penultimate tarsal joint white,’ and apparently meant to include all the legs. In his concluding “ observations” however, he says: “ The penultimate tarsal joint of the hind legs only is white in this species.” It remains to be seen if in the true portoricensis this is true for the female as well as the male. Of Mr. Theobald’s three specimens one was Walker’s M. ferox from Georgia.* This specimen, most likely a broken one, is certainly wrongly associated with portoricensis and in all probability is the M. septentrionalts described here. Certainly in the 50 specimens of Megarhinus from the North American continent now before us there is no specimen with only the hind tarsi marked with white. In all probability the two specimens from the island of St. Vincent, referred by Williston to portoricensis,® represent a distinct form. Of the material in our collection from three of the West Indian islands the specimens from each island represent a distinct species and it is safe to assume that specimens from other islands will likewise prove distinct. Neither can the Culex ferox of Wiedemann’® be placed with cer- tainty. The description is from a male in which the hind tarsi were absent. The third segment of the middle tarsi is white. In a sup- plementary note Wiedemann describes a male in the collection of Mr. von Winthem in Hamburg, which most likely was distinct from the previously described one. The fore legs were missing ; the second and third segments of the middle tarsi are white, and the fourth of the hind tarsi. Theobald translates this note and wrongly credits it to * Entomologische Zeitung., entom. Vereine Stettin., v. 46, p. 337 (1885). 2 Monograph of the Culicide, v. 1, pp. 232-233 (1901). HES CRN Sy ibe Heoe “List of Dipterous insects in the British Museum, part 1, p. 1 (1848). 5 Transactions Entom. Soc., London, 1896, p. 271. 6 Aussereuropdische Zweifliigelige Insekten, v. 1, pp. I, 2 (1828). 246 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Giles.' As Mr. Theobald does not use the same terminology for the tarsal segments it will be seen that the species Theobald describes as ferox is distinct from that of Wiedemann. In Theobald’s ferox the female has the second and third tarsal segments white on the front and middle legs, the fourth and fifth in the hind legs. In the male the fore tarsi are black, the hind tarsi with the fourth and fifth segments white, the middle tarsi missing. Although both of Wiede- mann’s males and the one described by Theobald; each had the tarsi of one pair of legs gone, careful comparison shows that the tarsal markings were different in all of them. There is some doubt about the fore and middle tarsi of the female of Theobald’s form, for in the first diagnosis of the species the middle tarsi are omitted while in the full description which follows the front tarsi remain unmen- tioned. Theobald’s species is obviously distinct and we propose for it the name theobaldi. Culex ferox Wiedemann is preoccupied by the earlier unrecognized Culex ferox von Humboldt” and we pro- pose for Wiedemann’s two forms the names (no. 2) ambiguus and (no. 1) wredemann. Williston’s Megarrhina grandiosa,* based upon a female from Omilteme in the state of Guerrero in Mexico, appears to have all the tarsi marked with white but the white is much more extensive than in any other species. In the fore legs the tip of the first and all of the succeeding segments are white, the middle tarsi were apparently missing, and in the hind legs the tip of the third, the fourth and the fifth segments are white. Megarhinus longipes, Theobald,‘ from Mexico, is based on a single female. In the tarsal markings it appears to come very near M. rutila Coq., but the description shows that it differs in many points. The tip of the abdomen is yellow, the ventral surface apparently all golden-scaled. The predominating colors appear to be olive green and yellow shades. None of the species mentioned so far show a pronounced caudal tuft. In the male of septentrionalis there is a faint approach towards it. The lateral hairs are slightly longer and coarser on the sixth and particularly on the seventh segments than on the preceding ones. The M. purpureus of Theobald,’ afterwards referred by him to the violaceus of Wiedemann,’ also has at least some of the tarsi of Monogr. Culic., v. I, pp. 237-239 (1901). * Voyage aux regions équin. du nouv. Continent, vu, p. 340 (1819). 3 Biologia Centrali Americana, Diptera, v. I, p. 224 (1900). 4Mon. Culic., v. 1, pp. 241-242 (1901). 5 Mon. Culic., v. I, pp. 230-231. SPC te Saeki DYAR-KNAB] MOSQUITOES IN GENUS MEGARHINUS 247 the female marked with white. However the structure of the female palpi at once separates this form from those considered here, a structure which Dr. Lutz has considered of generic value. Wiede- mann’s violaceus” was based on a male specimen from Bahia and was without any trace of white on the tarsi, as he expressly states. Of course it is quite likely that the sexes differ in this respect but it should be noted that Theobald’s scanty material, all females, came from widely separated localities (Amazon, Sao Paulo, Santos, Rio de Janeiro), which, with the discrepancy in his remarks about the tarsi, arouses suspicion. At all events the species is to be excluded from the West Indian faunal region as the record® is based on a misidentified specimen from Trinidad which appears here under a new name. Below we tabulate the species of Megarhinus, giving the diag- nosis for the males and females separately. Although but seven species are before us we have included, as far as possible, the de- scribed species. We omit the forms treated under feroxr by Wiede- mann and Theobald, of which our knowledge is too unsatisfactory. Two other species, M. marie Bourroul and M. solstitialis Lutz are described in Bourroul’s Mosquitos do Brasil, which we have not seen. TABLE OF SPECIES Males Pe MtMen Without \CONSPICHOIMS, TLETS . ¢. daw cisieescivic ove. a0 oa ele.p and ce Adie bine 4. Rew era NEE od OU RENT UILR Atel leer ae ctu paige eek mE arate vocain, divin BA's S's Guatsleta & 2 2. Abdomen red-tufted on 7th segment only .................. superbus n. sp. Abdomen red-tufted on 6th and 7th segments............ccccccccncnvcs 3. eet sSeeements 3. tad A Ediialis:. snc cas age eds ce ae et ealees hemorrhoidalis F. Ral. Aa Serene’ 1OM@er LNAI: ALM. c- a ciectkeje ieee euenre Guadeloupe. violaceus & Coquillett (not Wiedemann). Species ee ah. Be cats a erat one © ayers Bi ST aH i GG 8 eRe St. Vincent. portoricensis Williston (not von Réder). . trinidadensis: Dyar sand. Kab co... oa a lel mee oes ek eae Trinidad longines eBlicowatd: as... 5 Gel ce ysl bon eae es ge ge else Bae See ee Mexico. SEPHAIGNA AW UN S1OM He 3 Sawa iwc sp veep Sp ahs eayaihh sels ae pe ee Mexico. moctezumia Dyat andi Kuab. . 2.14 fA eee. Seek oe Central America. Pspecies Osten Sacken.* p SUpEthUS, yar athena. fb oie le ey rahe ce memes Mexico, Trinidad. hemorrhoidalis Williston (not Fabricius). violaceus Dyar and Knab (not Wiedemann). violaceus 2 Coquillett (not Wiedemann). Vhzemorrhordalis Hapniciiss 2). = ors, oveter a cvecese teats e eiere cre coal crerayer te oeaionenetomelne Guiana. separata Lynch-Arribalzaga. theobaldit. yar and. Kina « sf .66.0sc.2 guts ae eel oe ee ame eee ees Brazil. ferox Theobald (not Wiedemann). wiedemannt Dyar and Kanab . cis) crdiete nw scanned a5 4 aes see eee Brazil. ferox Wiedemann (not von Humboldt). ambiguus Oyatvand Frab: 5 sca s chovk aku ane te os eto an olathe @ atoatele ene Brazil. ferox Wiedemann (not Wiedemann). t Maria: | Boureoml hi. peas be 5 oe seme ae as SO ee ahs staianchtienser tee the eens Brazil. solstitights Mate yt. oe .tcse.. 5 js taiaee eee cis in ger 8 eR ee Brazil. lynchi Dyar and Knab ..... Trinvaug le cetejeld alegre a's kip & epee eae te Rene Argentine. hemorrhoidalis Lynch-Arribalzaga (not Fabricius). * Biologia Centrali-Americana, Diptera, v1, p. 6 (1886). A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF SOME SOUTH AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA, CHIEFLY FROM PARAGUAY [Bye (C S(CIBIECO MEIN Ne = MONOBIA Saussure On January 7, 1905, I observed a female of the solitary wasp Monobia angulosa Saussure var. cingulata Bréthes, entering a small hole in the ground. When this hole was carefully opened it showed a vertical channel widening a little beneath, 4 cm. long, terminating in a globular cell 12 mm. in diameter. In this cell nine larve of a noctuid were packed close together. They were of a green color with white lateral stripes and measured 10-12 mm. in length. Under these larve, on the bottom of the cell, was found the small whitish larva of the wasp, about 2.5 mm. long, apparently but a few days old. MEGACILISSA Smith On January 12, at 4 o'clock in the morning, a male of Megacilissa matutina entered my room, attracted doubtless by the shining lamp. It was still night when I was surprised by this singular visitor. Megacilissa eximia Smith had been observed on the wing after sun- set and before sunrise, but never after seven o’clock in the morning. From this new record of a very early hour one may conclude that on warm nights the Megacilissz are flying all night long, which may explain their comparative rarity in collections. They fly very rapidly and it is not easy to catch them, but they are not at all rare. If one knows their food-plants, they may at times be seen by thousands, as I found in Brazil in the case of M. eximia and here with M. matutina. I do not know whether there have been observed any other South American bees with nocturnal habits. [Compare the account of M. yarrow, Cresson, in Annals and Magazine of Nat. History, December, 1899, p. 411 —T. D. A. C.] FRIESEA Schrottky ~ in Rey. Mas.:Paul., v (1903); p. 418, andyl.. xtv, fig. 2 a-e, I published a new genus of Panurgide, Friesea. Prof. T. D.’A. Cockerell kindly informed me that this name was preoccupied in 1895 * With notes by Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, signed T. D. A. C. 259 260 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 by Prof. K. W. von Dalla Torre and suggested to me to rename my genus. I, therefore, propose to change it to PARAFRIESEA n. nom. Type, Parafriesea brasiliensis. (Friesea brasiliensis Schrottky.) PROSOPIS Fabricius Early in November, 1904, I took a specimen of Prosopis on flowers of Petroselinum sativum. As at this time the white Mimosz were flowering, I spent most of my time in hunting for the beautiful Pepsis, Eumenes, Montezuma, etc., visiting these shrubs. Only at the end of December, when the blossoming time of the Mimosa was over, did I remember the Prosopis found on the Petroselinum and began to watch this plant a little more carefully. In a few days I had the good fortune to obtain about fifty specimens of Prosopis, and nearly every day during January I added to the number. Now as this most attractive plant has ceased to flower I think it useful to record the species obtained. The fifteen species may be separated by the following table: 1. The first recurrent nervure enters the first cubital cell before its apex; Winkesy With, Aa fitscous iclouds cateeaaecnr ae ee .1. petroselini, The first recurrent nervure saieoetnial or aaters ihe second cubital cell; sometimes it enters the first cubital cell but in that case the wings have NG ULUSCOUS ‘ClOUG tery. setoe oteale ticle Petes eaciovoiie gr ares ore ae eee 2 2, Scutéllum: and *postscutellam: yellow vac .c ces sl sos Soke 2. polybioides. Scutellum yellow, the postseutellaum black. .0....0. 0d ced. Jc sacle eee 3 Scutellum and postscutellum black or only the sides of the scutellum alone. have: a. yvellow Spot. «.cc2cyciecacece wae eee sishe ie eevaten eee asta eae ee 8. 3. Wiles: withioa, 2UsComs (ClOUd: 52.25 nan cients aielectactaiereircincn arene tee ions 4. Wames hy ainers hs span, Ces ote coke orieaiee eile ie oiain cease ener el ekslese eee eer 5. 4. Abdominal segments without fascie of white hairs.........3. guaranitica. Abdominal segments with fascize of white hairs.............. 4. paulistana. 5. Sides ofthe clypeus ferragineous. Pini. oakeiess ensjdayee ed alae le Steen 6. Clypeusmtotalliye yelloun x0 ancy ois epes atone ose sie sigue clei ie eae 5. femoralis. Ox ADGOMEn DIAC: sake’ aac haves ok ect cele et ctanees ticker eposleieotellenat tennant oh Abdomen with the first segment ferrugineous.............0e eee 7. rivalts. 7. Legs black, the tibiae with the base yellow.................. 6. gracillima. Legs fulvous........ ciate Ate eee tials bicassic” var. paranensis. 8. Scutellum on eh oe his a Selene ee sare eel eeyeba ajersitesO al PECOLOES Scutellimm ybla@e ke. cocci es 5 clots oege, ates Ree total caeaets =) 4 aie oie aetna sere ener: 0. O;) Cly pens yellaz ct. on as vee ere ere Fhe Sit eialole de Cas Bah GLAM EER eerie TO. Clypeus ferrugineous.. , I se ec ot Ai .10. paraguayensis &. Clypeus yellow with fies sides thleste Helpers LGM am ehatelepa rere 9. itapuensis &. IO. Hirst jomt o£ antennaesblack: <1... ranean ae aie See roetee Q. itapuensis SB. First joint of antennae yellow, fulvous or ferrugineous...........000% iT: SCHROTTKY] SOUTH AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA 261 PreeVictaOLaxatmOne: OL ESS MLUMCATC. «co.cc sic ceulciclerc ce ticeares corse. cee 12. Metathorax rounded, the horizontal and vertical, parts not separated, uni- fo Guay ep Ut CHUREA ae sepesiiele Eetatio oie sis Sloe d te esr 6 10. paraguayensis 6. 72. (WNAIER “UNGINING Ro ets Scan coca on ecSiod BAR DEE OCCA eee ean ear pee 13. ME With ate PMSEONS CLOMM oo ioc ott kon) aie dsalepa ae’ esie 5.2» 11. cockerellt, ieee evellows Spot above the ClYpeUS... occ. cece ccs sau svc ce eee bs ae sinless 14. No yellow spot above the clypeus..:....5..5.......0000.- 12. culiciformis. 14. Smaller; spot above the clypeus pentagonal; the metathorax less dis- ACE VMSCULMELIHe Ci eye, se pacuyec ee eee wins sions oars wie iake ate ote a daiinse Bololnne 8 Tee Larger; spot above the clypeus almost rectangular; the metathorax more strongly sculptured, the first recurrent nervure interstitial....13. tristis. 15. The yellow color of the clypeus and the face at its side, not interrupted ; punctures on mesonotum scattered, the first recurrent nervure ite EUS U tial eet eee iye ciieve orhare caste ene eriose eee eke circ tattle 14. xanthocephala. The yellow color of the clypeus and the face on its side interrupted by a narrow black line; punctures on mesonotum very dense, first recurrent nervure received by the first cubital cell................ 15. longicornis. 1. PROSOPIS PETROSELINI new species Male—Length, 6% mm.; abdomen, 1% mm. wide; wings, 4% mm.; antenne, 244 mm. Black; the clypeus, a trapeziform spot above it, the face at the sides of the clypeus, and the inner orbits of eyes nearly to their summit pale yellow; antenne ferrugineous ; scutellum, the tubercles of the thorax and a small spot upon the tegule bright yellow; apical margin of the first abdominal segment on the sides with a line of small white hairs, the apical margin of | the other segments fringed with inconspicuous white hairs. The tibiz of the anterior legs are honey-colored, with a black longitudinal stripe outside, extreme apex of the femora and base of the tarsi honey-colored, the rest fuscous. Middle legs: tibiz at their extreme base and apex, pale ferrugineous; hind legs with the tibiz at their base pale yellow about one-fourth of their length; the rest black. Wings hyaline, with a fuscous cloud occupying the apical half of the median, the first cubital and the whole marginal cell, extending beyond to the apex of the wing. Head densely punctured; pronotum with two indistinct ferru- gineous spots; mesonotum coarsely punctured; pleurz with scattered, deeply impressed punctures, metathorax opaque, truncate, covered with very small pale hairs ; the basal space enclosed by distinct carinz, smooth, in the middle with three short longitudinal carinz; first abdominal segment in the middle strongly punctured, the punctures; becoming finer towards the sides; second segment much more finely- punctured, deeply depressed at its base; the punctures on the follow-- ing segments are not more distinguishable. Wings: The second 262 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 cubital cell extremely narrow; the first recurrent nervure is received by the first cubital cell a little before its apex. Taken in December, 1904, on Petroselinum sativum at Villa En- carnacion. 2. PROSOPIS POLYBIOIDES new species Female.—Length, 71% mm.; abdomen, 134 mm. wide; wings, 5%4 mm.; antenne, 2mm.long. Black; the clypeus in the middle, a patch above it, the face at the sides of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes extending upwards nearly to their summit, and the three basal joints of the antennz dark orange-red; the sides of the clypeus and the rest of the antennz, except the apex of the last joint which is ferrugineous, are fuscous;. the tubercles of the thorax and the an- terior margin of the pronotum are dark orange-red; the hind margins of the tubercles are followed by a semicircular pale yellow line; the scutellum and postscutellum are bright yellow. Abdomen: First segment on its apex with a narrow fascia of white hairs laterally; apical margin of the second segment and the rest of abdomen covered with very fine yellowish hairs, the segments 2-5 with their apical margins pale brown. Legs: The inner side of the anterior tibiz and the apical half of the anterior femora are honey-colored; the pos- terior tibiz at their base are pale yellow. Tegule brownish; wings hyaline, with a very dark fuscous cloud that occupies the apex of the median, the first cubital and the marginal cells, and extends to the apex of the wing. The head is densely covered with fine punctures; the mesonotum is coarsely punctured; the pleurz with scattered deeply impressed ‘punctures; metathorax truncate, covered with pale hairs, the basal space coarsely rugose. Abdomen: First segment shining, finely punctured, the following segments opaque. Wings: The second cubital cell receives the first recurrent nervure just in the basal angle and the second recurrent nervure a little before its apex. This species has a striking resemblance to Polybia scutellaris White, but is, however, smaller. Taken December 30, in Villa Encarnacion, Paraguay. Notre :—The coloration of this species is variable. The extension of the orange red of the head is sometimes much reduced so that the base of the clypeus, the patch above it and the third joint of the antennz become fuscous. In one specimen the face at the sides of the clypeus is yellow. The same thing occurs with the last joint of abdomen. The margin of the pronotum has sometimes only two orange-red spots and even these sometimes disappear and the pro- _—— SCHROTIKY] SOUTH AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA 263 notum is unicolorous black; the tubercles of the thorax are sometimes dark fuscous and sometimes black. The semicircular pale yellow line exists only in the first described specimen. The honey-color of the anterior tibiz is sometimes reduced to the basal half, sometimes it disappears entirely. One of the specimens has a rather distinct fascia of white hairs on the apical margin of the second abdominal segment, and in another the fine hairs on the abdominal segments are whitish. But as the color of the scutellum and the postscutellum is always bright yellow, the species may be easily distinguished from all others by this character and by the comparatively larger size. To judge from the few specimens I have seen, the darker form seems to be the commoner, while the other is perhaps merely a form immaturely colored. The morphological structure is identical in both forms. The species appears to be rare. 3. PROSOPIS GUARANITICA new species Male.—Length, 6 mm.; abdomen, 1% mm. wide; wings, 4 mm.; antenne, 244 mm. long. Black; the clypeus, a nearly triangular spot above it, the face on the sides of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes reaching upwards nearly to their summit, the tubercles of the thorax, and the scutellum, are bright yellow; the antennz are fer- rugineous in front and fuscous above; pronotum with two orange- red spots; tegule brownish, with a minute yellow spot; the apical margins of the abdominal segments are fringed with minute white hairs, but they form no conspicuous fasciz ; the whole anterior tibiz and tarsi, the intermediate tibiz at their base and apex and the posterior tibiz at base are yellow; the wings are hyaline, with a fuscous cloud occupying the marginal cell and extending to the apex of the wing; in the first cubital cell as well as in the apex of the median cell the cloud becomes less pronounced. Head densely punctured; mesonotum and pleure covered with deeply impressed punctures; metathorax truncate, the truncation in the middle depressed and covered with radiating plicz ; basal space in the middle with two low longitudinal carinez, at the sides of which is a smooth space, surrounded by a distinct oval impression. The first abdominal segment is densely and deeply punctured; second segment with a deep basal depression, covered with fine and very numerous punctures except on its apex. The neuration of the wings is the same as in P. polybioides. Taken frequently in December, 1904, and January, 1905, in Villa Encarnacion, Paraguay. 264 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vox. 48 Note :—The coloration of this species scarcely varies; the two orange-red spots on the pronotum alone being sometimes ferrugineous or yellowish; in the latter case sometimes confluent, and forming a more or less extended transverse line. 4. PROSOPIS PAULISTANA new species Male.—Length, 514 mm.; abdomen, 11%4 mm. wide; antenne, 3% mm.; wings, 5 mm. Black; with yellow markings: the clypeus, a spot above it, the sides of the face, the inner orbits of the eyes, the collar, the tegulz in front, the tubercles of the thorax, the scutellum, the apex of the anterior femora, the tibiz in front and inside, the tarsi, the posterior tibiae at apex and the tarsi (the second pair of legs is wanting) ; the rest of the legs dark brown. ~The abdominal segments at their apex fringed with distinct fascia of white hairs. The wings are hyaline, with a faint cloud in the marginal cell extend- ing to the apex of the wing and becoming less distinct in the first cubital and the apex of the marginal cell. Head densely punctured, mesonotum with deep, large, and dense punctures, those on the pleurz deep but scattered. Metanotum trun- cate, the truncation covered with pale hairs, the basal space shining, small, with a longitudinal median furrow and a trapezoidal smooth space on each side; the apex surrounded by short and low radiating strie. Abdomen densely covered with fine punctures that become gradually smaller on each segment, being hardly distinguishable from the fourth segment to the apex. The second segment near its base with a deep transversal depression. The neuration of the wings as in P. polybioides. Habitat—State of S. Paulo, Brazil, October 10, 1901, described from a single specimen. NotE:—The abdomen being retracted the length is given ap- proximately. 5. PROSOPIS FEMORALIS Schrottky 1903. Prosopis femoralis ScHrotrKy, Rev. Mus. Paul., v, p. 339, n. 2, male (nec female!). : Male——Length, 5 mm.; abdomen, 114 mm. wide; wings, 4 mm.; antennz, 2 mm. long. Black; the clypeus, a pentagonal spot above it, the face at the sides of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes, the two basal joints of the antennz in front, the collar, the tubercles of the thorax, the tegulz in front, the base of the costal nervure of the wings, the scutellum and the greater part of the legs are yellow; the posterior femora alone are wholly fuscous, the intermediate and SCHROTTKY] SOUTH AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA 265 anterior femora behind and the apical part of the posterior tibiz being more or less fuscous; the flagellum of the antennz is ferrugineous in front and fuscous above. The tegule behind are pale brown. Wings hyaline, with fuscous nervures. The apex of the abdomen is ferrugineous below; the apical margins of the second and third segments are also sometimes ferrugineous; the second segment has sometimes a minute fascia of white hairs on the sides. Head densely, thorax coarsely punctured; the pleurze are covered with scattered deep punctures and short yellowish hairs; the meta- thorax is truncate, the truncation with a longitudinal low depression and fine radiating strie towards the margin; the basal space is punctured, a little raised, with six longitudinal furrows, the two median converging forming a V, the two exterior small and less distinct. First abdominal segment is covered with fine punctures, the second segment has a deep transverse depression near its base, from whence to its apex it is very finely punctured ; the rest of the abdomen is smooth and shining. Both recurrent nervures are nearly interstitial; the first recurrent joins the cubitus just behind the first transverse cubitus, the second before the second transverse cubitus. Taken at Villa Encarnacion, December 27 and 28, 1904. This species seems to be very similar to P. rugosa Smith, judging from his description. The differences are, however, in the color of the legs, the structure of the basal space of the metathorax, and of the abdominal segments. Some of my specimens have no fasciz of white hairs on the abdominal segments, nevertheless it may be but the Southern form of P. rugosa Smith. The original description, in Rev. Mus. Paul, v, p. 339, treats of female and male; this is a mistake, both specimens described there being males. I think that by direct observations it may be found that gracillima is the female of this species, but for the present it seems more convenient to consider them different species. 6. PROSOPIS GRACILLIMA Schrottky 1903. Prosopis gracillinea (laps.!) ScHrotTKy, Rev. Mus. Paul., v, p. 340, Ble cils Da eoraitienagtses oiie Female.—Length, 6 mm.; abdomen, 1% mm, wide; wings, 4% mm.; antenne, 2 mm. Black; the middle of the clypeus, a rect- angular small spot above it, the face on each side of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes, the collar, the tubercles of the thorax, the tegulz in front, the scutellum and the base of the tibiz, are yellow; the mandibles, the labrum and the sides of the clypeus, are fuscous ; 266 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 the antennz beneath are ferrugineous, but above they are fuscous; the tarsi are fuscous, but the base of the front pair is ferrugineous ; hinder part of the tegule pale brown; the wings hyaline and irides- cent, the nervures dark brown. Abdomen with the apical margins of the segments covered with fine white hairs, forming distinct fasciz laterally. Head densely covered with fine punctures, those on the mesonotum _ deeper and stronger, the pleuree with the punctures smaller and more scattered than on the mesonotum; on the yellow scutellum are a few, small, scattered punctures. The truncation of the metathorax is rather densely covered with pale hairs, the basal space with shallow furrows; one enclosing an oval space, truncate at the base in the middle, from the apex of which two others extend backwards to the sides; two others, but less distinct, are found on each side of the oval space diverging behind so that the whole appearance is radiated. The abdomen is smooth and shining, without any dis- tinguishable punctures. Both recurrent nervures are interstitial. Taken at Villa Encarnacion, November 7, 1904. Another specimen from the same place, taken December 20, 1904, has the mandibles, the labrum, the sides of the clypeus and a spot between the antennz not fuscous but ferrugineous, as described for the type which came from S. Paulo, Brazil. The legs, too, are not black but brown, except the base of the tibiz which are yellow. Notwithstanding these differences, I do not think they form two different species, but rather that the form with the brown or even fulvous legs belong to the second generation or to a variety of this species, especially as there are in two specimens some other differ- ences in the coloring. I give their full description pending larger and better series before deciding definitely as to whether these forms belong to one or to various species. 6a. PROSOPIS GRACILLIMA var. PARANEWNSIS new variety Female——Length, 6 mm.; abdomen, 11%4 mm. wide; wing, 4% mm.; antenne, 2 mm. Black; the middle of the clypeus, the face on each side of it, the inner orbits of the eyes, the collar, the tubercles of the thorax, the tegulz in front and the scutellum are yellow; the mandibles, the labrum, the sides of the clypeus and the hind orbits to the middle of the eyes, are ferrugineous. Above the clypeus is a ferrugineous spot with yellow centre; the antennz are ferrugineous beneath, fuscous above; the hinder parts of the tegule and a small cuneate spot in front of the tubercles, are brown; the legs, except SCHROTTKY | SOUTH AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA 267 the base of the posterior tibiz which is yellow, are fulvous without any black. The abdominal segments at their apical margins are clothed with fine white hairs, which form indistinct fasciz laterally. The wings are hyaline, with brown nervures. Head densely covered with fine punctures; mesonotum with the punctures less dense but deeper and stronger ; the pleurze are covered with minute pale hairs and a few scattered but rather strong punc- tures. The base of the metathorax has irregular longitudinal folds or wrinkles, the truncation covered with pale hairs. The abdomen is impunctate, smooth and shining. Both recurrent nervures are interstitial. Taken in Villa Encarnacion, December 26 and 28, 1904. 7. PROSOPIS RIVALIS new species Female.—Length, 6 mm.; abdomen, 1% mm. wide; wing, 4% mm.; antenne, 2 mm. long. Black; the clypeus, except the sides which are ferrugineous, is almost rectangular, a spot above it, the face on each side of the clypeus, the inner’orbits of the eyes nearly to their summit, the collar, the tubercles of the thorax, the tegulz in front, the scutellum, and the extreme base of the anterior and the posterior tibiz are yellow, the mandibles, the labrum, the antenne, the legs and the first abdominal segment, except a black patch on the apex of the dorsal face, are ferrugineous. Wings hyaline, the ner- vures fuscous. Head densely covered with fine punctures, the mesonotum with less dense but stronger punctures; the pleure have very fine, scattered punctures; the metathorax is truncate, the truncation covered with very fine pale hairs, and divided longitudinally by a shallow furrow, the basal area is longitudinally plicate, the sides covered with dense fine punctures; the abdomen is impunctate and polished, the apical margins of segments 2-5 being brown; near the base of the second segment is a low transverse depression. Taken at Villa Encarnacion on January 25, 1905. 8. PROSOPIS. TRICOLOR new species Male.—Length, 6 mm.; abdomen, 1% mm. wide; wings, 4 mm.; antenne, 2mm. long. Black; the clypeus, a pentagonal spot above it, the face on each side of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes nearly to their summit, the basal joint of the antennz in front, a transverse line on each side of the pronotum joining the tubercles of the thorax, and the tubercles, a spot in front of the tegulz, a spot on each side 268 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vor. 48 of the scutellum, and the base of the tibiz, are yellow; the mandibles, the rest of the antenne and the rest of the legs, the first abdominal segment, except a large black patch on the dorsal face, are fer- rugineous; the sixth ventral plate and sometimes the fifth dorsal plate are also ferrugineous; the posterior parts of the tegule are fulvous. Wings hyaline, with brown nervures. Head and mesonotum densely covered with fine punctures, those on the scutellum more scattered ; the pleurz are covered with a few, shallow, almost imperceptible punctures ; the truncation of the meta- thorax is covered with very fine whitish hairs, the basal space sculp- tureless, impunctured, with only a short, shallow, transverse depres- sion near its base; the abdomen is smooth, impunctured, the apical margins of the segments pale brownish, from the second segment to the apex it is covered with inconspicuous yellowish hairs. Both recurrent nervures are interstitial. Taken at Villa Encarnacion, January 9 and II, 1905. [Distinguished from P. arsenica, Vachal, by the smooth im- punctured abdomen, the rather larger size, etc—T. D. A. C.] 9. PROSOPIS ITAPUENSIS new species Female——Length, 4-5 mm.; abdomen, I mm. wide; wings 3% mm.; antenne, 114 mm. long. Black; the middle of the clypeus, the face on each side of it, the inner orbits of the eyes extending nearly to summit, the tubercles of the thorax, the anterior tibiz in front, and the base of the intermediate and posterior tibiz, are yellow; the mandibles are ferrugineous; the labrum is fuscous; the sides of the clypeus are black; the basal joint of the antennz is black, the rest of the antenne being ferrugineous in front, but fuscous above; the tarsi are ferruginous; the tegule are brown, with a minute yellow spot in front. Wings hyaline, the nervures nearly black. The head and mesonotum are densely covered with very fine punctures ; scutellum is long, about one and one-half times as long as wide, and covered with fine scattered punctures; pleurz opaque, the punctures rather finer than those on the head and more scattered ; the basal area of the metathorax is smooth, opaque with a shallow groove in the middle near the base which is parted longitudinally by a small low carina, the truncation is parted longitudinally by a low furrow which itself divides above in two branches forming thus a Y; the abdomen is smooth. The first recurrent nervure joins the cubitus a little before the first transverse cubitus, the second re- SCHROTTKY ] SOUTH AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA 269 current nervure just before the second transverse cubitus or the angle of the second cubital cell. Male.—Length, 4 mm.; abdomen, 4% mm. wide; wing, 34% mm.; antenne, 2mm. long. Black; the mandibles, labrum, clypeus, except a very fine black line on each side, the face on each side of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes, the tubercles of the thorax, the apex of the anterior femora, the anterior tibiz in front, and the middle and hind tibiz at base, are yellow; the basal joint of the antennz is black, the second joint yellowish, the rest of the antennz beneath fulvous but above fuscous; the abdomen is black with the apex ferrugineous. Named after “ Itaptia,” the ancient Guarané-name of Villa Encar- nacion. Male and female taken in copula on January 26, 1905. A common species during December and January. The female has the same coloring as variolosa Sm. but differs from it by its smaller size, less distinctly sculptured thorax and abdomen and by the cheeks not being flat. [ Distinguished from P. palmaris, Vachal, by the apparently weaker sculpture of the thorax, especially the metathorax, the basal area of which is “almost reticulated” in palmaris——T. D. A. C.] 10. PROSOPIS PARAGUAYENSIS new species Female.—Length, 5 mm.; abdomen, I mm. wide; wings, 334 mm. ; antenne, 134 mm. long. Black; the mandibles, the labrum, the clypeus, the antennz, the legs and the greater part of the first abdominal segment, are ferrugineous; the face on each side of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes to three-quarters of their height, the tubercles of the thorax, the tegulz in front and the extreme base of posterior tibiz, are yellow; rest of the tegule brown. Wings hyaline, splendidly iridescent, with fuscous nervures. Head densely punctured, the mesonotum, scutellum and pleure covered with fine, not very dense, punctures; metanotum rounded; there is no sharp division between the horizontal and vertical parts, while one cannot speak of a basal area, it being apparently absent, whole metathorax being uniformly covered with very dense rugose punctures. The abdomen is highly polished, the first segment covered with very fine, scattered punctures. The first recurrent ner- vure is received by the first cubital cell a little before its apex; the second recurrent nervure is almost interstitial with the second trans- verse cubitus. Male.—Length, 4 mm.; abdomen, 34 mm. wide; wing, 3 mm.; 270 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 antenne, 144 mm. long. Black; the mandibles, the labrum, the clypeus, a quadrate spot above it, the face at the sides of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes, and the tubercles of the thorax, are yellow ; the antennz are fulvous beneath, a little darker above; the legs are fulvous, but with a large dark brown spot on the posterior femora and tibiz. The first abdominal segment beneath is totally, and above on the apical margin, rufous. The sculpture, the neura- tion of the wings, etc., as in the female. Females, December 27 and January 25. Males, December 17, 25, 26, 27, 29, 1904; January 12 and 26, _ 1905. A rather common species. Its systematical position is near amazgonica Gribodo. 11. PROSOPIS COCKERELLI new species Male—Length, 6 mm.; abdomen, 1% mm. wide; wing, 4% mm.; antenne, 24% mm. long. Black; the clypeus, a pentagonal spot above it, the face on each side of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes, the tubercles of the thorax, the anterior tibize in front, and the pos- terior tibiz at extreme base, are yellow; the mandibles, the labrum, and the antenne beneath are ferrugineous; the antennz above are dark fuscous; the tarsi, the tegule and the apical margins of the abdominal segments are brown. Wings hyaline, with a fuscous cloud that occupies the whole radial cell, and extending beyond it towards the apex of the wing, enclosing first cubital and the apex of the median cell; the nervures are black. Head densely covered with fine punctures; the mesonotum and the scutellum with dense strong and deep punctures; those on the pleurz are also deep and strong but scattered; the metathorax is truncate, the basal area divided by a broad, longitudinal furrow, with a few strong irregular punctures, and at each side with an oblique furrow; the truncation is rugose but shining; the first abdominal segment is strongly punctured, shining, the second segment near its base with a deep transverse depression, from whence to the apical margin covered with very fine, almost inconspicuous punctures; seg- ments 3-5 are thinly covered with very fine yellowish hairs. Both recurrent nervures almost interstitial. Taken at Villa Encarnacion, January 4, 1905. Named in honor of Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell, of Boulder, Colo. SCHROTTKY ] SOUTH AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA oA gi 12. PROSOPIS CULICIFORMIS new species Male——tLength, 5 mm.; adbomen, 44 mm. wide; wing, 34 mm.; antenne, 2mm.long. Black; the mandibles, the labrum, the clypeus, the face on each side of it, the inner orbits of the eyes reaching nearly to summit, the two basal joints of the antenne beneath, the tubercles of the thorax, the anterior tibiz in front, the intermediate and posterior tibiz at base and apex, are yellow; the rest of the antennz ferrugineous beneath, darker above; the tarsi are fulvous; while the tegule are pale brown. Wings hyaline and splendidly iridescent, their nervures fuscous. The apex of the abdomen is ‘ferrugineous. Head and mesonotum covered densely with fine punctures, the pleurze with very fine whitish hairs and interspersed fine punctures, those on the scutellum scattered; the metathorax is truncate, its basal area limited on each side by an oblique furrow, opaque, uni- formly punctured; the abdomen impunctured, the second segment without transverse depression; the first recurrent nervure is inter- stitial, the second nearly so. Taken at Villa Encarnacion, January 10 and 19, 1905. 13. PROSOPIS TRISTIS new species Male—Length, 5 mm.; abdomen, 1%, mm. wide; wing, 334 mm.; antenne, 2mm.long. Black; the mandibles, the labrum, the clypeus, a rectangular spot above it, the face on each side of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes, the two basal joints of the antenne, the tubercles of the thorax, the anterior femora at apex, the anterior tibize total, the intermediate and posterior tibiz at base, are yellow; the rest of the antennz ferrugineous beneath but a little darker above ; the tarsi fulvous, the tegulaz brown. Wings hyaline, faintly darkened towards apex, the nervures brown. The apical margins of the abdominal segments are fuscous. ; Head densely covered with fine, mesonotum with strong, punctures ; the punctures on the scutellum are more scattered, on the pleurz fine and scattered; the metathorax is truncate, the basal area rough with a few longitudinal plice ; the first abdominal segment is polished, . but covered with very fine, almost inconspicuous, scattered punctures, the rest of abdomen being’ a little more opaque. Both recurrent nervures are interstitial. Taken at Villa Encarnacion, December 22, 1904. 272 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 14. PROSOPIS XANTHOCEPHALA new species Male.—Length, 414 mm.; abdomen, 44 mm. wide; wing, 3% mm. ; antenne, 2mm.long. Black; the labrum, the mandibles, the clypeus, a pentagonal spot above it, the face on each side of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes, the two basal joints of the antennz beneath, the tubercles of the thorax, from there an oblique line to the an- terior margin of the pronotum, a minute spot on the tegulz, the apical half of the anterior femora, the anterior tibiz and tarsi, the intermediate femora in front, the intermediate tibie, except a small fuscous spot behind, the posterior tibiz at their base and apex, and the intermediate and posterior tarsi, are yellow; the rest of the antenne ferrugineous beneath, fuscous above; the tegulz are brown- ish. Wings hyaline, the nervures brown. The apex of the abdomen is ferrugineous. Head densely covered with fine punctures, the mesonotum with fine and scattered punctures, the scutellum with only a few fine dis- persed punctures; the pleure are semiopaque; the metathorax is truncate, the basal area with a few low longitudinal plice; the abdomen semiopaque, the second segment without transverse de- pression. Both recurrent nervures are interstitial. ~Taken at Villa Encarnacion, December 29, 1904. 15. PROSOPIS LONGICORNIS new species Male.—Length, 4% mm.; abdomen, 34 mm. wide; wing 3% mm.; antenne, 2% mm. long. Black; the mandibles, the labrum, the clypeus, a pentagonal spot above it, the face on each side of the clypeus, the inner orbits of the eyes, the two basal joints of the antenne in front, the tubercles of the thorax, the apical half of the anterior femora, the anterior tibie and tarsi, the intermediate and posterior tibiz at their base, and the intermediate and posterior tarsi, are yellow; the rest of the antenne ferrugineous beneath, fuscous above. Wings hyaline, the tegulz brown, the nervures dark brown. Head and mesonotum densely covered with fine punctures, those on the scutellum and on the pleurz fine and scattered ; the metathorax is truncate, the basal area opaque, granular, in the middle with a few groove-like impressions; the abdomen semiopaque, the second seg- -ment with a shallow transverse depression near its base. The first recurrent nervure enters the first cubital cell before its apex, the second recurrent being interstitial. Taken at Villa Encarnacion, December 27, 1904. [Mr. Schrottky does not refer to the numerous South American SCHROTTKY | SOUTH AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA 27,2 species of Prosopis described by Vachal in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, IQOI, pp. 79-82, but after comparing the descriptions, I do not be- lieve any of them are identical with those described above. For the convenience of students, I give a table of the Vachalian species, using the characters employed in Mr. Schrottky’s table as far as possible. I also include a lately-described Mexican species. Scutellum nearly all yellow; first abdominal segment not ferruginous; legs Ago MMC NOUS aren Starts Rape yee Auerc.cet artic creeper isesterts alsa ou aieepenarai babes i rei eouad woe ie Scutellum black, with at most a yellow spot on each side................ 2 1. Mesopleurae and mesosternum sparsely punctured (Bolivia) ; scrobicauda, Vach. 9. Mesopleurae and mesosternum densely punctured (Peru) aspricollis, Vach. . Deaeveilows spotsatseach side Of Scufellismirs. oc a. sa e canic clean cle elles ee ees By Nomsuchispotsnscitellumyallmblackan. eee accents co alams eaten croak 4s 3. Mandibles red or reddish (Goyas, Brazil)............... arsenica, Vach. 9. Micathiiies yellow (PEL). << sciecd «oda oes ma klewiee « oeduae cribellata, Vach. &. 1 SCI DeTESy aia llKO ap ena eles Riptama ds ea Ben Baan cees & aac Bren ois iat nia raat GNA | aie 5: Sides of clypeus black, the face having three yellow vittae. oe 226: Eoeiithe. tipiae yellow (Mexico). .0...2..06%-c ce eaeee 08 naa. Ckll. 3. Hind tibiae black, with a yellow basal annulus (Bolivia) .palmaris, Vach. &. 6. Radial cell broad, scarcely acute; flagellum obscure reddish beneath (CJEADIGRVISD)|, CAs Batiuad a erect Sean oes Gicy aetatect eee Meters tre breviradia, Vach. 9. Radical normalvoL notuphoad andushOont. cei cs ccs. ese oee ee ocnieeree : Ths Peees blacks unsect well punctate (Peri)... i i... s.ds oe). atripes, Vach. Q. Legs with some yellow markings or spots; insect less punctate..........8. 8. Larger; hind tibiae with a yellow basal annulus (Bolivia) stilbaspis, Vach. 9. Smaller; hind tibiae with only yellow basal spots (Bolivia) fissa, Vach., 3, &. —T. D. A. Cockerell.| The following species, observed at Villa Encarnacion, are addi- tional to the fauna of Paraguay: Family Chrysidide: Holopyga lazulina Dahlbom. Family Mutillide: Rhoptromutilla hepatica (Gerstaecker). Mutilla scoparia (Gerstaecker). Family Sphegide: Sphex opacus Dahlbom. Family Bembecide: Bembidula discisa Taschenberg. Monedula signata (Linnaeus). Family Eumenide: 274 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Eumenes canaliculata. Montezumia ferruginea Saussure. Family Vespide: Polistes carnifex Fabricius. Polistes ferreri Saussure. Polybia sericea (Olivier). Family Apide: Temnosoma metallicum Smith var. chapade@ Cockerell. Augochlora graminea Fabricius. Augochlora mulleri Cockerell. Augochlora nana Smith. Augochlora vesta Smith var. cupreola, Cockerell.* Psaenythia facialis Gerstaecker. Ceratina maculifrons Smith. Hemisia lanipes (Fabricius). Bombus carbonarius Handlirsch. Bombus cayennensis Fabricius. Trigona clavipes Fabricius. I formerly indicated Entechnia taurea Say as belonging to the Paraguayan fauna; but this determination was wrong and the species was Entechnia fulvifrons Smith. The same error has been made by A. Ducke who records FE. tawrea from Para, and also by E. L. Holmberg who recorded it from Argentina; in both cases the insect in question was E£. fulvifrons. [* Since this was described I have examined Smith’s type of A. vesta, and find that cupreola is not a variety of it, but a distinct species—T. D. A. C.] DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SQUIRREL OF THE SCIURUS PREVOSTII GROUP FROM PULO TEMAJU, WEST COAST OF BORNEO By MARCUS WARD LYON, Jr. ASSISTANT Curator, Division oF MAmMats, U. S. Nationa, Museum In the summer of 1905 Doctor W. L. Abbott collected on Pulo Temaju two specimens of a squirrel related to Sciurus prevostii, but which differ conspicuously from the known members of the prevostii group. Pulo Temaju’ is a small island lying off the west coast of Borneo, about half a degree north of the equator. It is described by Doctor Abbott as “about two and one-half miles long; about four miles from the mainland of Borneo; it is hilly and most of the sur- face is now planted with cocoanuts.” The water between it and Borneo is twelve to fourteen fathoms in depth. At Doctor Abbott’s. suggestion this squirrel has been named SCIURUS PROSERPINAE new species Type.—Skin and skull of adult female, No. 142285, United States National Museum, collected on Pulo Temaju, about four miles off the west coast of Borneo, June 9, 1905, by Doctor W. L. Abbott. Original number, 4180. Diagnostic characters—Related to Sciurus borneoensis Schlegel ; but the usual white side stripes, nearly suppressed, darkened to slate- gray, and the underparts generally the seal-brown of Ridgway. Color—Upperparts of head and body, upper surfaces of feet, outer surfaces of legs and basal and terminal sixths of tail, black; under- parts of body and inner surfaces of legs, a fine grizzle of a dark reddish-brown and black, producing a general effect of seal-brown. Base of whiskers, a grizzle of black and white, the latter color pre- dominating ; cheek spot present, but very inconspicuous ; the shoulders. faintly grizzled with light buffy; lateral stripe, short, 60-70 mm. im length, about 10 mm. wide; the hairs with black bases and dull white ends, but many are black throughout. The general effect of the stripe at arm’s length is slate-gray. The lateral stripe is separated -from the seal-brown underparts by a narrow (2-3 mm.), black * Also written Temadjoe and Temadju. 275 276 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 stripe. Basal and terminal sixths of tail, black; the middle four- sixths, a coarse grizzle of black and white. Skull.—Aside from the somewhat smaller audital bull, skulls -of Sciurus proserpine do not differ from skulls of S. borneoensis. Measurements.—Type, No. 142285, United States National Mu- seum, adult female, and paratype, No. 142284, adult male, respec- tively:. Head. and body, 233, 235 mm; tail vertebrae), 230; 245; hind foot, with claws, 59, 61; greatest length of skull, 53.7, 53.9; basal length, 45.5, 45.8; zygomatic breadth, 34.8, 34; interorbital constriction, 22.7, ; breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata, 24.6, 25; mandible, back of condyle to front of symphysis, 34-4, 34-9. Specimens examined.—Two. Remarks.—Sciurus proserpine differs from the other members of the prevostii group in its general melanistic trend. The lateral stripe is not only much reduced, but the underparts are nearly black instead of a reddish-brown or chestnut. The grizzled tail and slight grizzling about the shoulders show it to be related to the nearby S. borneoensis, rather than to the other dark members of the group, S. piceus and S. pluto. * tHe SQUIRRELS: OF THE’ SCIURUS VITTATUS GROUP IN SUMATRA -By MARCUS WARD LYON, Jr. ASSISTANT CuRATOR, DivisIoN oF Mammats, U. S. NationaL Mustum That more than one form of this variable group of squirrels should be found on Sumatra is not surprising when the large size and physical characteristics of that island are borne in mind. Sumatra is nearly one thousand miles in length, extending from northwest to southeast. The western portion is mountainous, averaging about 2000 feet in elevation, with here and there volcanic peaks 10,000 or 11,000 feet high; the eastern side consists of low and swampy land. Dr. W. L. Abbott during the last six years has collected squirrels of the Scirus vittatus group at the following points along the coast: East side; Aru Bay, November to December, 1905; Salat Rupat, March, 1906; Kateman river, August, 1903; Indragiri river, Sep- tember, 1901 ; west side; Loh Sidoh Bay, November, 1901; Tapanuli Bay, February and March, 1902; Tarussan Bay, December, 1904. See map, page 283. The only specimens of this group I have seen from the highlands of Sumatra are two from vicinity of Padang, kindly loaned by Mr. Witmer Stone, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, to whom my thanks are due. The type locality of Sciwrus vittatus Rafflest is Bencoolen, on the southwest coast of Sumatra. Unfortunately, from here I have seen no examples. Mr. Bonhote’s? statement that “the types of S. vtt- tatus, which are in the British Museum, are absolutely indistinguish- able from specimens taken in the Peninsula ” and an examination of material in the National Museum show that Scirus vittatus on Sumatra ranges throughout the low marshy country of the eastern side and extends either across the mountains or around the coast to Bencoolen, which seems rather unusual with so variable a group of squirrels; or else that the types of Sciurus vittatus were incor- rectly labeled as coming from Bencoolen, a not improbable occur- rence with specimens collected nearly a century ago. The examples nearest in locality to Bencoolen which I have seen are those from *Trans. Linnean Soc. London, xitt, 1821-1822, p. 250. * Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1906, Vol. 1, p. 6, June 7, 1906. 277 278 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Tarussan Bay which are quite different from specimens collected along the low east coast of the island. The latter cannot be dis- tinguished from Sciurus peninsularis Miller.t Until a good series of specimens is collected at Bencoolen the status of Sciurus vittatus Raffles and of Sciurus peninsularis Miller, must remain unsatisfac- tory. In this paper I use these two names as synonymous. The differences in color of the different forms do not appear to be dependent upon season, but it is much to be regretted that material collected at all seasons is not available from each type locality. The east coast series, collected from March to September, is quite uniform and the relatively slight variations are individual and not seasonal. Two of the most differently colored forms (from Tarussan Bay and Tapanuli Bay) differ only a month as to season in which collected and are nearest geographically. It is probable that the four forms here recognized are true sub- species of Sciurus vittatus and that if specimens were available from intermediate localities complete intergradation of one form to another would be found. As it is, the forms described below are quite dis- tinct and the individual variation in any series is hardly great enough to connect one variety with another. Once the characters of the different forms are known, each of the thirty-four skins of squirrels of this group collected by Dr. Abbott in Sumatra can, without refer- ence to the labels, be referred to one of the four different subspecies here described. Apparently there are no characters in the skull by which the different subspecies may be distinguished from each other, except the slightly smaller size in the northern race. KEY TO THE SUMATRAN SQUIRRELS OF THE SCIURUS VITTATUS GROUP A. Pelage with scattered white hairs on underparts. Sciurus vittatus albescens, A’. Pelage without scattered white hairs on underparts. C. Underparts lighter, deep ochraceous-buff...Sciurus vittatus tarussanus. C’. Underparts darker, deep orange-rufous to ferruginous. D. Upper surfaces of feet dull tawny or ochraceous, and black lateral stripe more distinct and clear........ Sciurus vittatus vittatus. D’. Upper surfaces of feet inclining to grayish, not tawny or och- raceous; black lateral stripe less clear and distinct. Sciurus vittatus tapanulius. SCIURUS VITTATUS VITTATUS Raffles 1822. Sciurus vittatus RAFFLES, Trans. Linnean Soc. London, x11, p. 259. 1Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., xtv, No. 1420, November 6, 1903, p. I0. LYON] NEW SUMATRAN SQUIRRELS 279 1903. Sciurus peninsularis MILLER, Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., xiv, p. 10, November 6, 1903.! Co-types.—In British Museum, not seen. Distribution —Bencoolen (type locality) and the low swampy lands of southeastern Sumatra. See map, page 283. Color.—Based on specimens from the low lands of eastern Sumatra, collected by Dr. Abbott. Upperparts, a fine grizzle of black and tawny-olive; tail similar, but grizzle coarser, sometimes appearing annulated and often somewhat rufescent toward the tip. Cheeks practically concolor with upperparts. Upper surfaces of feet, a fine grizzle of black and ochraceous or tawny-ochraceous. Under- parts, orange-rufous or ochraceous-rufous, rarely deepening to ferrugineous in some specimens. Light side stripe, about 5 mm. wide, dirty buff or cream-buff; black stripe, averaging 10-15 mm. wide, almost clear black. Measurements.—Skin of No. 113156, United States National Mu- seum, adult male, Indragiri river, Sumatra: Head and body, 220 mm.; tail vertebre, 185; hind foot with and without claws, 48 and 44. Skull of No. 113156: Basal length, 44 mm.; zygomatic breadth, 31; interorbital constriction, 18.4; breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata, 23.3. Specimens examined.—Eleven skins and skulls; Salat Rupat, 3; Kateman river, 3; Indragiri river, 5. SCIURUS VITTATUS TARUSSANUS new subspecies Type.—Adult female, skin and skull, No. 141038, United States National Museum, collected at Tarussan Bay, west coast of Su- matra, December 28, 1904, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number, 3857. Distribution—Vicinity of Tarussan Bay, Sumatra. See map, page 283. Diagnostic characters—Similar to typical Sciurus vittatus, but black side stripe rather narrower and less clear and underparts ochraceous or orange-ochraceous instead of ferrugineous or orange- rufous. Color.—Upperparts and tail, a fine grizzle, coarser on the tail 1This species was described by Mr. Miller under the assumption that the Tapanuli Bay squirrels represented typical vittatus. Material at that time was insufficient to show that several forms of the vittatus group occurred on Su- matra. If, as Mr. Bonhote states, S. peninsularis is identical with the types of S. vittatus, S. peninsularis is a synonym of S. vittatus and the Tapanuli Bay specimens represent a new form, not named until now. 280 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 which is somewhat annulated and often slightly rufous at the tip, of black and tawny-olive. Cheeks generally concolor with upperparts, but sometimes inclining to yellowish. Upper surfaces of feet, a fine grizzle of ochraceous or tawny-ochraceous and black. Underparts and inner surfaces of legs varying between ochraceous and orange- ochraceous. Light lateral stripe, about 5 mm. wide, varying between buff and cream-buff in color; black stripe, 3-5 mm. wide posteriorly, 8-10 mm. anteriorly, finely and slightly grizzled with tawny-olive. Measurements.—Skin of type: Head and body, 215 mm. ; tail ver- tebrz, 185; hind foot, with and without claws, 48 and 44. Skull of type: Basal length, 43 mm.; zygomatic breadth, 31.4; interorbital constriction, 18.4; breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata, 23.3; maxillary toothrow, 9.7. Specimens examined.—Six skins, with skulls, from Tarussan Bay, and two skins, with skulls, from Padang Bovenland, at Batu Sang- kar, Tanah Datar, 1,500—3,000 feet. Remarks.—Although Sciurus vittatus tarussanus is nearer geo- graphically to typical vittatus (type locality, Bencoolen), yet its lighter underparts and duller side stripes separate it sharply from Sciurus peninsularis Miller, which Mr. Bonhote states is identical with Raffles’ types of S. vittatus. SCIURUS VITTATUS TAPANULIUS new subspecies Type.—Adult male, skin and skull, No. 114519, U. S. National Museum, collected at Tapanuli Bay, west coast of Sumatra, Feb- ruary 21, 1902, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number, 1560. Distribution—Vicinity of Tapanuli Bay, Sumatra. See map, page 283. Diagnostic characters.—Similar to typical Sciurus vittatus, but upper surfaces of feet grayish tawny-olive instead of ochraceous ; cheeks more inclined to ochraceous-buff, and black lateral stripe narrower and less clear. Color.—Upperparts and tail, as in typical form, a fine grizzle, (coarser on the tail, which is somewhat annulated), of black and tawny-olive. Upper surfaces of feet, a grizzle of tawny-olive, and black ; underparts and inner sides of legs varying from orange-rufous to ferrugineous. Cheeks, dull ochraceous-buff. Light lateral stripe, about 5 mm. wide, cream-buff; dark stripe, about 5 mm. wide posteriorly, To mm. anteriorly, black, but finely grizzled with the color of the underparts. LYON] NEW SUMATRAN SQUIRRELS 281 Measurements.—Skin of type: Head and body, 208 mm.; tail ver- tebre, 185; hind foot, with and without claws, 45 and 41. Skull of type: Basal length, 43.3 mm.; zygomatic width, 29.5; interorbital constriction, 18; brain-case above roots of zygomata, 23; maxillary toothrow, 9. Specimens examined.—Nine skins, with skulls, from Tapanuli Bay. Remarks.—Although close to the typical form, Sciurus vittatus _ tapanulius is easily distinguished by having the upper surfaces of the feet generally concolor with the upper parts of body, by the yellowish cheeks, and by the less clear black side stripe. It some- what resembles S. ictericus Miller? of the Batu Islands, but the cheeks are not nearly so yellow and the light lateral stripe is much clearer. SCIURUS VITTATUS ALBESCENS (Bonhote) 1901. Sciurus notatus albescens Bonuote, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vil, May, 1901, p. 446. Type.—British Museum, 85, 8, 1, 235. I have not seen this, but regard the Loh Sidoh Bay specimens as topotypes. Distribution.—Northern Sumatra. Diagnostic characters——Differs from typical Sciurus vittatus in having paler underparts which, as well as the black lateral stripe, are lined with a few or many white hairs. Somewhat like Sciwrus pannovianus Miller? but black stripe much narrower. Color.—Upperparts and tail as in the typical form, a fine grizzle, coarser on the tail, of black and tawny-olive. Upper surfaces of feet a grizzle of ochraceous-buff and black. Cheeks, dull ochraceous- buff. Underparts and inner surfaces of legs, a color between orange- rufous and pinkish-buff, sprinkled with few or many white hairs. Light lateral stripe, 3-5 mm. wide, cream-buff; black stripe, 5 mm. wide posteriorly, 10 mm. anteriorly, sprinkled with few or many white hairs and some of the rufescent hairs of the underparts; the black hairs are dark to their bases where they are slate color. Measurements.—No. 143400, United States National Museum, from Aru Bay: Head and body, 205 mm.; tail vertebra, 200; hind foot, with and without claws, 44, 40. Skull: Basal length, 42.2 mm. ; zygomatic width, 28.7; interorbital constriction, 17.5; brain-case above roots of zygomata, 23; maxillary toothrow, 9. Specimens examined.—Two skins and skulls from Aru Bay, and eight from Loh Sidoh Bay. *Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., xiv, p. 12, November 6, 1903. ? Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., xiv, p. 11, November 6, 1903. 282 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Remarks.—Dr. Abbott’s specimens, while differing in some re- spects from Bonhote’s original description of albescens, are from too near the type locality to be considered anything else, at least until an actual comparison with the type has been made. The Aru Bay skins have less white on the underparts and lateral line than the majority of those from Loh Sidoh Bay, but two of the latter are exact matches for the Aru Bay specimens. The type of Sciurus albescens is said to have white hairs in the pelage above, but there are practically none in any of Dr. Abbott’s specimens. 283 NEW SUMATRAN SQUIRRELS LYON | ‘dnois snjpjy1a snaniag ay} JO spaiambs Jo uonnqlijsip Surmoys eijyeung jo dew yojeyS—'6z WY : snUBssn.te} 8N}8I}TA snuntos Uy : entTnuedse, snzezzTA snimpos HII BUCISEQTS 8N7V44TA su.MTogS —— a or —— =i a "e BNIBIITA BNzBYITA SNIMTOS Sos JOATY weuezEy 7 2 lh keg fF tnusdey yedny oe) yedny ond keg YOpTs 4oT pee] useyoy A STUDY IN BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION, WITH SPECIAL REGARD “TO, THE ‘RADIAL’ VEIN OF THE FRONT WING By THOMAS J. HEADLEE After making wide studies of pupal and adult wings in nearly all orders of insects, Comstock and Needham (’98)* constructed an hypothetical type of wing venation, which they believed closely to represent, in number and branching of the veins, the condition that existed in the ancestors of the present winged insects. Later (04), Comstock? modified this type by the addition of three typical cross veins (text fig. 30). Fic. 30.—Hypothetical type of primitive insect wing. In passing from this to the lepidopterous type, the third anal vein of the fore wing becomes two-branched, and the second anal vein of the hind wing two-rooted (text figs. 31, 32). Except in the anal area where there has been a great reduction, such Jugate as Hepialus and Sthenopis well represent this type (pl. Lx, figs. I-4). However, by far the larger number of Lepidoptera belong to the Frenate and exhibit a much greater modification of wing veins. In passing from the generalized lepidopterous to the frenate type, the humeral cross-vein disappears, subcosta of both wings is reduced to an unbranched vein, media of both wings reduced to three branches, 1J. H. Comstock and J. G. Needham, The Wings of Insects, Amer. Nat., XxXx1I and xxxi, 1898 and 1899. ? J. H. Comstock, How to Know the Butterflies, p. 9, 1904. 284 HEADLEE]| A STUDY IN BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION 285 and in the hind wing costa has become a mere vestige in the humeral edge of the wing, a frenulum is developed on the humeral angle, radius reduced to two branches, and radius-one coalesced with subcosta from distal end almost to base (text figs. 33, 34). This type is illustrated by Castnia cochrus (pl. Lx, figs. 5, 6). 3d A Fic. 31.—Hypothetical type of primitive lepidopterous fore wing. With the exception of the two-rooted condition of the second anal vein of the hind wing, all these modifications have been recog- nized and discussed by previous workers, so I shall pass them without further discussion. Inasmuch as this two-rooted condition appears in some of the most generalized Lepidoptera and in widely Fic. 32.—Hypothetical type of primitive lepidopterous hind wing. separated forms, such as Micropteryx, Prionoxystus robinie, Phassus triangularis, and Euschemon rafflesie, it should be figured in the lepidopterous hypothetical type (text figs. 32, 34, pl. Lx1, figs. 710.10). Extended study of pupal and adult wings has convinced me that, 286 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 while the frenate type of hind wings will serve, unmodified, as typical of both heterocerous and rhopalocerous hind wings, the fre- nate type of fore wing will by no means serve equally well as typical of these fore wings. While the latter will serve as a type of the Fic. 33.—Hypothetical type of primitive frenate fore wing. frenate heterocerous fore wing, the rhopalocerous type shows a dif- ferent condition of radius (text fig. 35). Inasmuch as the wide occurrence and the significance of this modi- fication of the rhopalocerous radius has been heretofore overlooked, I will discuss it in detail. In the hypothetical type of insect wing, radius is primarily two- branched, forming radius-one and the radial sector. The latter soon Fic. 34.—Hypothetical type of primitive frenate hind wing. divides, giving rise to radius-two-plus-three and radius-four-plus- five. Each of these again divides into two branches, radius-two- plus-three into radius-two and radius-three ; radius-four-plus-five into radius-four and radius-five. Thus the vein ultimately becomes five branched. HEADLEE] A STUDY IN BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION 287 My own studies have convinced me that this primitive type of radius prevails among the most generalized lepidoptera such as Hepialus, Sthenopis, and Castnia cochrus. Spuler also evidently considered this type the most primitive in the Lepidoptera, for he figured this exact condition in his “ Schema des Vorderfliigelgeaders der Schmetterlinge ”* (pl. Lx, figs. 1-5 and Ir). This, then, being the prevailing condition of radius not only in the most generalized lepidopterous wings but also in generalized insect 3d As Fic. 35.—Hypothetical type of primitive rhopalocerous fore wing. wings generally, as was shown by Comstock and Needham, may safely be laid down as the primitive lepidopterous radius from which the present types have been developed. Usually the modifications take the form of a coalescence between the radial branches, or of a more or less complete atrophy of individual branches. In fact, these are the means by which the heterocerous radius has been modi- fied. The rhopalocerous radius, on the other hand, shows not only the effects of such modifications but of a splitting back of R,,, until it finally comes to arise near the base of the main stem of radius (text fig. 35). The traces of the last appear in the adult wing of Anosia plexippus in the form of two spurs and a connecting line. One of the spurs is very short and projects from the base of radius into the discal cell and toward the outer edge of the wing, the other projects from the base of M, into the discal cell and toward the base of the wing, while the line connects the two spurs (plate fig. 12). Although these traces are of themselves suggestive, they are not con- vincing proof of such a modification of radius. The tracheation of the pupal wing, however, clearly explains and supplements the evi- dence furnished by these remnants. Trachea R,,, is found to follow *A. Spuler, Zur Phylogenie und Ontogenie des Fliigelgeaders der Schmet- terlinge, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., L111, 4, 1802, pp. 597-040. 288 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 exactly the line which, in the adult wing, will be occupied by the structures just described (pl. L1x, 1). These spurs surely represent a once well-developed vein which in the course of phylogeny has almost disappeared. As might be expected from the fact that they are vestiges of a disappearing structure, these traces vary in degree of preservation from a strong well-marked condition to total absence. It is comparatively rare to find the line and both spurs well preserved in the same wing; usually one or more of these vestiges has been lost. The spur at the outer end of the cell is not always on M, but in many cases rests on radius, as in Semnopsyche diana (plate fig. 13). It is not always an easy matter to see these traces, even in cleared and mounted wings where they are present, but in photo- graphs, where all structures are magnified, their presence can readily be detected. There are, however, numerous examples in which such vestiges are visible in the unbleached and unmounted wing, as in certain species of the larger Papilios (pl. L1x, 2). The variation in the position of the spur lying nearer the outer end of the discal cell is significant of different courses of phylogenetic development. These I shall attempt to trace in the following paragraphs. In many wings, such as those of Anosia plexippus and Apostraphia charithonia, this spur is located on the base of M,; in others, of which Semnopsyche diana is typical, it occurs on radius just before the end of the discal cell; and in still other cases, such as Diethria clymena, it lies on radius proximad of the origin of R, (pls. Lx, LX, figs. 12-15). All stages from the condition in Anosia to that in Diethria have been found. The position of the spur on the base of M, is due to a complete coalescence of R,,; with the radio-medial cross-vein and, following that, a short coalescence with M/,. While this process has resulted in the real obliteration of the radio-medial cross-vein, it has produced an apparent cross-vein between M, and FR; for, when the basal part of R,,; has atophied, nothing but a more or less well-marked stump is left on M, to explain that this apparent cross-vein is none other than the stem F,,, passing over to coalesce for a distance with R before reaching the outer edge of the wing. This apparent cross- vein differs in direction from the real cross-vein. The former extends obliquely from M, toward the apex of the wing, while the latter extends obliquely from R toward the outer hind corner (plate figs. 14 and 15). . The first type is almost characteristic of the Neotro- pide, Danaidz, Heliconidz, and Libytheidz, and the second occurs very generally in the Nymphalidz, Satyride, Morphide, Brassolide, and Acreide. HEADLEE | A STUDY IN BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION 289 The variation in the position of this spur nearer the outer end of the discal cell is due, when it lies on radius, to the distance to which the coalescence between F,,, and R has proceeded toward the base of the wing. It may have continued to a point just proximad of the discal cell apex, as in Semmnopsyche diana, or it may have continued until, as shown in Diethria clymena, R,,, both arises from and again fuses with radius before R, arises (pl. Lx1, figs. 13 to 15). In all these cases, however, that part of R,,, within the limits of the discal cell and not coalesced is always more or less completely atrophied. In order to understand how this has come about, it is necessary to sketch some of what I believe to be the phylogenetic history of this vein. Primitively R,,; was unconnected with radius except at point of origin. Later a connection between it and R was established at or near the apex of the present discal cell. This connection, which took in some cases the form of a short cross-vein and in others the form of a coalescence, must have preceded any weakening of the former vein because, so long as R,,, was the sole air passage to and brace-rod of the veins Rk, and R,, natural selection would tend to preserve it, but when this connection became established that part of R,,, between the origin and the connection became not only use- less but, through its weight and the energy consumed in forming it, a positive handicap to the species possessing it. Tendencies toward atrophy of this part were siezed upon by natural selection and in the forms that we know, it has everywhere disappeared as a distinct vein, leaving only more or less well-preserved vestiges. From the fact that this modification of radius, the variation and loss of which we have just seen, seems to have come about through a splitting back of the vein in question, I shall refer to it as the split-back condition of R,,,.. It is also to be noted that the places at which the other branches of radius originate have moved, if at all, toward the outer edge of the wing. Spuler found this condition of radius in the pupal wings of Vanessa io and Papilio machaon and gave good figures of pupal and adult wings showing it. He, however, considered the state of radius in Dasychira pudibunda, in which trachea R,,, arises from trachea R proximad of the origin of R,, as comparable to although less de- veloped than, that in Vanessa and Papilio (pl. Lx1, fig. 16). This is not the case, for the actual point of origin of R,,, is not greatly changed, as may be seen by a comparison of it with the forking of media. This deceptive appearance is due to the coalescence of R, 290 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 with R, and R,,,, as is also a similar appearance in the adult wing of Tascina orientalis. This discovery of a split-back condition of R,,; in Papilio and Vanessa has passed unnoticed by later workers. Although these vestiges in three forms of Rhopalocera (Anosia, Papilio, and Vanessa) should certainly be interpreted as evidence of a split-back condition of the vein R,,,, it was necessary that pupal conditions in other groups should be investigated before the same interpretation could be applied to similar structures in them. Ac- cordingly I have removed, mounted, and photographed pupal wings of Epargyreus tityrus, Anosia plexippus, Papilio polyxenes, Euva- nessa antiopa, Basilarchia archippus, Vanessa cardut, Pieris rape, and Femseca tarquimius (pls. LX1, LXI, figs. 17, 21, 25,27, 29, and Lx, fig. 1). In the first six, radius showed very clearly this split-back condi- tion but, although all stages from the mature caterpillar to the adult butterfly were examined, the last two showed a four-branched radial trachea in which there was no evidence of any such modification. The choice of Pieris rape as a representative of the Pieridze was unfortunate, for all traces of this splitting back of R,,, have dis- appeared from both pupal and adult wings, while the adult wings of Eurymus philodice and Anthocharis sara show these traces very well preserved and it is therefore very probable that, had their pupz been examined, the split-back condition of R,,. would have been found (pl. Lx1, figs. 31 and 32). On the other hand, Femiseca was prob- ably as good a type as the North American Lycznidz could furnish, for the vein reduction has proceeded to such an extent in this family that very few of its members retain any traces of this modification. The forms in my possession which do retain such traces come from South America and southern Asia (pl. Lx11, fig. 33). The wide occurrence of these vestiges, which are clearly remnants of a split-back condition of the vein R,,,, renders entirely justifiable the interpretation of similar structures in related forms as homo- logous and signifying the same condition. ‘These vestiges occur in all families and in the following examples they are especially well marked: Epargyreus tityrus of the Hesperide; Papilio polyxenes of the Papilionide; Parnassius smitheus of the Parnasside; Hypatus bachmani of the Libytheide; Anosia plexippus of the Danaide; Leucothyris quinatina of the Neotropide; Apostraphia charithonia of the Heliconide ; Semnopsyche diana and Euphydryas phaeton of the Nymphalide; Catoblepia sp. of the Brassolide; Morpho sp. of the Morphide ; Erebia tyndarus of the Satyridz ; Anthocharis sara of the Pieride ; Arhopala hercules of the Lycenidz (pls. Lx-Lx101, figs. 18, 22, 34, 35, 12, 38, 14, 13, 37; 36, 39, 40, 32 and 33). HEADLEE] A STUDY IN BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION 291 I have cited only a few of the examples available and, while they show how widely this modification is scattered through the groups, they show nothing of its prevalence among the members of the individual families, and consequently nothing very conclusive as to its history and significance. In order to get light on this point I carefully examined the mounted and photographed wings of 171 species, representing 158 genera and 16 families of Rhopalocera. These wings were taken from specimens representing all the life zones of the world, a majority being secured from North, Central, and South America. This latter fact does not impair the universal nature of the evidence for South America alone, according to Staud- inger and Schatz (’85),1 possesses 272 genera represented by 4,500 species, or about one-half of all the butterflies then known. All my specimens of the following families show traces of a split-back condi- tion of R,,,: four genera of the Papilionide; one genus of the Parnasside; one genus of the Danaide; fourteen genera of the Neotropide; three genera of the Heliconide; one genus of the Libytheide; two genera of the Brassolidz; one genus of the Mor- phide. In the following families the relative number which show distinct traces of this modification is indicated by per cent: 89 per cent. for forty-one genera of the Nymphalide; 80 per cent. of fifteen genera of the Satyride; 76 per cent. of eight genera of the Hesperide; 70 per cent. of twenty genera of the Pieride; 50 per cent. of one genus, represented by two species, of the Acreide; 14 per cent. of seven genera of the Erycinidz; 7 per cent. of twenty- seven genera of the Lycenidz. Thus in eight families all specimens and in five 50 per cent. or more show traces of this modification of radius, while in only two does the per cent. fall below fifty. These facts serve to show ‘that this modification of radius is exceedingly prevalent and, to the student of rhopalocerous wings, also that, in general, it prevails most completely in those wings which have experienced the least reduction of other veins and are, in fact, the most generalized. The wide distribution of this modification of radius and the fact that it is best preserved in generalized wings, can best be accounted for by the supposition that radius of the progenitors of the present butterflies was characterized by a split-back condition of R,,;. This character has arisen, reached its maximum development, and is now reduced to mere vestiges, even these having almost disappeared in some families. 10. Staudinger and E. Schatz, Exotische Schmetterlinge, II Theil, 1885, p. 28. 292 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Having seen the prevalence and primitive nature of this char- acter in the Rhopalocera, the question arises as to what extent radius is thus modified in the Heterocera. ‘To answer this I removed, photographed, and studied the pupal wings of the following moths, without, however, finding any trace of a split-back condition of R,,,: Carpocapsa pomonella of the Tortricina, Datana sp. of the Noto- dontidz, an undetermined species of the Geometrina, Plusia brassice of the Noctuide, Alypia octomaculata of the Agaristide, Pyrrharctia isabella of the Arctiide, Phlegethontius celeus and Ampelophaga myron of the Sphingide, Samia cecropia, Telea polyphemus, and Cal- losamia promethea, of the Saturniina, Clisiocampa americana of the Lasiocampide. Spuler has figured the pupal wings of Mamestra brassice, Harpya vinula, and Smerinthus ocellata, and none show any traces of this modification. Finding that tracheation showed no evidence of a split-back condition of R,,;, I turned to the adult wings and carefully examined for such traces as were so abundant among the butterflies, 287 cleared and mounted wings, representing 216 genera and 35 families drawn principally from North America, but including such generalized forms as Sthenopis and Hepialus, and found no trustworthy evidence of any such modification. It is dif- ficult to believe that were such vestiges at all prevalent, they would have been overlooked. The great prevalence in Rhopalocera and the total absence in Heterocera of this split-back condition of R,,, affords a striking and genetic difference between butterflies and moths. It adds a new proof to that already existing for the accepted belief that the butter- fly groups are more closely related to one another than to any other living Lepidoptera. While butterfly wings conclusively show that a split-back condi- tion of R,,, was certainly characteristic of the rhopalocerous pro- genitors, moth wings hint at no such condition of radius in the heterocerous progenitors. In fact, everything shows conclusively that radius was of the type represented in Spuler’s lepidopterous hypothetical type, and Comstock and Needham’s hypothetical type for insects. Here, then, is the point of divergence between the heterocerous and rhopalocerous stems. This separation clearly did not occur until after the Lepidoptera had divided into Jugate and Frenate, for the reduction of radius of the hind wing to a two- branched condition, and the possession of a frenulum by the male of Euschemon rafilesie, shows that the butterflies clearly belong to the Frenate. HEADLEE] + A STUDY IN BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION 293 We must now make use of the anal area. Inasmuch as the anal veins in the front wings of some Rhopalocera, such as Anosia (plate figs. 12 and 20), have been reduced more rapidly than those of the hind wings, while in other forms, such as Papilio (plate figs. 22 and 24), the anal veins of the hind wings have been reduced more rapidly than those of the front wings, the rhopalocerous progenitor must have had the same number of anal veins in each wing. Like- wise, inasmuch as the frenate Heterocera exhibit a similar varia- tion, the butterfly stem must have separated from the frenate stem while the number of anal veins in each wing was the same. The Rhopalocera, according to this view, separated from the other Frenate while the number of anal veins in each wing was the same and when R,,. became split-back to the base of radius. In the preceding discussion I have tried to make the following: points : 1. Radius of the rhopalocerous front wing exhibits a split-back condition of radius-four-plus-five. 2. This modification, now almost lost in the adult wings, char- acterized the wings of the primitive Rhopalocera, 3. Radius of the heterocerous front wing exhibits no traces of such a modification, and such a modification is therefore not characteristic of the primitive frenate Heterocera. 4. This modification of radius is a phylogenetic difference between butterflies and moths and is one of the characters on which the two groups diverge. 5. This divergence took place after the Frenate had separated from the Jugatz, while the number of anal veins in the front and in the hind wings was the same, and when radius-four-plus-five be- . came split-back to the base of radius. In conclusion, I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. A. D. MacGillivray whose helpful suggestions and criticisms have been invaluable, and to Prof. J. H. Comstock whose criticism and willing- ness to furnish material have made the execution of this work possible. List oF ABBREVIATIONS C—Costal vein or trachea. Sc—Subcostal vein or trachea. Sc, and Sc.—First and second branches of subcosta. R—Radial vein or trachea. R,, R., Rz, R, and R,—First, second, third, fourth, and fifth branches of radius. 2904 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS * [voL. 48 M—Medial vein or trachea. M,, M., M;, and M,—First, second, third, and fourth branches of media. Cu—Cubital vein or trachea. Cu, and Cu,—First and, second branches of cubitus. Ist A—First anal vein or trachea. 2d A—Second anal vein or trachea. 3d A—Third anal vein or trachea. 3d A, and 3d A,—First and second branches of third anal. f—Frenulum. H—Humeral vein or trachea. h—Humeral cross-vein. vr-m—Radio-medial cross-vein or -trachea. m—Medial cross-vein. m-cu—Medio-cubital cross-vein or -trachea. HEADLEE] A STUDY IN BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION 295 Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. EC 2. | Lama! HOOD ON OMS wD) ad N 13. 14. is 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. BT: 22. oO 24. EXPLANATION OF PLATES PuatTe LIX Photograph of pupal fore wing of Anosia plexippus. Photograph of the under side of the unbleached wings of Papilio sp. In this form the proximal ends of the well-preserved veins bear white scales on the under side of the wings, which thus bring them into strong contrast with the darker scaled wing membrane. The vestiges of those parts of Rus and M which cross the discal cell are also covered with these white scales and are thereby made very conspicuous. PLATE LX Front wing of Hepialus sp. Hind wing of Hepialus sp. Front wing of Sthenopis sp. Hind wing of Sthenopis sp. Front wing of Castnia cochrus Fabricius. Hind wing of Castnia cochrus Fabricius. Hind wing of Micropteryx sp. (After Comstock.) Hind wing of Prionoxystus robinie Peck. (After Comstock.) Hind wing of Phassus triangularis H. Edwards. Hind wing of Euschemon raffesie Macl. Diagram of the venation of the fore wing. (In every respect save that of naming the veins this is a copy of Spuler’s figure.) Front wing of Anosia plexippus Linnzus. PrarE 20 Front wing of Semnopsyche diana Cramer. Front wing of Apostraphia charithonia Linn. Front wing of Diethria clymena Cramer. Front pupal wing of Dasychira pudibunda Linn. (In every re- spect save that of naming the veins this is a copy of Spuler’s figure. ) Front pupal wing of Epargyreus tityrus Fabricius. Front wing of Epargyreus tityrus. Hind pupal wing of Anosia plexippus Linn. Hind wing of Anosia plexippus Linn. Front pupal wing of Papilio polyxenes Fabr. Front wing of Papilio polyxenes Fabr. PLATE LXII Hind pupal wing of Papilio polyxenes Fabr. Hind wing of Papilio polyxenes Fabr. 2096 Be 26. 27, 28. 20. 30. 0. 35, lgnyene gee 34. 35. 36. 37- 38. 39. 4o. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Front pupal wing of Euvanessa antiopa Linn. Front wing of Euvanessa antiopa Linn. Front pupal wing of Basilarchia archippus Cram. (This wing was injured in the outer margin and anal region.) Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front wing of Basilarchia archippus Cram. pupal wing of Vanessa cardui Linn. wing wing wing wing wing wing wing wing wing wing wing of Vanessa atalanta Linn. of Eurymus philodice Godart. of Anthocharis sara Boisduval. Piate LXIII of Arhopala hercules Hewitson. of Parnassius smitheus Doubleday and Hewitson. of Hypatus bachmanni Kirtland. of Catoblepia sp. of Euphydryas phaeton pee. of Leucothyris quinatina Felder. of Morpho sp. of Erebia tyndarus Esper. Note :—The wings figured in these plates are reproductions of the venation shown in the photographs. The image was printed on blue-print paper, the veins and outline were carefully inked in, and the blue removed by soaking in a saturated solution of potassium oxalate. Some of the pupal wings were torn in removing from the body and these were inked just as printed. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. LIX 1. PUPAL FORE WING OF ANOSIA PLEXIPPUS. UNDER SIDE OF UNBLEACHED WINGS OF PAPILIO SP. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48 PL. LX a 2d A+ 3d Ar BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 48, PL. LXI 2d A+ 3d Ax gee fee —m-cil 2a A+ 3d At BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS , VOL. 48, PL. LXIl 23 2d Ast A Cuz 2d Asta Cuz 2d A+ 3d As BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL 48, PL. Lxill BUTTERFLY WING-VENATION. as ee as SOME NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS By THEODORE GILL In a former article on “ The Family of Cyprinids and the Carp as its Type,” were considered a few of the characters which serve to differentiate the Cyprinids from other fishes and which have been used to subdivide the family itself into minor groups. Furthermore, those species which bear names that have been transferred in America to other species were briefly noticed and illustrated. In the present article are introduced a few of the innumerable host occurring in America and other countries, which are conspicuous for various reasons. AMERICAN CYPRINIDS In North America about 250 species of Cyprinids occur and almost all belong to genera or at least sub-genera unknown to Europe or Asia. The genus Barbus, so numerously represented in the old world, has not a single representative in the new, nor are any of the related ones represented. The genus that replaces it, so far as num- bers go (and so far only), is Notropis, which includes about two- fifths of the American Cyprinids—over one hundred species; it be- longs to the group called Leuciscine. The genus Leuciscus (Squalius of most European ichthyologists), as understood by Jordan and his disciples, is represented by about twenty-five species, the closely related Rutilus (Leuciscus of European ichthyologists) by four species, and Abramis by two. All the other American Cyprinids belong to genera peculiar to the “nearctic” or “ arctamerican ” region, but most of them belong to the group (Leuciscine) to which the bulk of the European Cyprinids do. Others have been referred to another ill-defined group (“ Chondrostomine”) typified by Eu- ropean fishes. Still others (“ Mylopharodontine”) are closely re- lated to the Leuciscine but have been differentiated from them on account of the preponderance of blunt or molar pharyngeal teeth. Better defined are three groups peculiar to America—the so-called “Campostomine,”’ “ Exoglossine” and “ Plagopterine.” The sys- tematic value of all these groups, however, remains to be discovered, and can only be realized after a thorough study of their anatomy. Two of the characteristics of the American cyprinoid fauna are noteworthy: (1) The specialized character of the aggregate of 297 208 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 species, and (2) the comparative relations of the species to the old world faunas. The isolation of America’s cyprinoid fauna affords one of the many arguments against the association of all the northern faunas into one great realm or region variously designated as the triarctic, holarctic, and periarctic. The American Cyprinids may be segregated under two geograph- ical divisions, one including the species of the Atlantic slope as well as of the Mississippi Valley, and the other those of the Pacific slope. The former are the most characteristically American, the latter most nearly related to old world forms. It has long been maintained by botanists—by many at least—that there is a striking analogy on the one hand between the types of eastern America and eastern Asia, and on the other between those of western America and western Europe. Some features of the fish faunas might seem to support such a contention, but a more critical consideration of the evidence leads to a different conclusion. The fauna of Europe extends east- ward into Asia and the resemblance between the fish faunas of western America and Europe is simply due to that fact and to the approximation of the two continents toward the north. Another noteworthy circumstance is the large size which many of the Cyprinids of the Pacific slope attain, in this respect rivaling old world species, and con- trasting with those of the cismontane regions. On the other hand, almost all of the numerous Cyprinids, not only of the streams of the Atlantic slope, but of the great Mis- sippi Valley, are of small size, only a couple of species under ordinary circumstances reach- ing a length of a foot. The large Cyprinids of Europe are to some extent replaced by the Catosomids (suckers) of America. In more detail, none of the American species have three rows of pharyngeal teeth as most of the old world forms have. Fur- |; ther, a rather striking feature is the reduction in the number of pharyngeal teeth in the main row; the European species generally have five (in very few less) while most of the American species have only four. The Chondrostomines of Europe have mostly six or Fic. 36.—Pharyngeal bones and teeth of Chondrostoma nasus. After Heckel. GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 299 _even seven, while the American representatives, with one exception (Orthodon microlepidotus) have only four or five. - Still another interesting coincidence is the development of barbels. The majority of the old world Cyprinids have two pairs of well developed supramaxillary barbels, while not one of the indigenous American species has as many and when barbels are developed in a single pair they are usually very small and even may be said to be obsolete. The great majority of the American Cyprinids, as already indi- cated, belong to the same great group (Leuciscines) as the majority of the European, and have the same kind of lips, pharyn- geal teeth, alimentary canal, and dorsal and ventral fins. No dis- tinction can be maintained between them and the Abramidines or breams. Indeed so little difference is manifest between them that an eminent ichthyologist on one occasion mistook for a variety of the American bream or common shiner (Abramis or Notemigonus chrysoleucas) a fish which he afterwards ascertained to be an escaped individual of the English Rudd. This case gives an example of the closeness of observation which is requisite to properly determine the species of the family. Only a few of the more common or otherwise noteworthy species can be noticed here. First some of the eastern Leuciscines may be considered. ATLANTIC AND GULF SLOPE CYPRINIDS The most characteristic American genus, so far at least as num- ber of species goes, is one now generally named Notropis and com- prising a large number of species (about a hundred) mostly con- founded under the general designation of minnows. In common with a number of other American genera it has a main row of only four teeth on each pharyngeal bone, and sometimes only those four, but in most of the species there is a second row of one or two teeth; most of these are of the “prehensile” or “ hooked” type (Greifzahne Heckel called them), and have either a very nar- row grinding surface or none at all; the jaws have thin lips and no barbels, and the scales are rather large. Such is the “genus” as recognized by Jordan and Evermann, but their ar- rangement must be regarded as only provisional. They admit a number of sections or subgenera—a dozen—and several are worthy of notice. _ The typical section—Notropis proper—has scales loosely im- bricated and of regular form, and the teeth are in two rows (2, 4— 300 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 4, 2) and sharp-edged or without grinding surfaces. More than a score of species are recognized by Jordan and Evermann. The type and best known is the Notropis atherinoides, “the largest and Fic. 37.—Notropis atherinoides. After Agassiz. handsomest species ” of the section; it occasionally attains a length of six inches and is “abundant in lakes, quiet places and river channels” in the Great Lake basin as well as in the Ohio and Mississippi valleys. Fic. 38.—Notropis cornutus, female. After Baird. Fic. 39.—WNotropis cornutus, male. After Agassiz. Another and one of the best marked sections has been designated as Luxilus. It is distinguished by the high and closely imbricated scales so that the exposed portions are unusually narrow in propor- GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 301 tion to their height; a second row of pharyngeal teeth is developed and most of the teeth have narrow grinding surfaces. The species (about four) are comparatively large and the largest and best known is the Notropis cornutus. Fic. 40.—Scales of Notropis cornutus. After Baird. The Notropis cornutus is most generally known as the redfin; other names shared with other fishes are dace and shiner. It is one of the largest of its genus, reaching a length of five to eight inches, and is one of the most abundant wherever found. It is. often a companion of the common shiner (Abramis—N otemigonus— chrysoleucas). ‘The color is steel-blue above, but in the spring the males become conspicuous for their gay attire, red or rosy lower fins, and tuberculated head; it is allusion to these tubercles, remind- ing one or horns, that the name cornutus involves. It is frequently caught by the angler for small fishes. Fic. 41.—Notropis hudsonius. 302 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Beer ives Re fa haha psaw ad Sa UA VAAL Os Oe K) RR 99999 99 93 0 Peis \ ”, ee 4 vee) Fic. 42.—Notropis hudsonius. After Jordan and Evermann. A third section (Hudsonius) includes fishes with large and nor- mally formed scales, which are regularly imbricated; pharyngeal teeth, besides the main row (four), are generally existent to the number of one or rarely two in a second, but there is considerable variation in this respect (1, 4—4, O or I, 4—4, I or I, 4—4, 2 or 2, 4—4, 1).. About a dozen species are known, the most notable being the Notropis hudsonius which has received such names as spawneater and spot-tail, and shares with many others those of minnow and shiner. It reaches a maximum length of six inches. While especially “abundant in the Great Lakes, and not rare east of the Alleghany Mountains,” it also extends westward to Dakota and southward to South Carolina. It is known to many as “ the choice live bait of the St. Lawrence angler,’ and fishermen along the Hudson commemorate, in a name they have given to it (spawn- eater), the belief that it is especially injurious to the spawn of more valued fishes. Most of the numerous other species of Notropis, confounded under the general name of minnows, are much smaller than those mentioned. Another interesting American Cyprinid, related to Notropis but “ one of the most remarkable of our little minnows,” is the Ericymba buccata, which nevertheless appears to have no distinctive vernacular name and is merely one of the host confounded under the designa- tion of minnow. The species is distinguished from all others by the porous or cavernous condition of many of the head bones, especially the lower jaw, interopercular and suborbital bones, and the swollen appearance of the tunnels or channels perforated by the pores. It is to this condition that the name Ericymba refers, it being derived GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 303 from the Greek intensive particle gge and the noun xn, cavity. The species is pretty wide spread in the country watered by the northern and eastern affluents of the Mississippi and extends north- ward into Michigan and southward into West Florida, and where Fic. 43.—Ericymba buccata. After Jordan and Evermann. it does occur, is tolerably common and “locally very abundant.” It rarely attains a length of five inches. The interest of this genus is in the fact that it repeats in the family of Cyprinids a characteristic which is manifest in isolated genera of a number of other families, but notably in the fresh-water Percids (as in Acerina or Cernua) and Cichlids (as in the Trematocara of Lake Tanganyika). It will be an interesting study for future natural- ists to investigate the correlation between this structural feature Fic. 44—Horny Head, Hybopsis kentuckiensis. After Goode. and habits and to ascertain whether the analogous structures are adaptive to identical or different conditions. Cope evidently assigned too much relative importance to the character by giving to it subfamily rank and isolating the genus from all others. 304 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Closely related to Notropis is the genus Hybopsis which includes nearly a score (seventeen) of species. Like Notropis it has a principal row of four pharyngeal teeth, and in some a single tooth represents a second row, but sometimes there is none (4—4 or I, 4—4, I or I, 4—4, 0), and the teeth are essentially like those of Notropis; it differs from the kindred genus by the development of a barbel at the end of each maxillary bone. The best known species is the Hybopsis kentuckiensis, popularly known as the horny-head, jerker, river chub, and Indian chub. It ranges from ‘“ Pennsylvania to Wyoming and Alabama, on both io oH cult aye J ee gis its Fic. 45.—Scales of Semotilus atromaculatus. After Baird. sides of the Alleghanies” and is “everywhere abundant in the larger streams, seldom ascending small brooks.” It rarely attains a length of nine inches. The genus containing the largest eastern American species is named Semotilus and differs from Leuciscus mainly in the fact that there is a little skinny flap called a barbel—and a very little one it is— near the hinder end of each upper jaw or supramaxillary bone, and the dorsal fin is a little farther back; the pharyn- geal teeth of one side are also reduced Fic, 46.—Pharyngeal bones and in number (2, 5—4, 2). teeth of Semotilus. After There are two very distinct species Baird. (S. atromaculatus and S. corporalis), mostly designated as chubs in the eastern states, but also known as dace and by various other names. ii Line ie = Fic. 75.—Acrocheilus alutaceus. After Jordan and Evermann. conspicuous and sharp-edged. ‘The structure or form of the lips and mouth have suggested the generic name (axpo¢ sharp, yecho¢ lip) as well as the vernacular names of the species (chisel-mouth, hard-mouth and square-mouth). It differs, however, by the reduced 320 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 number of pharyngeal teeth (4—5) which are hooked and have broad grinding surfaces. It is a common fish in places in the “ Lower Columbia River and tributaries, as far up as Spokane and Shoshone Falls.” It is one of the many foot-long fishes. It is only eaten in lieu of better fishes. Fic. 76.—Orthodon microlepidotus. After Goode. A second generic type (Orthodon microlepidotus) has no horny covering to the jaws, but the lower is sharp-edged and has a knob at its symphysis; in the number of pharyngeal teeth, however, it agrees better with the old world Chondrostomines (6—6 or 6—5) ; the teeth are lancet-like and nearly straight, and to this peculiarity the generic name refers (opfoc, straight, and odovg, tooth). The color is dark olivaceous but paler below—dark enough, however, for it to be called, as so many others have been, blackfish in California ; of course this is a distinctive name only in its home, but no other has been recorded. It ranges generally between a foot and a foot and a half in length and its size secures it a place in the markets. “A good many are sent to the market in San Francisco, where they are eaten by the Cinnmese: The third of the so-called Chondrostomine fishes (Lavinia e-xili- cauda) has no horny plates to the jaws and the lower jaw shuts within the upper. The pharyngeal teeth are uniserial (4—5 or 5—5) and cultriform with broad but shallow grinding surfaces. Like several of its compatriots its caudal fin is reinforced by a number of ‘rudimentary or fulcrate rays procurrent above and below the peduncle. The peduncle is quite slender and it is to that slenderness that the specific name (exilis, slender, cauda, tail) refers. A foot GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 321 is the average length. It is, according to Jordan and Evermann, an inhabitant of the “ streams of the Coast Range about San Francisco and Monterey, locally common as far ds Clear dhake:>° itis caught to some extent for the markets. Fic. 77.—Lavinia exilicauda. After Girard. MEXICAN CYPRINIDS Cyprinids extend far down into Mexico in the streams of the tableland, but in diminishing numbers southwards, and are prac- tically absent from the streams of the lowlands south of the Rio Grande valley. Altogether, about a half hundred (48) species occur in temperate Mexico, of which nearly half (23) are confined to the country and the rest (25) are common to it and southwestern United States. Two score species (40) occur in the valley of the Rio Grande and five in the Colorado river system. Five of the genera (Xystrosus, Stypodon, Falcula, Aztecula and Evarra) are restricted to Mexico, but are monotypic or represented by only two (Evarra) or three species (Aztecula). Further details may be found in Seth Meek’s monograph on “The Fresh-water Fishes of Mexico” (1904). NorTHERN ASIATIC CYPRINIDS The cyprinoid fauna of northern Asia is simply an extension of the European fauna eastward or, more properly, there is a great Eurasiatic realm, extending from the Pacific to the Atlantic ocean and from the Himalaya mountains and isothermal regions north- wards, which has a common fish fauna as well as continuous mammal and bird faunas. Many genera extend from one extreme to the other; for instance, Leuciscus and Phoxinus, the daces and min- nows, are as prominent in Japan as in Britain. 322 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 The barbel genus (Barbus) is represented by at least three species in Palestine and one of them (Barbus longiceps) is quite closely related to the common barbel of Europe, but has the head, and especially the snout, more elongate, as the name (longiceps or long- Fic. 78.—Barbus longiceps. After Tristram. headed) indicates. This species is peculiar to the Lake of Galilee and the river Jordan and, according to Tristram (1884), “is one of the most abundant of the many abundant species in the Lake.” It is noteworthy, too, that it is also “one of the best kinds for the table.” A peculiar genus (Capoeta), related to the barbels, is distin- guished by the transverse inferior mouth and by the branches of the Fic. 79.—Capoeta fratercula. After Heckel. lower bent inwards in front and with the anterior edge invested in a subcorneous sheath. It is richly represented by species from near the confines of Europe to Central Asia, and no less than seven species occur in Palestine. In that holy land one of the species (Capoeta fratercula) has become the recipient of exceptional atten- a GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 323 tion. Tristram tells that “at the Algerian village of Deichin, near Safed in Galilee, there is a large fountain full of this species. These fish are looked upon by the Arabs as sacred to Mohammed, and they will on no account allow any one to take them. A little to the north of Tripoli also, at the shrine of Sheikh el Bedawi, is a copious spring, with a large basin and streams flowing from it, choked with these fishes, which seem piled up in layers, with hardly space to move. They are an object of veneration, and are always fed by the worship- ers. They follow in masses any visitor as he walks by the edge, gaping for food.” This Capoeta is called by the Arabs Semakh nahri and is esteemed as one of the best fishes of Palestine. Tristram considers that “it is excellent eating, and its flesh is a pale pink colour.” Several of the other species of Capoeta (especially C. damascina, C. syriaca and C. socialis) are very abundant in the Lake of Gen- nasoret, the Sea of Galilee of the Bible. The C. damascina is equally abundant in the lower reaches of the Jordan and, according to Tristram Canon, is “ carried down into the Dead Sea in great num- bers, and perishes at once, strewing the north shore.” Another of the characteristic and very common fishes, but locally, of Syria, is a small species, a real minnow closely related to the European minnow and dace, but distinguished by the combination of the imperfect lateral line behind, the development of only nine anal rays, and the presence of only one row of pharyngeal teeth. It has been named Leuciscus libani as well as Phovinellus and Pseudo- Fic. 80.—Pseudophoxinus libani. After Lortet. phoxinus. It is “ generally less than two inches long ” and “ rarely reaches two and one-half inches in length.” It was “ discovered by Dr. Lortet in the little lake of Yammineh, a mountain tarn above ' Ainata in Lebanon, well known to visitors to the Cedars from Bealbeck, and 4,800 feet above the sea. These little fishes, apparently the only inhabitants of the lake, at the season when the little stream- lets of the tarn are at their fullest, crowd into them, and form an 324 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vo. 48 important article of commerce for the villagers.” The inhabitants of the little hamlet of Yammutuneh catch them by thousands of kilo- grams and sell them in the neighboring villages and convents for eight to ten cents a “ battle’ which is a measure of about five pounds. Fic. 81.—Discognathus lamta, female. After Heckel. A characteristic Asiatic genus represented by a number of species is Discognathus. It is related to the barbels and, like the typical species of that genus, has two pairs of barbels and three rows of pharyngeal teeth, but the lip is transformed into a subcircular suctorial disk with free margins. The air-bladder is smail, especially Fic. 82.—Discognathus lamta, male. After Day. its hinder portion. The males of the lamta, in the height of the breeding season, may develop a remarkable subfrontal prominence and this, as well as the snout, is beset with spiniform tubercles. A singular appearance is thus imparted to the head and, as the mouth is inferior and concealed from observation, one might mistake, at first glance, the cleft between the frontal prominence and snout for the mouth. Females have the ordinary barbel-like head and the GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 325 contrast between them and males is very striking. The lamta (Dvs- cognathus lamta) has a wide range in Asia, ranging from Syria into India and still further eastward, and is common in the affluents of the Jordan and the Lake of Gennesaret; it also extends into Abys- ‘ AN Female. After Heckel. Male. After Day. Fic. 83.—Discognathus lamta. Se sinia. It rarely grows to more than six to eight inches long. Ac- cording to Day, it putrifies very rapidly after death, and generally dies almost as soon as removed from water. PECULIAR UPLAND CYPRINIDS. In streams of the great mountain regions, the Himalayas and their outliers, isolating India from the rest of Asia, are to be found peculiar fishes which have been combined in a group named (by McClelland) “ Schizothoracine.” The group includes fishes having: the same general form as the barbels, and indeed called hill-barbels, Fic. 84.—Schizothorax sinnatus. After Heckel. 326 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 but distinguished by a remarkable type of squamation. Above and on each side of the anus and anal fin is a band of enlarged scales differentiated from the others and forming a kind of sheath into which the base of the anal fin is concealed. In other respects there is little difference from the true barbels; there are, as in them, three rows of pharyngeal teeth in the typical forms, but in others there are only two; the number of barbels varies, some species having four, others two, and the remaining none. About fifty species representing ten or a dozen genera are known, the principal being Schizothorax, which contains about a score of species. Species of this genus are very voracious.: J. McClelland (1838) claimed “‘ that it is no uncommon thing to find ” one “ so overgorged that the tail of its prey remains protruding from the mouth, to be swallowed after that portion which is capable of being received into the capacious stomach is sufficiently digested to admit of the intro- duction of the remainder.” He had seen fishes “so often in this state’ that he presumed “ they are easier caught in it than in any other.” SoME CHINESE CyPRINIDS. Another type is noteworthy on account of the singularity of ap- pearance as well as the size of the few species. The forehead or interorbital region is high upraised and arched, and consequently the eyes are abnormally low down on the sides. This inferior posi- tion of the eyes has given name to the genus (Hypophthalmichthys) Fic. 85.—Hypophihalmichthys nobilis. After Steindachner. and group or sub-family which it represents (Hypothalmichthyines). Another remarkable peculiarity is the structure of the gill-rakers in association with a peculiar superbranchial shell-like organ which GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 327 has been described and illustrated by Boulenger (1901). The genus is represented by about eight species occurring in various waters of Central and Eastern Asia. The largest and best known of these are the Chinese H. molitrix and H. nobilis. The Hypophthalmichthys molitrix is an inhabitant of China, where it is known as the Lenhi; it sometimes attains a large size—between three and four feet... It is highly esteemed as a food fish, and is the object of a considerable pisciculture, not only in China, but by Chinese be- yond the borders of their country. According to Mitsukuri (1905) the Chinese of Formosa import the young, “when nine to ten inches long,” from China “in November and December,” place them in ponds where they are “abundantly fed,” and when they have become a “ foot long” they are ready for market. The “fish is cultivated in all parts of Formosa.” The clupeiform Cyprinids typified by the European sichling (Pelecus cultratus) are represented by Chinese fishes distinguished from Pelecus by the development of three rows of pharyngeal teeth (5 or 4, 4, 2—2, 4,4 0r 5). Parapelecus argenteus and P. mache- rius are species. Fic. 86.—Pharyngeal bones of Hypophthalmichthys. After Steindachner. JAPANESE CYPRINIDS. As already indicated, the Cyprinoid fauna of Japan is in its gen- eral features essentially similar to that of Britain and the rest of western Europe, that is, it is part of one and the same great “eurasiatic”’ or “ palzarctic” realm, but an entirely distinct sub- ordinate region. The fullest exposition of its character has been given by David S. Jordan and Henry W. Fowler in “a review of the Cyprinoid fishes of Japan,” published in 1903 (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxv1, 811-862). Then thirty-four species represent- ing twenty-one genera were recognized. Most of the genera are monotypic and peculiar to Japan and China, but others are shared with Europe. Cyprinines (Cyprinus and Corassius), in the persons of the common and Prussian carps, are in both extremes in a state of domestication. The carp “has run into many varieties, dis- tinguished by differences in form, squamation, and development of * According to information communicated to A. Giinther (1889) both H. nobilis and H. molitrix attain equal size, “ exceeding a length of four feet.” 328 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [von. 48 ” fins.” The Carassius, in the form of the goldfish, is common every- where; “ in its native condition the species is plain dark olivaceous,” but domesticated varieties and monstrosities are innumerable. The Gobionines number eight species of five genera; Gobio, the Gudgeon genus, though not represented immediately, is represented medi- ately by several genera (especially by one, Leucogobio, with four species, and another, Abbotina, with one) differing from each other as well as from Gobio by slight differences of the mouth and lips. The Leuciscines are no less than sixteen; Leuciscus, the chub genus, has six congeneric relations, and Phoxinus, the minnow, one. A characteristic species is that here figured, Leuciscus phalacrocorax, whose rather strange name was given because some specimens ob- tained by Jordan and Fowler were caught by trained cormorants of the genus Phalacrocorax in the Tana river. To the Rhodeine subfamily have been referred seven species of four genera, but it is not known whether any exercises the peculiar mode of oviposition Fic. 87.—Leucogobio mayede. After Jordan and Fowler. within the valves of a Unionid as does the bitterling of Germany. It is noteworthy, however, that one of the species, Pseudoperilampus typus, has been given a Japanese name (Nigabuna) which conveys the same allusion (bitter carp) as the German name; it rarely attains a length of three inches. Several of the Rhodeines are remarkable for traits of color. Few of the Cyprinids have distinct black markings, the predominant colors being brownish or olivaceous on the back and sides and whitish or silvery below, and consequently the European Leuciscines are collectively designated as whitefish and this has been rendered into the Greek derivative Leuciscus. Among the exceptions to the rule are Rhodeines, one of which (Acheilognathus cyanostigma) is here illustrated; a black lateral band concurrent with the dorsal outlines is very conspicuous. It is one of the many fishes of the great Japanese lake Biwa. The NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 329 GILL] After Jordan and Fowler. Fic. 88.—Abbottina psegma. After Jordan and Fowler. Fic. 89.—Leuciscus phalacrocorax. WS Hits 4 i ft, Wy After Jordan and Fowler. Fic. 90.—Pseudoperilampus typus. 330 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Barbel (Barbine) group has a single representative, Barbus schlegeli or Hemibarbus barbus, which grows to about ten inches in length. a se oh ie Dr, manatee | ieee (hohe es Fic. 91.—Acheilognathus cyanostigma. After Jordan and Fowler. SOUTHERN ASIATIC CYPRINIDS Asia, south of the Himalayas, the continent east of India, and the great as weli as small islands of the Indo-Moluccan archipelago, as well as the Philippine islands, support a very numerous cyprinoid population amounting to some 500 or 600 species. The best known of the regions into which the realm is divided are India and the Dutch islands, the former of which has been most fully illustrated by F. Day and the latter by P. von Bleeker. Day (1889) recognized 185 species belonging to the Indian fauna and Bleeker (1864) 119 species representing the “Indo-Archipelagic” area. The species of Indo-China (Tongking, Annan, Siam, Cochin China, Cambodia and Siam) were given as 57 by Sauvage in 1881. To these many have been added since from all the regions. India is a favored land of Cyprinids and some of them are fine game fishes. Far above all is the “ kingly Mahseer” (Barbus tor). but high in the second rank come “ the grand Rohu ” (Labeo rohita), “the sprightly Mirgha” (Cirrhina mrigala), and “the massive Catla”’ (Catla catla or buchanani), as they are styled by Thomas in “The Rod in India” (1897, p. 196). Smaller species, but at least equally game, are the wide-mouthed Barils which have some super- ficial resemblance to, and by most English residents are called trout. The most conspicuous or the most characteristic of the species alone can be now briefly noticed. GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS S)5u! The dominant genus of India is that of the barbels (Barbus), containing, as it does, according to the views of Day and most recent authors, about a third of its cyprinoid fauna, or seventy species. Only one of them ’demands consideration here. Fic. 92.—Barbus tor or mosal. After Day. The Mahseer or Mahsir (Barbus tor or mosal) is the chief of a small file of species confined to Southern Asia and recognizable by the strong smooth dorsal spine, seven or eight branched anal rays, and the very large scales. The Mahseer itself has twenty-five to twenty-seven scales along the lateral line, two and a half scales between the lateral line and ventral fin, a pointed snout, fleshy lobate lips, and a dorsal spine as long as the head back of the snout. It is the principal fresh-water game fish of India, in which country it is almost everywhere found but, according to Day, it occurs in the “ greatest abundance in mountain streams or those which are rocky.” It occasionally reaches a very large size, and G. P. Sanderson, the author of “ Thirteen years among the wild beasts of India,” in a letter published by Thomas, affirmed that he had “no doubt in” his “own mind that they run over 200 or 250 pounds,” as he had seen ‘teeth and bones of them far larger than he claimed to have caught; he added that “they are often caught by the natives.” The more modest maximum of a hundred pounds is admitted by others. These figures, however, refer to entirely exceptional individuals. An ex- -perienced angler quoted in Thomas’s work (p. 406) wrote that “ in northern India they do not run to any greater size in the rivers of Jhansi and Lullutpore than twelve to fifteen pounds.” He thought that “instances of fish caught over ten pounds are rare.” Size, however, “depends much on the size of the river in which the -mahseer is found.” 332 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 The mahseer is a carnivorous fish, preying chiefly on smaller repre- sentatives of its class. It is angled for with live bait, with the spoon, with flies, with paste, and with parched grain. Instructions for all kinds are given by Thomas in “ The Rod in India ”’ in nine chapters and 140 pages devoted especially to the species. The palatability of the mahseer is a matter respecting which there is some difference of opinion. According to Thomas (p. 23), much depends on the size and condition of the fish. He had “ tasted mahseer in such high condition that they were excellent; they were so rich that one could not eat any melted butter or other sauce with them, and so well flavoured that they seemed” to him “to stand between the salmon and the trout for the table.” He considered that “the best size for flavour ” is about six or seven pounds, or between limits of two and ten pounds. “ When less than two pounds they are too bony; when much larger than ten pounds they are apt to be too gross and oily for European tastes, but they are always thought thoroughly edible by your camp.” LOGS BEY Ss ‘ a Fic. 93.—Labeo vulgaris. After Heckel. The Indian genus next in importance to Barbus, so far as num- ber of species is concerned, is Labeo. This essentially agrees with Barbus in form and has, like it, three rows of pharyngeal teeth, but the lips are peculiar in that the lateral folds are enlarged and each lip has an internal cross-fold covered by a trenchant corneous but soft and deciduous covering; the snout is smaller, the suborbitals are narrow, and the dorsal is rather long, having twelve to sixteen rays. eee Se GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 333 Twenty-five Indian species have been referred by Day to this genus, including species with and without barbels, but have been separated by others (especially Bleeker) in several genera. A num- ber of the species attain a large size and some are quite highly esteemed for the table, at least by natives of India. The largest species, Labeo gonius, the goni of Bengal, sometimes reaches a length of five feet and about seventy pounds. Several attain a length of at least three feet, such as the Labeo calbasu (Kalbasu of Bengal or kalbans), the Labeo nandina (Nandin of Fic. 94.—Labeo calbasu. After Day. Bengal), the Labeo rohita or Rohu, and the Labeo dyochilus (Boallo of Hindustan). Others range down from two feet to a few inches in length. The best known of these, at least from an angler’s point of view, is the Rohu. A chapter has been devoted to that species (and inci- dentally others) by Thomas in “ The Rod in India.” He asserts (p. 193) that he “ never knew any fisherman, however good at mahseer, who had once tried this labeo fishing” with him, who “was not fully converted to it as taxing all his skill in a higher degree than any other fishing, and as showing sport of a superior order.” | According to Day, the Rohu “is esteemed excellent as food, propagated with care in ponds in Bengal.” One of the largest of the Indian fishes is known as the catla in Bengal, and scientifically as the Catla catla or buchanani. It has a carp-like form, but the large head is much more arched between the eyes and backward there are no barbels. The rami of the lower jaw are loosely connected and the dorsal fin is shorter. But the most distinctive characters have to be sought for deeper. The pharyngeal teeth are in three rows, but none are molariform, and the gill-rakers 334 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 are especially notable, being setiform and close together, somewhat as in a shad. The catla, according to Day, “attains at least six feet in length and a weight of 100 pounds; it resides in fresh or brackish water, being found within tidal influence.” It ranges throughout India to the Kistna, and eastward through Bengal and Burma to Siam. Fic. 95.—Catla buchanani. After Day. Hamilton Buchanan found that “it is a very strong active animal, and often leaps over the seine of the fishermen, on which account, when fishing for the catla, they usually follow the net in canoes and make a noise by shouting and splashing with their paddles.” It is said by Thomas to be “ very destructive to small fish.” As one of the regular game fishes of India, it is claimed by H. S. Thomas that ‘“‘ one must fish with the bait off the ground, for his mouth would seem to be formed to take bait from above and not off the ground.” As bait, “ small fish, spoon and phantom ”’ are used to some extent, but “ paste is the standard bait.” The “sprightly mirgha” (Cirrhina mrigala) is the chief of a genus (Cirrhina) generally approximated to catla, but with short gill-rakers, a smaller head with little arched interorbital area, and the lower jaw with a symphysial tubercle. Five Indian and other southeastern Asiatic species have been recognized. The mirgha, according to Day, is an inhabitant of “rivers and tanks in Bengal, Deccan, Northwest Provinces, Punjab, Sind, Cutch and Burma,” and grows to a length of three feet and a weight of some forty pounds. It is considered to be “an excellent species for stocking tanks with,” and is also an esteemed angle fish. Thomas records that fishes are “ taken with a rod up to 34 pounds in weight.” GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 335 Fic. 96—Cirrhina mrigala. After Day. Another group, designated as the Danionines, has been distin- guished because the species differ from all the preceding by the course of the lateral line along the caudal peduncle considerably below its middle instead of along the middle as in most fishes; the anal fin is moderately long, having at least eleven or more branched rays. The fishes are mostly small, but some of one genus (Barilius) are noteworthy. They have a fusiform or trout-like form, mouth deeply cleft (the jaws extending backwards under the eyes), and broad sub-orbitals. Fourteen species are recognized by Day as Indian and of these one (Barilius bola) is noteworthy as the “ Indian Fic. 97.—Barilius bola. After Day. trout.” The misapplication of the name is less glaring than many of the misnomers to be met, for the fish has an outline, mouth, ar- rangement of fins, and spots not very unlike those of a trout. Of course the likeness is entirely superficial and a little attention reveals the fact that differences innumerable exist. Even the color is quite unlike that of any trout, the spots being rather large, bluish, and in two or more rows. 330 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 The bola, according to Day, is a native of “ Orissa, Bengal, Northwest Provinces, Assam, and Burma,” where it is most at home in “clear streams with stony bed.” Its average weight is about three-quarters of a pound, and the maximum near five pounds. Fishes are “ taken with the fly, and likewise with small spinning bait ; a small phantom is very good bait to use.” A hooked fish “ will Fic. 98.—Nuria danrica. After Day. jump repeatedly out of the water and dash about in a perfect frenzy and is game to the last.” Another remarkable oriental type is the genus Nuria, also a repre- sentative of the group Danionine distinguished by the inferior posi- tion behind of the lateral line which runs nearer the lower edge; the dorsal is also farther back and little in advance of the anal. Nuria is further distinguished, not only from the other species of Danionines, but from all other Cyprinids, by the very long maxillary barbels which are quite as prolonged as those of an ordinary catfish. The Nuria danrica is a fish which “ attains five inches in length” and Fic. 99.—Chela argentea. After Day. occurs in India as well as Burma, Ceylon and the Nicobars. It was also found “in a hot stream of 112° Fahr. at Pooree” and likewise “ina hot stream at Cannia in Ceylon.” Another characteristic Indian genus is Chela, whose name is latinized from the Hindustanee name Chilwa, applied to the principal species. The group is closely related to Pelecus, whose type is the GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS ciels sichling of Germany (P. cultratus) ; indeed, it differs by little more than the course of the lateral line which is moderately and regularly decurved and continuous, while in the sichling it is abruptly deflected behind the base of the pectoral and thence irregularly continuous and parallel with the belly and anal to the caudal. Ten Indian fishes are referred to the genus, all being of small size, relatively to the large fishes already noticed, that is, nine inches or less. The most im- portant of the species is the Chela argentea, distinguishable from its fellows by the combination of a moderately long anal fin (with seventeen to nineteen rays) and large scales (forty-three to forty- five along lateral line). It is an inhabitant of the streams and tanks of northern India, and is in many places “a very common fish.” It is, according to Thomas, “a delicate fish both to eat and to keep alive, so that it requires care to keep them alive, but, once in, they will live in any pond, and keep its surface alive with rises. They thrive in any still water. In the river they are to be found in the still water.” The Chelas generally “are most game fly-takers, springing into the air after the fly. They‘want striking very quickly, and especially they want the smallest possible fly.” Detailed instruc- tions for fishing are given by Thomas. AFRICAN CyPRINIDS The Cyprinids of tropical and southern Africa are of the same general type as those of India and the prominent genera of the latter region are also the chief ones of Africa. Thus, Barbus is represented by one hundred and thirty-three species, Labeo by thirty- two, and Barilius by sixteen, consequently by more than in India itself, but by many less than in the Indian realm, which also in- cludes Further India and the Indo-Moluccan archipelago. The figures here given are those presented by Boulenger in “A List of the Freshwater Fishes of Africa” (July, 1905). In this list just two hundred species of Cyprinids (including one Cobitid) are attributed to Africa and, with the exception of a Phoxinellus and an Alburnus, are of or related to warm Asiatic types. Other species, especially of barbels, have been added since. The genus Barbus as here accepted is a polymorphous group which will doubtless be ultimately subdivided into various genera and would be now if the classification was brought into harmony with American usage as well as that generally applied to the Euro- pean species. A prominent African type is that represented by a celebrated species, the bynni of modern Egyptians. 338 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 The bynni, or benny, of the Nile (Barbus bynni) is the type of a group represented by about fifty species in Africa, having a very strong, smooth dorsal spine, five branched anal rays, and large scales (there are barely three scales between the lateral line and the ventral fin) ; the snout is very protuberant, and the anterior barbels about as long as the eye. The bynni was, in the time of the Ptolomies, named Lepidotus WNVERICH Fic. 100.—Barbus bynni. After Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire. by the Greeks, or at least it has been supposed by E. Geoffroy Saint- Hilaire and others to be the fish so called by Greek writers, especially Strabo and Athenzus ; it was the object of veneration of the dwellers along the Nile, and shared this attention with the oxyrhynchus, a mormyroid fish. It is now highly esteemed for its flesh and there is a very ambiguous “proverb” which is intended to express that esteem: “ If thou knowest any better than me, do not eat me.’’ It is the special object of fishery at various places, especially Syout and Kené. Commonly it is eighteen or twenty inches long, but not infrequently attains a length of forty inches or even more. It was especially recommended for introduction and acclimation in France by I. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire. To give some idea of the extraordinary extent given to the genus Barbus by one of the ablest of European ichthyologists another spe- cies referred to that genus may be illustrated. It is a large, fine fish of Central Africa and has been named by Dr. Boulenger Barbus tropidolepis. By some authors it would be relegated to the genus GILL] NOTEWORTHY EXTRA-EUROPEAN CYPRINIDS 339 Puntius, although not very like any of the other species. Unlike the typical barbels, it has no barbels whatever. It sometimes reaches a length of a meter (40 inches) and may attain a weight of ten or eleven kilograms. It is one of the commonest fishes of Lake Tan- ganyika and by the natives named M’Biriki. In the spawning season it runs up the rivers discharging into the lake and manifests as much activity as a salmon, leaping up falls five to seven feet high. It especially courses up the river Lu-Fuko, a very rapid stream inter- rupted by many falls, in great numbers during January to May and Fic. 101.—Barbus tropidolepis. After Boulenger. remains therein several months. It then gives employment or food to several villages nearby. Large numbers are caught in nets— sometimes as many as seventy at one time. The fish is considered to be “ excellent ”’ and, indeed, one of the-very best of all the numerous fishes of Lake Tanganyika ; it is not fished for, however, in the lake itself. Three monotypic genera are peculiar to Africa—Leptocypris, Chelethiops and Neobola—but they are closely related to Indian genera. The genus Chelethiops is of special interest on account of the very Fic. 102.—Chelethiops elongatus. After Boulenger. backward position of the dorsal fin which is mostly over the hinder half of the anal fin—in fact as far behind as in the pikes and killie- 340 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vor. 48 fishes. In most other respects the genus agrees with Chela and Pelecus as well as the Danioninz and apparently belongs to the latter group or subfamily ; like them it has the lateral line very low (“trés bas ”) and comparatively near the lower edge of the caudal peduncle. The only known species is the C. elongatus of the river Liranga, a tributary of the Congo; a native name is Pondé. It appears to attain a length of little more than two inches (“six centimetres ’’). A REVIEW OF THE AMERICAN VOLUTIDZ By WILLIAM HEALEY DALL In making a complete examination of the synonymy and various classifications proposed for the Volutidz, it became evident that serious difficulties were in the way of a final revision of the whole group, on account of the obstacles to obtaining full data on many of the exotic genera, the habit of dealers in destroying with acid the characteristics of the nuclear shell, and the inaccessibility of some of the rarer species. While the collection of Volutes belonging to the National Museum is fairly good, that portion of it relating to the American species is not only nearly complete as regards the several species, but it also contains large and unmutilated series of many of them. It was evi-- dent, therefore, that a review of the American forms was quite prac- ticable, while a more complete revision must await fuller data and might be subject to much delay. I therefore decided to prepare the present paper. ' Some sixteen years ago I was able, from a study of the recent and fossil species of our Atlantic coasts, to point out that the family was naturally divided into two great groups, in one of which the protoconch is membranous and is lost early in the intracapsular development of the young, being replaced by a shelly envelope which carries traces, when intact, of its secondary origin. In the other the protoconch is shelly from the beginning, often sculptured, and is never naturally lost except by mechanical erosion in the adult shell after it leaves its ovicapsule. These two series I distinguished as subfamilies Volutine and Scaphelline after their most charac- teristic genera. The latter name, however, I have since found to be inapplicable, because the real type of the genus Scaphella is not the species, I then supposed, but belongs to the Volutine. I now sub- stitute for the second subfamily the name Caricelline, the genus Caricella of our Eocene being the ancestor of the North American series of Volutes with a membranous protoconch. During recent years some very important data in regard to the anatomy of various species has been gathered and it is evident that while certain geographical groups of Volutes are doubtless homo- geneous some of the species of which only the shell had been known are possessed of markedly distinctive characteristics. 341 342 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 The study of the nuclear shell had afforded valuable data ; to these must now be added the general features of the anatomy ; the presence or absence of a cecum to the cesophagus; the characters of the radula; of the verge, or external male organ; and the presence or absence of an operculum. The greater or less expansion of the mantle-edge over the shell has long been known to distinguish certain groups. It is probable that, when known, the characters of the ovicapsule will prove to have a certain value. I have been able to determine the characters of the radula in a number of species where it had not been known, and its absence entirely in the genera Aurinia and Maculopeplum; I have also been able to examine the verge in a number of species and find it to exhibit features which prove to have a systematic value not less than specific, and perhaps in some cases of even greater weight. It is a little remarkable that more attention has not been paid to the details of structure in this organ. In general, in the Volutide the external characters of the animal include a short rather blunt foot which, in the genera Voluta and Lyria, carries a small oblong operculum which is absent in all the other groups of which the animal is known. The nucleus of the operculum is terminal or subterminal. The head is wide, provided with short, rather stout, pointed tentacles which at their bases rise from large, rounded flaps or lappets. These lappets are sometimes continuous in front between the tentacles and sometimes separated partly or entirely by a deep median sinus. In other forms there is a sinus at the root of each tentacle with a wide, more or less auricu- late lappet between the tentacles in addition to the two lateral lappets. In the Volutomitrine there are no lappets at all, the eyes being situated on the apex of a tentacular projection extending parallel with the true tentacle and soldered to it for about one-third of its length. In the case of Tractolira and some other abyssal forms the eyes are wholly absent, but in the great majority of Volutes they are situated on the flat surface near the anterior edge of the lateral lappets, and are not raised above that surface. The verge is situated behind the right lappet and as in many other Proso- branchs is, when at rest, bent backward under the mantle. There is usually an appendix or supplementary smaller projection near the distal end which may assume various shapes. In many species the verge is bent upon itself when at rest, forming a blunt angle like an elbow, in others the whole organ projects backward from its root; in V. vespertilio the whole mass of the organ projects for- ward and is soldered to the nuchal surface, only the appendix (which DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTID&. 343 in this case is exceptionally long) is free and recurved. In Adelo- melon the appendix is short and hardly distinguishable from the body of the verge, being papilliform, as is also the case in Aurinia gouldiana. The seminal conduit in the majority of cases is an open groove which may be partly closed in some species by small inter- lacing papillz situated on its outer edges. In several cases, however, it is a closed conduit, opening near the proximal end of the appendix. The cesophageal cecum in the majority of Volutidz is present and conspicuous, but in a few forms it appears to be absent. The radula in general comprises a long series of single teeth (103 were counted in Volutomitra) of rhachiglossate type. Volutocorbis and Ternivoluta alone are definitely known to possess also a series of single-cusped laterals on each side of the rhachidian tooth. The great majority of species of Volutes have the rhachidian tooth tri- cuspid with strong, nearly straight cusps; Adelomelon ancilla has the cusps strongly arcuate, while A. magellanica has flat cusps. In Tractolira and Miomelon the cusps are tusk-like. Voluta has the rhachidian wide with many small denticles, but Lyria has it tricus- pid. Scaphella Turneri and Volutomitra have the base strongly arcuate and carry a single straight cusp, as does Halia priamus. The ovicapsules are hemispherical, or flatter, in Adelomelon, except A. brasiliana which is believed to have a subspherical float- ing capsule buoyed up by an enclosed air bubble. In the other species the capsule is attached by its flat side to a stone or dead bivalve shell and contains five to ten embryos swimming in a viscid transparent fluid. Nothing is yet known of the capsule of most of the species. The surface of the animal is often brightly colored, even in the case of forms which have dull shells like Adelomelon, but the abyssal species are usually colorless. The mantle in the majority of species is not extensible over the shell but in Zidona of the Caricelline, and Scaphella (= Amoria Gray) of the Volutine, the entire shell is sometimes covered with enamel and destitute of a periostracum as in Oliva. It is probable that the same is true of Awrinia dubia, and many fossil groups like Liopeplum have heavy superficial coats of enamel thus deposited. The proboscis is partly invertible and wholly retractile. The subfamilies of the Volutidz are provisionally accepted as follows: Subfamily VoLuTINz. Shell with the protoconch shelly and persistent, the adult usually elegantly colored; animal with the eyes sessile on epipodial lappets ; 344 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [von. 48 siphonal lobe of the mantle with two appendicular lobes; verge large with an appendicular process; operculum usually absent; teeth of the radula usually in one tricuspid series. Subfamily CARICELLINZ Shell with the protoconch membranous and caducous within the ovicapsule; operculum absent; other characters much as in Voluta. The radula variable, sometimes absent. Subfamily VoLUTOMITRINZ Shell with protoconch minute (shelly?), the adult unicolor with a conspicuous periostracum ; small, boreal. Eyes on stalks adherent to and shorter than the tentacles; no epipodial lappets, no oper- culum, no siphonal lobes; radula of a single long series, the separate teeth unicuspidate with deeply arcuate bases. We may now consider the American species. At first one would hardly think of America as a metropolis of Volutes ; it is only when the scattered data are brought together, as in this paper, that it is practicable to realize that more than one third of all the known species, including Lyria and Eneta, occur on the coasts of America. There are enumerated in the present paper thirty-three species belonging to ten genera. With the exception of one Volutomitra common to the north of Europe, and the species of Voluta which reach the coast of West Africa, all the species are strictly American, the Falkland Islands being faunally a part of South America. Of the ten genera, only Voluta, Lyria and Volutomitra are represented elsewhere than on the coast of America. A study of our Tertiary Volutidz shows that all these groups originated in American waters, though some fossils like Eucymba and V olutocorbis are now extinct in their original region and represented in the recent fauna only by species of distant seas. The geographical grouping of genera will probably prove true for the species of other regions as it has here. The centers of distribution were evidently two; one near the southern end of South America and the other in the Antillean region. Omitting the boreal Volutomitra, only four species from the former center (three of them abyssal) and three from the latter (all species of Eneta) have reached the Pacific coast north of south latitude 40°. All of them are well differentiated from their Atlantic ancestors. A much more profuse Volute popu- DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTID&. 345 lation as regards the number of species may be inferred from the -remains in American Tertiaries, but these fossil species were nearly all of rather small size. Europe has lost still more, having only two or three species, including Volutomitra, remaining in her living fauna, of which none is a typical Volute. Family VOLUTIDAE Subfamily Votutinz Dall Genus VOLUTA (Linné) Lamarck Voluta (sp.) Linn, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 729, 1758; ed. x11, p. 1186, 1766. Musica, anonymous, Mus. Calonnianum, p. 18, 1797. Plejona Botten, Mus. Boltenianum, p. 39, 1798. Voluta Lamarck, Prodrome, p. 70, 1799; sole ex. V. musica. V olutarius Froriep’s trans. of Dumeril, Zool. Anal., p. 167, 1806. Harpula Swainson, Zool. Ill., 0, p. 77, 1832, type V. ebrea. Musica Morcu, Cat. Yoldi, p. 124, 1852. Chlorosina Gray, in Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 617. 1858, sole ex. V. polyzonalis Lam.,=V. virescens Sol. Volutolyria CrossE, Journ de Conchyl., xxv, p. 99, 1877; Fischer, Man. de Conchyl., p. 610, 1884. Tropical and subtropical shores of the Atlantic, the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, at the present day; fossil, from the Eocene upward, in the Tertiaries of France, the Mediterranean and the Antillean region. The first representatives of this group occur in the Eocene and resemble more closely the recent Lyria than the fully evolved V oluta. These two genera are separated on anatomical characters which are inaccessible in the fossils, the shell characters alone being insufficient to separate the groups more than subgenerically. The Antillean region seems to have been their center of disper- sion. The inter-island distribution of the various forms is very imperfectly known but it is likely that the three species enumerated, if not all their varieties, occur over a certain portion of the West African coast as well as on the American shores. The elevation in the later Oligocene of the Central American connection between the continents of North and South America seems to have barred the later developed forms of typical Voluta from reaching the Pacific, where only a few small species, of the Lyria type, are known to: exist. The type of the genus is Voluta musica Linné. 346 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [von. 48 VOLUTA MUSICA Linné Voluta musica LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 733, No. 370, 1758; Lamarck, Prodr. Nouv. Class. Coq., p. 70, 1799; Sowerby Thes. Conch., Mon. V oluta, p. 211, pl. xLix, figs. 36-43, 1847; Reeve, Conch. Icon., v1, V oluta, pl. vu, figs. 18a-18d, pl. 1x, fig. 18e, 1849. The Music Shell of the older authors was first given a binomial name by Linné in 1758, and his references to figures include both the variety afterward named by Lamarck carneolata, and that which is regarded as the typical variety in the present paper. The species, in a wide sense, is common to both sides of the tropical Atlantic, but little or no attention seems to have been paid to the geograph- ical distribution of the several varieties. The collection of the Na- tional Museum is well supplied with specimens of the American varieties, but in many cases the donor has remained satisfied with giving ‘West Indies” as the habitat. Linné mentioned Jamaica and Barbados as the localities for the species. A search in the lit- erature of the subject shows as habitats for VY. musica, without specifying the variety, Cuba, Guadaloupe, Santa Lucia, Isles de Saintes, Jamaica, Barbados, and Margarita Island, off the coast of Venezuela, where Krebs states the largest known specimens were obtained. There is no doubt that certain forms of the species, as of V. hebrea, occur on the west coast of Africa. We may now consider the varieties separately. Voluta musica typica LAMARCK. BoNNANI, Recreatio Ment. et Ocul., 1, p. 155, fig. 207, 1684 (cited by Linné) ; Lamarck, Ann. du Museum, xvi, p. 66, 1811; Encyl. Méth., pl. 380, fig. 1, 1780; Sowerby, Thes. Conchyl., p. 211, pl. xxx, fig. 40, 1847. Tobago, West Indies (Rawson). Shell short, wide, buff or yellowish white under the usual brown- ish tracery, with six or seven subspinose stout ribs at the shoulder of the whorl; nucleus dark brown; sparse spiral sculpture near the canal only; interior of the aperture usually white; outer lip with black spots, pillar lip with nine to eleven plaits. U. S. Nat. Mus., 54,517 and 54,522. Lamarck names a violet tinted race of this form, variety violacea. This I have not seen. A specimen marked “ West Indies,” col- lected by Wright, may have been obtained in Cuba, where he gath- ered plants. Voluta musica carneolata LAMARCK. Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., xvi, p. 67, 1811; Encycl. Méth., pl. 370, fig. 4, 1780; Sowerby, Thes. Conchyl., p. 219, pl. xLix, fig. 37, 1847. DALL | REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTID&. 347 Barbados (Rawson); Liberia (Osborne); Porto Rico (Gund- lach). Shell oval, with prevalent red tracery over a flesh-colored ground, smaller than the variety thiarella Lamarck, and narrower than the typical musica; nucleus orange-yellow; with eight to eleven low ribs, feebly nodose at the shoulder; middle of the whorl smooth, but with spiral cords or flat ridges in front of the suture and near the canal; aperture orange-pink with brown spots on the outer lip and nine to eleven plaits on the pillar lip. Maro. Nat. Mus, 2037, 54,510, 54,520,, 116,050; 123,452;..and 129,246. An unfigured, transversely wrinkled specimen was named variety rugifera by Lamarck. It was perhaps pathological. Voluta musica levigata LAMARCK. Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., xvi, p. 67, 1811; Encyl. Méth., pl. 379, fig. 2a-b, 1780; Sowerby, Thes. Conchyl., p. 219, pl. xix, fig. 36, 1847. La Guayra, Venezuela (Bartleman), common; “ West Indies” (B. H. Wright). Shell oval, with seven to nine low, hardly nodulous, ribs; nucleus brown; yellowish with crowded dark zigzag blotches, the parallel brown lines tending to become obsolete; spiral sculpture faint or absent in front of the suture and normal near the canal; aperture yellowish pink ; outer lip with brown spots which sometimes project as nodules, the pillar lip with eight to thirteen plaits. U. S. Nat. Mus., 75,268, 122,218. This, from the intensity of its dark blotches, is a very well marked and easily recognized form. V oluta musica damula DALL, nov. SowerBy, Thes. Conchyl., pl. xtrx, fig. 42, 1847; Curagao (Rawson). Shell small, oval, with eight or nine low ribs, slightly nodulous at the shoulder; nucleus pale brown; ground color whitish, with the usual tracery in fawn-color and pale brown, with vertical brown fringe-like lines and distinct spiral sculpture in front of the suture and four or five flattish ridges on the canal; aperture livid pink, or sometimes violaceous, with brown spots on the outer lip and nine or ten plaits on the pillar lip; a specimen of four whorls, beside the nucleus, measures 42 mm. long and 21 mm. wide. U. S. Nat. Mus., 54,521 and 29,249. This is easily distinguished by its pale coloration and small size. 348 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Voluta musica plicata DILLWYN. Voluta sulcata Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., xvi, p. 68, 1811; Chemnitz, Conch, Cab., x, p. 151, pl. 149, figs. 1403-4, 1788; Sowerby, Thes. Conchyl., p. 212, pl. tim, fig. 87, 1847.. Not V. sulcata Gmelin, 1792. Voluta plicata Dittwyn, Descr. Cat. Rec. Shells, 1, p. 563, No. 152, 1817. “West Indies” (Chamberlain). Shell oval, of much the same form as variety carneolata, with eight or nine low inconspicuous ribs, not nodulous at the suture, white, with nebulous fawn-colored blotches and the spiral brown lines obsolete; three narrow white spiral bands articulated sparsely with dark brown, and numerous fine brown dots on the body ; whole surface spirally sulcate, the interspaces having the aspect of flattish slightly elevated bands; nucleus yellowish white; aperture whitish or yellow, with brown spots on the outer lip and ten or eleven plaits on the pillar lip. WS Nat, Mus. 131232. A well marked variety, but hardly to be considered as a species. V oluta musica polypleura Crosse. Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl., xxiv, p. 163, pl. v, fig. 6, 1876. Antilles ?, Crosse (Coll. Prévost). This differs from the other varieties of the species in the total absence of the brown lines which mimic a musical manuscript; by strong spiral sulcations near the canal and in front of the suture but absent from the body of the shell; and by numerous longitudinal riblets in the interspaces between the usual ribs. The nucleus is horn-color ; there are eleven plaits on the pillar lip, of which three are feeble; the aperture is whitish and the shell measures 56 mm. in length, with a greatest diameter of 30 mm. This form is only known from the specimens which served Crosse for his description and of which the provenance is unknown, but which may have come from the Antilles. It is possibly referable to the V. chlorosina of Lamarck. There are several other varieties which have not, so far, been reported from the West Indian region. These are the Voluta thia- rella Lamarck, based on the Voluta musica elongata of Chemnitz, which has the spire abnormally produced, and to a color variety of which Lamarck gave the name of Voluta nebulosa. Another is the Voluta guiniaca of Lamarck, founded on a: shell brought from Guinea and given by a friend to Chemnitz (Conch. Cab. x1, pl. 178, figs. 1717-18; 1795), who called it Voluta musica guineensis. ET 4 DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTIDA. ne 5) VOLUTA VIRESCENS Solander Voluta virescens SOLANDER, Portland Cat., p. 26, No. 610, 1786; after Martini, Conch. Cab., m1, p. 243, pl. 97, figs. 932-3, 1777; Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xvui1, p. 146, 1899. Voluta polyzonalis Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., xvu, p. 68, No. 27, 1811; Encycl. Méth., m1, pl. 379, fig. 1a—b. Muriciformes cantinelosus MrEuscHEN, Mus. Gevers., p. 326, 1787. Voluta fulua Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., xvu, p. 68, No. 28, 1811; Encycl. Méth., m1, pl. 382, fig. 3a-b (bleached specimen). ?Voluta pusio Swatnson, Zool. Ill., um, pl. 181, 1831; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 1, p. 213, No. 47, pl. 55, fig. 119, 1847. From Mesquital, Texas, south to Nicaragua (Fluck), to Sabanilla and Carthagena, New Grenada (Schott), West Africa (Ward), Guinea coast, etc. This species, contrary to my former suspicions, really does occur in West Africa, and probably along the whole northern coast of South America, as well as the eastern coast of Central America, Mexico, and northward to the Gulf coast of Texas. It is a well defined species, showing little variation among the specimens I have seen. The young shell is strongly spirally sulcate, a character grad- ually lost with growth. Swainson’s pusio is, if a variety, as claimed by various writers, much wider and shorter than the typical form, though Swainson’s type was evidently a bleached shell. The V. fulva of Lamarck, from his figures, should be referred to this species, being probably a bleached shell. I cannot, however, agree with the opinion of Dillwyn who refers V. guinaica Lamarck to the synonymy of this species. U. S. Nat. Mus., 3033, 6141, 149,756, 149,757, 186,296. VOLUTA EBRAA Linné Voluta ebrea Linné£, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 733, No. 372, 1758; ed. xII, p. 1194; Hanley, Conch. Lin., p. 233. Voluta hebr@a GMELIN, Syst. Nat., vi, p. 3461, 1792; Lamarck, Ann. du Museum, xvil, p. 65, No. 20, 1811; Sowerby, Thes. Conchyl., 1, p. 211, No. 43, pl. Liv, figs. 95-6, 1847. Buccinum coronatum Martyn, Univ. Conch., 1, pl. 83, 1786. Voluta turbinata KiENeEr, Icon., Voluta, p. 19, pl. xxv, fig. 2, 1839. Jamaica (Martini); Pernambuco et Maceio, Brazil, common (Greeley); West Africa (Carpenter, Rich, McGuire, Stearns) ; Madagascar (Humphrey). This well known shell is rather common for one of this genus. Most of the specimens in the National Museum are African. It was found by Branner’s party, common along the shore near Per- 350 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [von. 48 nambuco. Most of the specimens were of the normal size, but one was picked up alive with the very respectable dimensions of 150 mm. long and 90 mm. wide. The coloration, etc., agrees closely with African specimens. The V. turbinata of Kiener seems to be a bleached shell, thin, and without the usual brown tracery on the body. It is by most authors referred to ebrea as a variety or sport. The references in the literature to V. “ vespertilio” from the West Indies are probably based on ill-identified specimens of this species, as the V’. vespertilio is not known from America. U. S. Nat. Mus., 2939, 160,706, 118,043, 18,388. Genus LYRIA Gray Lyria Gray, P. Z. S. Lond., 1847, p. 141; type Voluta nucleus Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., xvu, p. 73, 1811. Not Liria Gray, Phil. Mag. and Journ., 1824. Otocheilus Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 24, 1865; figured species Fulgoraria mississippiensis Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d Set., 1, p: 110; pl. xm, fig. a2 7646, Harpella Gray, in Adams’ Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 618, 1858; V. costata Swainson (not Solander) = V. anna Lesson: not Harpella Schrank, 1802, Lepidoptera. The genus, as becomes its age, is widely distributed in tropical seas, especially in Australasia, the Indian Ocean and the Antilles. The earliest related forms, intermediate between Plejona and Lyra, are found in the Upper Cretaceous of India and the earliest Eocene of America. The nucleus is shelly and intermediate between the minute shelly nucleus of Plejona and the larger and blunter nucleus of Voluta. Like Voluta the animal possesses an opercu- lum. The verge is curved and provided with a seminal grooye and a terminal slender tentacular appendage. The radular teeth have few cusps, in marked distinction from those of Voluta. The group, from the shell characters, may be divided into two. sections, only the first of which is found in American waters. Lyria Gray, s. s. Shell with numerous, sometimes obsolete, ribs, a varicose outer lip smooth within, an appressed suture, and brilliant coloration. Type Voluta nucleus Lam. Harpeola Dall, nov. sect. Shell like Lyria s. s., but with a channelled suture and shallow posterior sulcus. Type Yoluta anna Lesson. salt tt a ee DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTIDZ. 351 LYRIA BEAUII Fischer and Bernardi Voluta beauu F. anv B., Journ. de Conchyl., v, p. 296, pl. rx, figs. 1, 2 TSG: Lyria beaut Tryon, Man. Conch., 1v, p. 102, pl. 31, fig. 137, 1882. Islet of Marie-Galante, near Guadaloupe, West Indies (Beau) ; dredged at station 2120 by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross in seventy-three fathoms, muddy bottom, temperature 67° Fahr., near Grenada, W. I. i, S; Nat. Mus:,.87,718. A defective but recognizable specimen of this rare species was dredged, as above, by the Albatross. It remains at present the only species known of the genus from the Antilles. Genus ENZTA Adams Eneta H. ann A. ApaAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 167, 1853; first species Voluta cumingi Bropertrp: Gray, Guide Moll. B. M., p. 34, 1857; sole ex. cited Lyria harpa BArNnEs,=—Voluta harpa BARNES non Lamarck, =Voluta Barnesti GRAY. This group appears to be entirely American in its distribution, being found on both the Atlantic and Pacific shores, but not else- where. The shell is small, peculiarly solid and heavy, with an operculum like that of Lyria, from which it differs by the denticulation of the outer lips within the aperture when fully adult, usually exhibiting one particularly prominent denticle about the middle of the lip. E&. barnes has been generally accepted as type. ENZTA BARNESII Gray Voluta harpa Barnes, Ann. Lye. Nate bist. ING Yorn 13On plex. tio 4s 1823; not V. harpa LAmMarcx, Ann du Mus., vu, p. 74, 1811; nor of Mawe, Linn. Syst. of Conch., frontispiece, fig. 2, 1823. Voluta barnesii GRAY, Zool. Journ., I, p. 511, note in errata, 1825; CAR- PENTER, Rep. Brit. As. Adv. Sci. for 1863, p. 554. Peruvian coast and northward to Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cali- fornia. Localities represented in the National Museum: 4110, Cape St. Lucas; 4605, La Paz, West Mexico; 46,385, Acapulco; 46,386, Papanoa, Mexico; 133,241, San Jose, Guatemala; 15,919, Panama. The name Voluta harpa, having been used several times, once by Lamarck for a Paris basin fossil, and later by Mawe for Lamarck’s Voluta (Lyria) nucleus, should be rejected for the present species. The most remarkable feature of the present species when in fine condition is its acute spire, but in worn specimens it is not so notice- 752 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 able. Its smooth arcuate ribbing contrasts strongly with the tuber- cular sculpture of the next species, but both have very similar coloration. ENZTA CUMINGI Broderip Voluta Cumingi Broverip, P. Z. S. Lond., 1832, p. 33 (9 fathoms, Gulf of Fonseca) ; SowerBy, Thes. Conch., 1, p. 213, pl. 55, figs. 105, 106, 107, 1847. Lyria (Eneta) Cumingii H. anp A, ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 167, 1853; Gray, P. Z. S. Lond., 1855, p. 62. Magdalena Bay, west coast of Lower California, the Gulf of Cali- fornia, southward along the coast to San Salvador (Cuming), and Peru (Carpenter), in moderate depths of water on a muddy or sandy bottom. U. S. Nat. Mus., 133,900, 102,598, and about ten lots from the Gulf of California. | A specimen of this species is labelled “ Lyria (Eneta) Sowerbyi Adams,” in the national collection, but I am unable to trace the origin of this name, which does not seem to appear in the literature. ENZTA PEDERSENII Verrill Eneta pedersenti VERRILL, Am. Journ. Sci., n. s., XLIX, p. 226, 1870. La Paz, Gulf of California, Pedersen. Five specimens of this unfigured species were taken at La Paz by Capt. Pedersen. It is about an inch in length and differs from E. cumingti by having fine longitudinal striation over the whole surface, and at the upper whorls also transverse striation. It is also more slender. The remaining American species, as far as known, are from the Atlantic or Caribbean coast. ENZTA CYLLENIFORMIS Sowerby Voluta cylleniformis SowrErsy, Thes. Conch., I, p. 214, pl 555 ess rie; II3, 1847. Lyria (Eneta) cylleniformis H. anp A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll’, p. 167, 1653; Gray, P/ ZS) Lend.1855, p. Gt. Florida Strait, near the Bahama banks. U.S. Nat. Mus., 107,494. This rare species was dredged by the party under Dr. C. C. Nutting, from the University of Iowa. The specimen was destitute of the soft parts. The habitat of the species had not been previously known. It is a perfectly good species, not resembling either of the West American forms. DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTID. 353 ENATA ARCHERI Angas Voluta archeri Aneas, P. Z. S. Lond., 1865, p. 55, pl. m1, figs. 4, 5. Lyria archert Tryon, Man. Conch., tv, p. 104, pl. 31, fig. 144, 1882. Antilles, at Montserrat and Martinique. A rare species, which, like E. barnesii Gray, has much the general body sculpture of the Australasian Lyrias. ENZTA REEVEI Dall, nom. nov. Voluta guttata Rerve, Conch. Icon., Mon. Voluta, pl. xxu, fig. 56, Dec. 1849; not of Dillwyn, 1817. Lyria guttata Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl., xiv, p. 114, 1866. Honduras (Dyson, two specimens). Not reported since the original collection was made. Agrees in general character with FE. guildingi. ENZTA GUILDINGII Sowerby Voluta Guildingii SowErBy, Thes. Conchyl., 1, p. 214, pl. 55, figs. 110, 111, 1847. Lyria is seas Guildingit H. anp A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 167, 1853; Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl., xiv, p. 115, 1866. St. Vincent, West Indies, Guilding. This and the preceding species are the smallest of the group, but, unless the soft parts show some peculiarities not now known, seem to belong to this group. The Lyria columbella Sowerby and the Microvoluta australis of Angas, do not, from the figures, appear to be properly included in the family Volutide, but resemble elevated forms of the Marginellide. Genus PLEJONA Bolten Plejona (sp.) Botten, Mus. Boltenianum, p. 59, 1708. Plejona Datu, Nautilus, xx, Apr. 1906, no. 12, p. 143; V. spinosa LinnkE (as Conus) selected as type. Volutospina BuLLEN-Newrton, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., vm, p. 103, June, 1906; same type. In the Eocene and Oligocene Tertiary of the coastal plain bor- dering the Gulf of Mexico we find a variety of fossil Volutacea, some of which prefigure the later groups to be developed, while others appear to have left no successors in a direct line. As I have | frequently pointed out, the place to find the nearest relatives of a given existing fauna is in the geological strata of the region at present occupied by that fauna, or in its vicinity, and not in distant regions. Also, it is practically certain that during the Tertiary epoch the then existing invertebrates were divided into faunz nearly or quite as well marked as those recorded to-day. 354 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Thus the Volutocorbis of South Africa has its prototypes in the Tertiaries of North America and Europe and is only distantly re- lated to the Volutilithes of which it has persistently been held up as the recent representative. The genus Lyria is also represented in the Eocene of the Gulf States, but not until the Pliocene do typical Voluta make their appearance, while I have so far not come across any fossil Eneta in the American Tertiary. Of the typical Volutilithes, represented by the European Eocene VY. muricina Lamarck, none are known from American Tertiaries, but species conchologically related to the V. spinosa Lamarck, for which I some time since revived Bolten’s name, Plejona, are well represented. We do not know any typical survivors of this group. I shall elsewhere discuss the propriety of conserving the name Plejona, which I revived (by the process of elimination) in the Nautilus for April, 1906, p. 143, for the type of Volutilithes spinosa Lamarck. Mr. R. Bullen Newton, seeing merely the brief announce- ment without discussion, has objected on grounds which it would seem further consideration will show to be insufficient. He there- fore has proposed for this group the name Volutospina. 1 quite agree that this would be an agreeable way to settle a disagreeable question, but unfortunately, unless we proceed by the method of elimination in this case, we shall be obliged to do worse. Bolten proposed a genus, much more homogeneous than most Linnean genera, which was properly published. Nothing authorizes us to reject this genus; the name must be applied to part of its original content and retained. By the method of elimination we disturb no other accepted name but fix Plejona on a group which happily had no acceptable name. By rejecting elimination, and taking the first species, our choice must fall on either V oluta musicalis or V. ebrea, thus ousting V oluta as limited by Lamarck a year later than Bolten. This is exactly what Link proposed to do in May, 1807, and if his view is accepted a long list of changes would follow which are avoided by the plan I proposed in the Nautilus. At any rate, there was nothing contrary to the rules of nomencla- ture in proposing to adopt one of the species of an atypical valid genus as its type, which is what I did on that occasion, so that even if I desired to change the decision, at present I have no authority under the rules to do so. In nomenclature, whatever else be waived, one must follow the rules or chaos is imminent. It may be added that the fourth, or last figure to the right, under DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTID. 355 number 10 on Argenville’s plate, is probably Melongena cornuta Agassiz, since M. melongena is, I believe, not known as a European fossil, at least as species are understood nowadays. Subfamily CARIcELLIN# Dall After some uncertainty I have decided to adopt this name for the subfamily, characterized by a membranous protoconch, in contrast to the shelly protoconch of the typical volutes. Genus ADELOMELON Dall Adelomelon Dati, Nautilus, April, 1906, vol. x1x, no. 12, p. 143. Type V oluta ancilla Solander, 1786. Scaphella, Cymbiola, etc., of authors, not of Swarnson, 1832. ADELOMELON ANCILLA Solander Voluta ancilla SoLANDER, in Portland Catalogue, p. 137, no. 3061, 1786. Founded on D’Avila’s “grand Buccin Magellanique,” vol. 1, pl. vim, fig. s, no. 181, p. 140, 1767; cf. also Diderot. Encycl. Recueil des Planches, vi, pl. 67, fig. 9, 1768; Favanne, Conchyl., pl. xxvii, fig. E, 1780; Kammerer, Cat. Rudolstadt, pl. vi, fig. 1, 1786. V oluta magellanica CHEmMNitz, Conch. Cat., x, pp. 138-9, 1788, ex parte, figs. excl. Voluta spectabilis GMELIN, Syst. Nat., vi, p. 3468, no. 142, 1792. Voluta ancilla LAMARcK, Ann. du Mus., xvut, p. 69, 1811; Encycl. Méth., pl. 385, fig. 3, 1816; Anim. s. Vert., vi, p. 343, 1822. GouLp, Exped. Shells, Wilkes Ex. Exped., pl. xx, fig. 358, 1852. Voluta magellanica LAHILLE, Rev. Mus. de la Plata, vi, p. 315, ex parte (? pl. vit, figs. 149, 154, pl. vit, fig. 175), 1895. V oluta (Cymbiola) ancilla CHENU, Man. Conchyl., 1, p. 189, fig. 955, 1850. Adelomelon ancilla Dati, Nautilus, x1x, no. 12, p. 143, April, 1906. Hab. Argentine coast and south to 43° south latitude, low water to fifty fathoms, on sandy or muddy bottom. This species was named by Solander in the Portland Catalogue, and by some of the early writers was confused with allied forms. I have cited only the figures which appear to relate to the same species as that of D’Avila, upon whose figure Solander’s name rests. The name given by Chemnitz is a return to D’Avila’s vernacular name; the former regarded V’. ancilla as identical with his own V. magellanica in which he included what we now regard as several species. But the form figured by Chemnitz is not the same as that regarded as magellanica by most iconographers; neither is it the same as Solander’s ancilla. The true ancilla was figured by Lamarck in the Encyclopedie and distinguished from magellanica by excel- lent figures. Since that time the only figure of V. ancilla which I 356 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 have been able to identify is that of Chenu in his manual, and even this is not entirely characteristic. Lahille figures no typical ancilla, so far as one can judge from his figures, which represent only the backs of the shells; the figures he gives Which come nearest to true ancilla I have cited in the synonymy, but with doubt. It may be that the veritable ancilla does not extend to the upper Argentine coast. The specimens in the National Museum? agree exactly with the figures of D’Avila and Lamarck, and come from the Straits of Magellan. There are reasons why the name magellanica should be placed in the synonymy of V. ancilla, but the fact that Chemnitz covered more that one species under the name, and figured one which was not ancilla, led subsequent writers in several cases to retain the name magellanica for the principal form erroneously united with ancilla. This seems to be a variable shell, but is heavier; on the whole more slender, with a longer spire, and shorter body whorl than ancilla. It is dangerous to put forward dogmatic opinions on such a subject without large supplies of material for comparison, but the aspect of the two forms is distinct, though they are doubtless closely re- lated. Strebel’s figures from specimens do not seem to include any which represent the typical ancilla of Solander, though he copies in a reduced form the figure given by D’ Avila. ADELOMELON SUBNODOSA Leach Voluta subnodosa Lracu, Zool. Miscel., 1, pl. vim, 1814; Sowerrsy, Thes. Conch., Voluta, p. 203, pl. xiv, fig. 24, 1847. V oluta ancilla Sowrrsy, Thes. Conch., Voluta, p. 203, pl. Liv, fig. tor, 1847 (not V. ancilla Sot. or LAm.); Hanley’s Wood’s Ind. Test., Suppl., p. 209, pl. 11, Voluta, fig. 1, 1856; KrENER, Icon. Cog. Viv., Voluta, Pp. 39, pl. 52, 1839. Voluta magellanica K1ENER, loc. cit., p. 40, according to the description. Voluta magellanica Reeve, Conch. Icon., Voluta, pl. xiv, figs. 33a, 330, 1849; not of Lamarck. Voluta magellanica Tryon, Man. Conch., tv, p. 97, pl. xx1x, figs. 107, 108 (copied from Sowerby figs. tor and 24), 1882. Voluta ambigua LAHILLE, Revista Mus., La Plata, vi, p. 317 (27 of extras) pl. vi, figs. 163-6, pl. x1, figs. 6, 9, 11; pl. x1, figs. 17—16; 1895. Not V. ambigua (Sol.) Sowerby, Min. Conch., 1v, p. 135, pl. 300, fig. 1, 1823, or of Maron, Lin. Trans., 1807, or LAmarcK, Ann. du Mus., xvi, p. 77, 1811. Voluta ambigua vars. constricta, pseudotuberculata, subnodosa and typica, LAHILLE, /. cit., pp. 27-20. * Nos. 9732 and 87542. DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTIDZ&. an7 Voluta magellanica (REEVE) StreBEL, Zool. Jahrb., xxiv, no. 2, p. 127, pl. vu, figs. 17-24, 26-32; pl. 1x, figs. 36, 41; pl. to, figs. 53, 54, 58, 1900. Hab. Argentine coast, near the mouth of the Rio La Plata, from low water to ten fathoms, burrowing in sandy bottom; south to Magellan Straits (Punta Arenas, etc.),and Woodcock Island, Tierra del Fuego; Falkland Islands at Port Stanley. This species is not represented in the National Museum. ADELOMELON BENTHALIS Dall Scaphella benthalis Dati, Proc. U. S. N. Mus., xviir, no. 1034, p. 13, 1895. Gulf of Panama, at station 3360, in 1672 fathoms (3087 meters), sandy bottom ; dredged by the U. S. steamer Albatross. WS. Nat. Mus., 122,908: This species, notwithstanding the type specimen is decorticated, seems sufficiently distinct in form to be separated specifically from the southern congeners. The whorls are rounder, more nearly tabu- late in front of the suture, and with a more rapidly tapering and acute spire. ADELOMELON MARTENSI Strebel Voluta martensi STREBEL, Zool. Jahrb., XxXIv, no. 2, p. 124, pl. 1x, figs. 34,, 35, 42-44; pl. x, figs. 56, 56a, 1906. “Peru” Coll. Godeffroy, in Hamburg Museum; Huelmo, Chile, near Puerto Montt, about south latitude 42°, near extreme low water, Coll. Dunker; Argentina, somewhat south of the estuary of Rio La Plata, 184 miles southeast of Cape Corrientes in 100 fathoms, Strebel ; east-northeast of Cape Delgado (south latitude about 43°), Argentina, in 48 fathoms, sand; U. S. S. Albatross (young shells). I have not seen the above species in the adult state, which, by Strebel’s rather rude figures, would seem to be very similar to a well preserved somewhat thin and inflated form of A. magellanica. In the absence of adult specimens for comparison it would be rash to venture upon any positive expression of opinion in regard to its relations, but it may be observed that the spiral striation of the nepionic whorls is quite variable and, in the majority of specimens of magellanica which I have seen, these whorls have been more or less decorticated so as to appear smoother and more slender than they were originally. It is very unlikely that either species has been collected on the Peruvian coast, and the Godeffroy label was perhaps conjectural. The young specimens which agree with Strebel’s figure bear the number 96,177 in the U. S. Nat. Mus. 358 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vo. 48 ADELOMELON MAGELLANICA Lamarck Voluta magellanica CuEMNiItz, Conch. Cab., x, pp. 138-9, 1788, ex parte, pl. 148, figs. 1383, 1384. GMELIN, Syst. Nat., vi, p. 3465, no. 110, ex parte, 1792. — Voluta magellanica Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., xvu, p. 69, 1811; Encycl. Méth., pl. 385, figs. 1a, 1b, 1816; Animaux s. Vert, vu, p. 344, 1822; Woop, Ind. Test., ed. 1, p. Io1, pl. 21, fig. 168, 1825 (after Chemnitz and Lamarck). Voluta gracilis Woop, Ind. Test., Supple., pl. m1, Voluta, fig. 2, 1828; ed. Hanley, p. 200, pl. m1, fig. 2, 1856; (not Voluta gracilis Swanson, Journ. Sci., xvi, p. 32, Exotic Conch., pl. 43, 1821; nor of Gray, in Grifhth’s Cuvier, p. 601, pl. 40, fig. 4, 1834). Voluta ancilla KiENER, Icon. Cog. Viv., Voluta, p. 39 (pl. 52 by error, really pl. 51), 1839; not V. ancilla Lam. Voluta magellanica Goutp, Expedition Shells, Wilkes’ Exped., p. 278, pl. Xx, fig. 357, 1852 (animal fig’d). Voluta bracata RocCHEBRUNE AND MaBiLte, Miss. Cap Horn, p. 48, no. 72, 1889. Identical with the preceding. Voluta ancilla Reeve, Conch. Icon., Voluta, pl. xvu, fig. 39, 1849; Tryon, Man. Conch., Iv, p. 97, pl. 29, fig. 110, 1882; not of Gould, 1852. Scaphella (Voluta) arnheimi Rivers, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., 11, July 14, 1891. V oluta ancilla LAHILLE, Rev. Mus. de la Plata, vi, p. 311 (21 of extras), ex parte, pl. 1, figs. 9, 10; pl. 1, figs. 62, 63; pl. vim, figs. 159, 173 to 183, 184 to 192, 1895; also var. typica LAHILLE, p. 312, pl. x1, fig. 5; vars. pondcrosa, elongata (pl. x1, fig. 2), inflata and (?) expansa LAHILLE, p. 313; and var. (?) abbreviata LAHILLE, p. 314, 1895; StrEBEL, Zool. Jahrb., xxIv, no. 2, p. 92, 1906. Voluta bracteata “ Rochebrune” StTREBEL, 1. c.=V. bracata RoCHEBRUNE ET MABILLE. Habitat—From about south latitude 43° on the Argentine coast south to the Straits of Magellan, from low-water mark to 77 fathoms ; usually on sandy bottom in which the animals burrow. Falkland Islands, Lively Island, York Bay and Port William. Burnt Island, Orange Harbor, on sandy bottom. If the name magellanica be retained at all for a species distinct from Solander’s lV. ancilla, it must be for the more slender elongate- spired form figured by Lamarck, who first clearly discriminated between the species confused by the earlier writers. Considering how badly the synonymy is mixed up, it might be best to discard the name magellanica entirely. In this case Rochebrune’s name of bra- cata is probably the earliest which could be used for the species. This name has been altered to bracteata by Strebel in his discussion of the species. The Scaphella Arnheimi Rivers was described from a specimen collected by the U. S. steamer Albatross in the Straits of Magellan, DALL | REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTIDZ. 359 at station 2778, in 61 fathoms, where a very large number were obtained. This specimen fell into ignorant hands and Mr. Rivers was erroneously informed that it came from Monterey Bay, Cali- fornia, which was the false locality with which Mr. Arnheim re- ceived it. It was an immature shell which I examined carefully and of which I possess a good drawing, thanks to Mr. Rivers. The type was destroyed after the earthquake in San Francisco, by fire, but a cotype, exactly similar, is in the National Museum, No. 102,530. Of the names used by Lahille for varieties of magellanica, pon- derosa is preoccupied in Voluta by Dillwyn (after Solander) 1817; elongata by Swainson in 1821; and inflata by Zekeli,in 1852. From figures alone, I feel unable to express a positive opinion as to the validity of these varieties or mutations. The animal of this species is carefully figured in the atlas of the Wilkes’ exploring expedition. The original specimen from which the figure was made is No. 5752 in the National collection. A specimen was dredged by the U. S. steamer Albatross off Bahia Blanco, Argentina, at station 2767, in 52 fathoms, sand; U. S. Nat. Mus., 87,540. A series of some thirty-two specimens from the Straits of Magel- lan illustrates the species in the National Museum. The ovicapsule, which occurred on valves of Pecten and other bivalves, was described by Duhaut-Cilly in 1840,t and has been figured by Dall, with the enclosed nepionic shell, in the Proceedings of the National Museum for 1889.” ADELOMELON ORNATA (Lahille) Voluta fusiformis ornata LAHILLE, Rev. Mus. de la Plata, v1, p. 299 (extras, p. 9), pl. Iv, figs. 24, 25, 26, 1895; not pl. 111, figs. 16, 17.. Habitat—Coast of Argentina near the La Plata estuary. This fine species has little in common with l’. beckit Broderip, to which it is referred by Lahille as a variety, except the zigzag vertical streaks of brownish coloration. By its large blunt nucleus, solid shell, strong spiral striation and general form, it seems amply worthy of specific distinction. According to Lahille it attains a length of 23 centimeters. There are two clean-cut plaits behind the one which _ forms the edge of the pillar. A specimen four and a quarter inches long has four whorls beside the large irregularly coiled nepionic nucleus. In lV. beckw the nucleus is small, the spire subacute, the shell rather thin for its size, recalling ancilla, the plaits behind the edge of the pillar are ill-defined, and the central portion of the pillar *Revue Zool. Soc. Cuvier., 1840, pp. 167-9. "Plate 1X, figs. 5, 6. 360 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vor. 48 is more excavated than in ornata. V. beckii attains a larger size, according to Lahille, fourteen or fifteen inches long and over seven inches wide. ADELOMELON BECKII Broderip Voluta fusiformis K1ENER, Icon. Coq. Viv., Voluta, p. 41, pl. xLix, 1839; not of Defrance, 1829, or Brocchi, 1814, nor of Swarnson, 1822. Voluta festiva D’Orpicny, Voy. Am. Mérid., v, p. 426, 1841; not of La- MARCK, 1822. Voluta beckii Bropertp, P. Z. S. Lond., 1836, p. 43; ibid., 1855, p. 58; Sowersy, Thes. Conch, no. 30, p. 205, pl. Liv, fig. 104, 1847; Tryon, Man., 1v, p. 97, pl. xxIx, fig. 109, 1882. Voluta fusiformis LantLie, Rev. Mus. de la Plata, vi, p. 298 (extras, p. 8), pl. 1, figs. 14, 15; pl. 1, figs. 16 to 23; not pl. iv, 1885; also var. connexa, p. 300, pl. 11, figs. 19, 20 (var. ornata excl.). Voluta (Cymbiola) becki StreBet, Zool. Jahrb., xxiv, heft 2, p. 97, pl. vit, fig. 33, pl. x, fig. 55, 1906. Habitat——Argentine Coast, especially toward the north. Lively Island, Falkland Islands, Miss Cobb, according to Strebel. Prob- ably not known from Magellan Straits. Broderip’s name is earlier than Kiener’s, and the latter was pre- occupied in Voluta, to begin with, so we may feel no hesitation in rejecting it in this case. The true festiva of Lamarck is an East African species belonging to another group. ADELOMELON TUBERCULATA Swainson Voluta tuberculata Swainson, Exotic Conch., p. 19, pl. xxrx, 1821; Woop, Ind. Test., Suppl., Voluta, no. 22, 1828; KieNer, Icon., Voluta, p. 63, pl. xxx1, 1839; SowerBy, Thes. Conchyl., 1, p. 204, pl. 1, figs. 49, 50, 1847. Voluta (Cymbiola) tuberculata Swainson, Exotic Conch., ed. 1, p. 19, pl. xx1x, 1841; Catlow, Conch. Nomen., p. 306, no. 56, 1845; STREBEL, Zool. Jahrb., xxiv, heft m1, p. 102, pl. 1x, figs. 38, 39, 47, 1900. Voluta americana Reeve, P. Z. S. Lond., 1856, p. 2, pl. 33, figs. I, 2; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1v, p. 94, pl. 28, figs. 100, 101, 1882 (nepionic shell). Voluta cleryana Petit, Journ, de Conchyl., v, p. 182, pl. vi, figs. 3, 4, 1856; Crosse, ibid., XIx, p. 294, 1871 (young undeveloped specimen). Voluta tuberculata LAwILLE, as of Wood, with varieties ferruginea, de- cipiens, fulgurea, and pseudofusiformis, Rev. Mus. de la Plata, v1, pp. 340-42 (extras, pp. 30-32) pl. 1, figs. 12, 13; pl. vu, figs. 140 to 146; pl. xu, figs. 3-6, 1895. Southern Patagonia and northward on the Argentine coast, and, in deeper water, to Cape San Thomé, Brazil, about south lati- tude 22°. The two Brazilian shells figured by Reeve and Petit are in the DALL | REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTID&. 361 nepionic stage, less than two inches long, and, from the figures, are probably referable to this species. Specimens were collected by the U. S. Exploring Expedition under Wilkes near the mouth of the Rio Negro, Argentina, and by the U. S. steamer Hassler in the Straits of Magellan. U. S. Nat. Mus., 7484 and 98,461. This species seems nearest related to brasiliana and Becki, but has been regarded as sufficiently distinct by several good authorities. Reeve unites it with swbnodosa under the name of magellanica, but it is not the magellanica of Lamarck, who was the first to differ- entiate that species. In the absence of a connecting series I prefer to let the species stand as distinct. According to Lahille it has from three to five plaits and may reach a length of nearly six inches, with a diameter of nearly four inches. Strebel unites the variety pseudofusiformis Lahille with magellanica (Strebel), and queries if the species is not identical with fusiformts Kiener. ADELOMELON BRASILIANA Solander Voluta brasiliana SoLANDER, Portland Cat., p. 186, no. 3958, 1786. Voluta colocynthis Brasiliana Solandri Curemwnitrz, Conch. Cab., XI, p. 10, pl. 176, figs. 1695, 1696; 1705. Voluta colocynthis Dittwyn, Cat. Rec. Shells, 1, p. 574, 1817, LAHILLE, Rey. Mus. de la Plata, v1, p. 307 (extras, p. 10, 1895; with varieties: lactea; intermedia; globosa (not V. globosa Dittwyn, Cat. Rec. Shells, p. 569, 1817); depressa (not V. depressa LAMARcK, Ann. du Mus., Paris, 1, p. 479, 1802); pseudomagellanica; carinata (not V. carinata ZEKELI, 1852); subcarinata; alternata; and spirabilts. Voluta brasiliana D’OrsicNy, Voy. Am. Mér., v, p. 424, pl. Lx, figs. 4-6, 1841; Krener, Icon. Rec. Shells, Voluta, p. 31, pl. xxx, 1839; Sowersy, Thes. Conch., p. 204, no. 28, pl. Liv, fig. 98, 1847; REEVE, Conch. Icon., Voluta, pl. xv, fig. 34, 1849; Tryon, Man., tv, p. 98, pl. 29, figs. 113, 115 (only), 1882. Voluta (Cymbiola) brasiliana Crosst, Journ. de Conchyl., xix, p. 300, 1871; STREBEL, Zool. Jahrb., xxiv, heft 2, p. 92, 1906. Habitat.—Shores of eastern South America from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, to the mouth of the La Plata and south to the Rio Negro in Patagonia. Maldonado Bay, Uruguay; young, in 10 fathoms; Pwsand:. U.S. Nat. Mus., 185,362, 97,044, 9731 and 171,430. This well marked species has been known for a century, but it is extremely rare to find it in good condition. The typical form reaches a length of nearly seven inches, with a width of five and one fifth inches, usually with two plaits above which may be several obscure ridges. The largest forms, which are called globosa by 362 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Lahille, reach sometimes eight inches in length and five and a half in diameter. The ovicapsule of what is supposed to be this species is figured by Dall in the Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum for 1889, pl. 1x, fig. 2. It floats by means of an air bubble, and is nearly spherical. The young contained in its resemble those of A. magellanica Lam. ADELOMELON FERUSSACII Donovan Voluta ferussacii Donovan, Nat. Repos., u, pl. Lxvit, 1824; REEvE, Conch. Icon., Voluta, pl. x, fig. 25, 1849; SowrersBy, Thes. Conch., Voluta, p. 203, pl. xLvi, fig. 7, 1847. Voluta rudis Gray, in Griffiths’ Cuvier, x1, pl. xxx, fig. 1, 1834. Voluta brasiliana (pars) Tryon, Man., Iv, p. 98, pl. xxx, fig. 131 (ferussacii) and pl. xxix, fig. 111 (rudis), 1882. Voluta (Aulica) ferussaci Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl., x1x, p. 286, 1871. Voluta oviformis LAHILLE, Rev. Mus. de la Plata, v1, p. 313 (extras, p. 20), pl. 1, figs. 53-56; pl. vit, figs. 121-131; pl. x, figs. 4-9, 1895; with varieties longiuscula and fratercula LAHILLE. Voluta (Cymbiola) ferussaci STREBEL, Zool. Jahrb., xxiv, p. 100, pl. Ix, figs. 46, 46a, 48, 49, 1906. Habitat——Coast of Santa Cruz, Patagonia, [hering and Lahille ; Puerto Gallegos, Strebel; eastern part of Magellan Straits, Cunning- ham; Punta Arenas, Mulach. The species reaches a length of five inches by about three and a half in diameter. It has one strong anterior plait at the edge of the pillar and from two to five lesser ridges behind it; most commonly four are visible in well developed shells. It is nearest to but appar- ently distinct from V. brasiliana. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18,389, 102,381, 171,412. This species is described by Cunningham (Notes on Nat. Hist. of the Straits of Magellan, p. 115 et seg.) as burrowing in the sand at low water and occurring near the eastern entrance of the straits, and between Cape Possession and Point Dungeness, but not farther west- ward than S. Jago and Philipp’s Bay. The soft parts of the animal are of a purplish color, more or less spotted. Donovan's original type is described as having only two plaits. It is quite obvious from the figures given by him that the specimen, after being more or less worn by the sea, had been “cleaned” and its color revived by a liberal use of acid, which has removed a good deal of the outer layer of the shell. In this way the feeble plaits behind the large anterior one may have been obliterated. ADELOMELON PARADOXA Lahille. Voluta paradoxa LAHILLE, Rey. Mus. de la Plata, vi, p. 29, pl. 1, fig. 68; pl. v, fig. 41; pl. vu, figs. 130, 147; pl. x11, figs. 17-21, 1895. Habitat.—Coast of del Sur, Argentina. DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTID&. 363 Shell resembling some of the varieties of brasiliana and ancilla, with variegated zigzag brown markings on the last whorl, but in which, according to Lahille, the young shell is so different from that of any of the other species that it cannot be properly united with any other. The young shell reaches a length of two and one fifth inches, with a diameter of one and three fifths. It usually has three plaits of which the anterior is less prominent than the third. The adult measures over seven inches long and about three and a half in diameter. A shell of this size weighed 260 grams, while a speci- men of ancilla var. teniolata Lahille, of exactly the same dimensions, weighed only 154 grams. I have not seen specimens of this species. ADELOMELON STEARNSII Dall Scaphella stearnsii DALL, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1v, Oct., 1872, p. 270, pl. 1, fie £>-ProcaU. SNat.. Mus) xxiv, no. 1264, p. 517, pl xxxv, fig: 4, Mar., 1902. Shumagin Islands, Alaska, and westward to Captain’s Bay, Una- laska, in 40 to 100 fathoms, rocky and muddy bottom; temperature of bottom water 37° to 41° Fahr. Also in Bering Sea, northward to the line of floating ice in winter, on sandy and muddy bottoms, in 61 to 350 fathoms; U. S. steamer Albatross. U. S. Nat. Mus. (type), 108,993; also 91,352, 108,998, 130,513, 162,628, 162,629, etc. The conchological characteristics of this species are so different from those of any of the South American species that one would hesitate before including it in the same group without other evidence, but an examination of its gross anatomy shows that the general char- acteristics of its genitalia and dentition do not differ from those of A. magellanica, except in minor details, and consequently the com- bination is allowable. Its nearest congener, A. benthalis Dall, in- habits the Gulf of Panama at a distance of more than 5000 sea miles; and, omitting this abyssal species, the nearest relative occurs at a distance of nearly gooo miles. It is probable that “ Voluta” Lamberti of the British Crag may be akin to our Alaskan shell. Genus ZIDONA H. and A. Adams Volutella D’OrpicNy, Voy. Am. Mér., p. 422, 1841; V. angulata SwAINnson, sole example, not Volutella Perry, 1811, nor SwAINson, 1830. Zidona H. anp A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 161, 1853; 1, p. 618, 1858; FiscHer, Man. de Conchyl., p. 605, 1883; CossMANN, Essais Pal. Comp., lI, p. 104, 1899. The remarkable extension of the mantle and modification of the form of the shell are quite sufficient to render this subdivision of 364 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vor. 48 generic rank. The nuclear portion of the shell is analogous to that of Adelomelon, but the ovicapsule has not been described. The animal has been carefully figured by D’Orbigny. ZIDONA ANGULATA Swainson Voluta angulata Swainson, Exotic Conchology, 1, pl. mr and iv, 1821; SoweErzBy, Thes. Conch., Voluta, p. 202, pl. xivu, figs. 13, 14, 1847; Reeve, Conch. Iconica, Voluta, pl. xv, fig. 35, 1849. Voluta nasica SCHUBERT AND WAGNER, Suppl. bd. Conch. Cab., xu, p. 10, pl. 217, figs. 3031, 3032, 1820. V oluta Dufresnei Donovan, Nat. Repos., 1, pl. 61, 1823. Volutella angulata D’OrBicnNy, Voy. Am. Mér., v, p. 423, pl. Lx, figs. 1-3, 1841; Gray, Guide B. M., p. 35, 1857. V oluta angulata Woop, Index Test., Suppl., Voluta, no. 21, 1828; KiENER, Icon. Coq. Viv., Voluta, p. 65, pl. xxxvim, 1839; Tryon, Men., Iv, p. 98, pl. 20, figs. 112, 121, 1882; LAniLie, Rev. Mus. de la Plata, v1, p. 305 (extras, p. 15), pl. 1, figs. 5-8; pl. 1, figs. 69-78; pl. v1, and pl. rx, 1895. Voluta (Volutella) angulata Crosse, Journ, de Conch., xrx, p. 301, 1871; Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch., 11, p. 164, 1883. Zidona angulata H. anp A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 161, 1853; II, p. 618, 1858; FiscHer, Man. Conchyl., p. 605, 1883. Habitat—South American southeast coast from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, south to the Bay of San Blas, Patagonia; on sandy bottom, in comparatively shallow water. U.S: Nati, 25/402. Lahille has described varieties luteola, mixta (not V. nuxta Galeotti, 1837), similis, distincta, ventricosa (not V. ventricosa Dillwyn, 1817), and affinis (not V. affinis of Brocchi, 1814). The shell reaches to a diameter of five and a length of over seven inches. The apical spur of callus, found only in well developed specimens and frequently broken off, may attain over an inch in length beyond the apex of the spire. Recent explorations in Patagonian Tertiaries by Hatcher of the Princeton University Expedition, have been discussed by Ortmann, who has shown that the fossil species of that and the Chilean Tertiary have the nuclear characters of Adelomelon although there is a small group of species including one recent form, which from their sculpture I had previously suspected to be related to Plejona. - These forms are the nearest relatives of the typical Volutilithes which have yet been discovered on the American side of the Atlantic, but are also so closely akin to Adelomelon, that they can perhaps only be sectionally separated from it. These forms in Tertiary time extended their range to the west coast of South America, where, DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTIDZ. 365 in the Chilean strata, they are represented by such forms as Voluta triplicata Sowerby, V. gracilis Philippi, and V. domeykoana Philippi. With these are VY. alta Sowerby, which at once suggests itself as a possible ancestor for Tractolira and V. obesa Philippi, which sug- gests Adelomelon. At any rate, this group has a recent rep- resentative which is conchologically so close to the fossils that its relationship may warrantably be assumed. ‘This is the following species, for which we may propose a section to include itself and the related fossils. Section M1iometLon Dall, nov. Shell with rather elevated spire, somewhat excavated in front of the suture, with more or less obvious axial ribbing and spiral stria- tion; a delicate periostracum, the canal rather straight; the pillar with few rather slender plaits, the anterior larger; the animal has no operculum, the verge is situated just behind the right tentacle, small, clavate, with a smaller conical distal appendix; the radula has a single series of teeth, each with three subequal tusk-like cusps. Type Volutilithes philippiana Dall, 1889. The type is blind, but this may be exceptional and due to its abyssal habitat. The fossil species will be A. triplicata Sowerby, A. domeykoana Philippi, and A. gracilior Ihering (new name for Voluta gracilis Philippi, 1887, not of Lea, 1833) ; and perhaps also Voluta D’Orbignyana Philippi. It is distinctly a localized group proper to the south coast of South America, both recent and fossil. ADELOMELON (MIOMELON) PHILIPPIANA Dall Volutilithes philippiana Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xu, p. 313, pl. 1x, fig. 4, 1889. Dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross off the southwest coast of Chile, at station 2791, S. Lat. 38° o8 and W. Lon. 75° 53’, in 677 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 37.9° Fahr. Veac Nat. \husso7, 12: The shell is 36.5 mm. in length and but a single specimen was obtained. The nucleus was eroded so that its exact character re- mains in doubt. Genus TRACTOLIRA Dall Tractolira Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvii1, no. 1034, p. 12, 1895; type 7. sparta Wall, fc. pr 3; The dentition of this peculiar and apparently degenerate abyssal form is marked by the same tusk-like cusps which are found in Miomelon, and therefore, while the erosion of the apex of the shell 366 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [von. 48 makes it impossible to determine the character of the nucleus, I feel that the most probable relationship of the type is with the Caricel- ling. The presence in the Chilean tertiaries of what seems like a more normal relative in Voluta alta Sowerby is also significant. TRACTOLIRA SPARTA Dall Tractolira sparta DAtt, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xviii, no. 1034, p. 13, 1895. From the Gulf of Panama northward to the latitude of Acapulco, Mexico, in 1672 to 2232 fathoms. U.S: Nat. Mus: Gtype);) 122,006; A fuller account of this singular and unique abyssal shell is in preparation for my report on the Albatross dredgings under the supervision of Dr. Alexander Agassiz. Genus AURINIA H. and A. Adams Voluta (sp.) Bropertp, Zool. Journ., 11, p. 81, Jan., 1827. Fusus (sp.) SCHUBERT AND WAGNER, Conchyl. Cabinet, x1, p. 24, 1829. Aurinia H. anp A, Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 166, 1853; Type A. (Voluta) dubia Bropertp (Subgenus of Fulgoraria); Gray, in Adams’ Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 617, 1858, ex parte; Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl., xix, p. 307, 1871; Fiscuer, Man. de Conchyl., p. 608, Dec., 1883; ex parte; Dati, Trans. Wagn. Inst., 111, p. 70, 1890. V olutifusus Conrap, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1862, p. 563, Mar., 1863; sole ex. Fasciolaria mutabilis Conr., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., VII, p. 135, 1834; Am. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 66, 1866; V. typus Conran, Miocene of North Carolina. Livonia Gray, olim, H. anp A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 617, 1858; not Livona Gray, Guide Moll. B. M., p. 156, 1842. This genus is the degenerate descendant in one line, as Maculo- peplum is a normal descendant in another, from the Eocene Cart- cella. Its most prominent feature is the enfeebled plaits of the pillar, usually of diminished number as well as size, its thin shell and prominent caricella-nucleus. The absence of the radula it shares with Maculopeplum, though Halia, evidently a close relative, and even more degenerate as regards the shell, has retained the radula. V olutifusus Conrad, founded on V. mutabilis, to which he after- ward added V. dubia, is an absolute synonym of Aurinia. AURINIA DUBIA Broderip Voluta dubia Bropertp, Zool. Journ., m1, p. 81, pl. m1, fig. 1, 1828; SowerBy, Thes. Conch., 1, pl. tv, fig. 115, 1847; REEVE, Conch. Icon., Voluta, pl. xxu, fig. 59, 1849. Not of Dourn, Jahrb. d. Mal. Ges., VI, pp. 150-156, pl. iv, figs. 1-3, 1879, = V. dohrni Sowerby. DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTID. 367 Fusus tessellatus SCHUBERT AND WAGNER, Suppl. Bd. Mart. u. Chemn., Conch. Cab. (x1), p. 24, pl. 219, figs. 3048, 3049, 1829; K1eNER, Icon. Cog. Viv., Iv, Fusus, p. 39, pl. xx1x, fig. I; copied in REEve, Conch. Icon., Iv, pl. xiv, fig. 53, 1847; not of Zekeli and Pictet Foss. Gosaugeb., 1852. Voluta (Aurinia) dubia H. ann A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 166, 1853. De teiictes) dubia Conrap, Am. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 66, 1866. Voluta mutabilis Tuomey and Howtmes, Pleioc. fos. S. Car., p. 128, pl. XXxvil, figs. 5, 6, 1856; not of Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, p. 135, 1838, and Am. Journ. Sci., xL1, p. 346, pl. x1, fig. 7, 1841, Miocene of Maryland. Voluta (Aulica) dubia Tryon, Man., tv, p. 90, pl. xxvu, figs. 77, 81, 1882. Aurinia dubia Dati, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xvu1, p. 151, 1889; Trans. Wagner Inst, im,.p.7so, pl 7 fg 4, 1800; Bully U. S. Nat: Mus:, XXIV, NO...1204,-p. 504, pl. xr, fig: 11; 1902. Pliocene of South Carolina; south and west coast of Florida, and off the Florida reefs; between the mouth of the Mississippi and Cedar Kays, Florida, in 111 fathoms, gray mud; off Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, 36 to 40 miles, on sandy bottom, in 34, 124 and 168 fathoms ; bottom temperature 48.5° Fahr. U.S. Nat. Mus., 54,544, 83,866-69, 97,169. A full description of the shell and gross anatomy will be found in the Blake Report, published by the Museum of Comparative Zoology above cited. In January, 1827, Broderip described a shell, obtained from M. Roussell and belonging to Sowerby, under the name of Voluta dubia. This specimen, which he figured, has been lost sight of, but Broderip mentions that the only other known specimen was in the collection of Prince Massena. Two years later Schubert and Wagner, in the twelfth or supplemental volume of the Conchylien Cabinet, figured a shell which they called Fusus tessellatus. This figure is taken from a drawing. They state that they had not seen the shell and give no information as to the collection in which it is preserved, or the name of the person who furnished the sketch. The figure is bad, but not uncharacteristic; and if, as Kiener states, the Massena specimen served as type for all the authors who had treated of the species, it might be surmised that Schubert’s figure was a hasty sketch made without authority from that specimen.t There is, at any rate, no reason to doubt that the two figures of Broderip and Schubert represent two immature specimens of the same species. Kiener gives an excellent figure, which was afterward copied in the *The fact that Schubert’s figure represents an immature shell and Kiener’s a mature one, makes it most probable that they were derived from different sources. 368 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Conchologia Iconica by Reeve in 1847, and the general accuracy of which, as compared with the Massena specimen, now in the Museum of Geneva, was confirmed by Kobelt in 1878, at the request of Dohrn. Up to Kiener’s time and for more than twenty years later the provenance of this species was unknown, but by the dredgings of the Blake several specimens were obtained in 34 to 168 fathoms off the eastern coast of the United States from North Carolina south to the Florida Keys and in the Gulf of Mexico. A young specimen, showing the nepionic shell and projecting spine, or calcarella, was figured by the writer in 1890, and the adult in 1902, from recent specimens, but Toumey and Holmes had given an excellent figure from a fossil specimen found in the Pliocene of South Carolina, under the name of Voluta mutabilis,in 1856. The true V. mutabilis is a very similar but more robust species not uncommon in the Miocene of the Carolinas. Mr. Sowerby, in 1903, expressed the opinion that the tessellatus of Schubert and the dubia of Broderip are distinct species. This Opinion is apparently based upon a supposed difference in the size of the nepionic shell. But Schubert’s species is based upon an anonymous drawing which may have been taken from a specimen in which the nepionic shell had been altered by the use of acid in cleaning, as is usual with dealers’ shells, and no specimen is known to exist. Moreover, in 1892, I showed? that while the form of this nepionic shell is quite constant, its actual size in different specimens differs widely. This is a well-known phenomenon in Prosobranchs, whose ovicapsules contain more than one embryo. And, in addi- tion to that, the name Voluta tessellata had been used by Lamarck as early as 1811, so that it is not available for Schubert’s shell. I have no doubt that Schubert’s figure was intended to represent an immature specimen of the species which two years earlier had been named dubia by Broderip, and of which an adult was figured by Kiener. In 1871 Dr. Dohrn obtained on the west coast of Florida some specimens of a volute which he referred to V. dubia, and of which three excellent figures by Kobelt were published, together with his notes upon the shells. In my Blake Mollusca (p. 151, 1889) I accepted Dr. Dohrn’s identification, in the absence of any specimens of his species, but pointed out characters which did not agree with those of VY. dubia, especially the heavier shell and the presence of four plaits on the pillar instead of the obsolete two plaits in dubia. Up to the present month (December, 1905) I had never seen specimens of the shell figured by Dohrn. Mr. Sowerby had *Trans. Wagner Inst. Sct., 11, p. 227. DALLI REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTIDZ. 369 been more fortunate, and, in 1903, he described it under the name of Voluta Dohrni, and gave a passable figure. Recently some collec- tions made in 1902 by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Fish Hawk were turned over to the National Museum, and among the specimens were some twenty examples of V. Dohrni; unfortunately, all occupied by hermit crabs and more or less dilapidated or defec- tive. Of the distinctness of the species there is no doubt whatever, and it adds another to the remarkable group of American volutes typified by Voluta Junonia Hwass. AURINIA ROBUSTA Dall Aurinia robusta Dat, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xviit, p. 153, pl. xxxv, fig. 2, 1889; Trans. Wagner Inst., 111, p. 81, pl. 7, fig. 5, 1890. Habitat.—Straits of Florida and Gulf of Mexico, on a muddy bottom; temperature 46.1° Fahr., in 119, 242 and 280 fathoms. Also off Cozumel Island in 231 fathoms, sand, temperature 50.8° Fahr. U.S. Nat. Mus., 54,526, 83,870 and 103,478. A remarkable species which differs from all the others in having a chalky, easily eroded outer shell-layer, and a long, sinuous canal ; the interior of the aperture being porcellanous white. It still retains the brown blotches which are the characteristic of this whole group, but they are rather feeble and inconspicuous. AURINIA GOULDIANA Dall Voluta gouldiana Dat, Conch. Exch., 0, p. Io, July, 1887; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xvi, p. 154, pl. xxix, fig. 3, 1889; Trans. Wagner Inst., 111, p. 81, pl. 7, fig. 2, 1890. Habitat.—From Cape Fear, North Carolina, south and west to Key West, Florida, in depths from 159 to 509 fathoms, on a sandy bottom ; temperatures from 45.2° to 48.3° Fahr. U. S. Nat. Mus., 83,827, 83,828, 83,863, 83,871-75. This is a small species in which the brown color is either wanting, present in broad spiral stripes, or suffused over the whole surface. A fragment in which the stripes are broken up into squarish spots, at first supposed to be of this species, is now tentatively referred to Maculopeplum dohrni. A full description of the shell and gross anatomy is given in the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, above cited. There are normally four .plaits on the pillar in the young shell but these fade away until the adult shows two only and these very feeble. The 370 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [von. 48 coloration of the shell fades with time ; the specimens in the National Collection are much less vividly colored than when received in 1887. Genus MACULOPEPLUM Dall Maculopeplum Daz, Nautilus, xrx, no. 12, p. 143, April, 1906. Scaphella (sp.) Swatnson, Zool. Ill., 2d ser., 11, no. 19, 1832. Not typical Scaphella SwAInson. Caricella (sp.) Conrap, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., 1, p. 120. Scaphella Dati, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xvi, p. 147, 1889; Trans. Wagner Inst., 111, p. 79, 1890. This genus is closely related to Aurimia, and for some time I hesi- tated as to separating them generically. However, they represent diverging lines of descent from Caricella and I concluded that there was less chance for confusion in a clean-cut separation than in a subgeneric connection. The group differs from Awurinia in its preservation of normal char- acters, such as the solid and substantial shell, and well developed columellar plaits, the anterior stronger. It agrees with that genus in starting with a membranous protoconch, which is afterward lost; in having no radula or operculum ; and in its style of coloration. The observations on the animal are based on a specimen about an inch long, of which the shell was slowly dissolved by weak acetic acid, and the soft parts thus obtained without injury to their con- tinuity. The type is the well-known species Voluta junonia Hwass. In my work on the Volutes in the Tertiary Fossils of Florida, I made no attempt to revise the nomenclature of the group upon which so many naturalists had worked, and accepted without investigation the current nomenclature except in the case of Aurinia. Investi- gation, however, has shown that this was unwise, and especially in the case of Scaphella Swainson. While Voluta junonia was included among his species of Scaphella, it is obvious to the careful student that it cannot be regarded as congeneric with the forms like V. undu- lata, which was the type of Scaphella, and which were later named Amoria by Gray; nor with the Cymbiola group, founded on V oluta vespertilio, which is the Scapha of Gray and Aulica of Adams and Crosse. Both of these groups have the shelly protoconch of the Volutine. A new name was therefore necessary. MACULOPEPLUM JUNONIA Hwass Voluta junonia Hwass, in Chethn. Conch. Cab., x1, 1795, p. 16, pl. 177, figs. 1703 1704; LAmaArcK, Ann. du Museum, vil, p. 70, 1811; SwAIn- son, Exotic Conch., 2d ed., p. 22, pl. xxxitr, Jan., 1835; SoweErsy, Thes. Conch., 1, p. 197, pl. xix, fig. 44, 1847; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Voluta, pl. xx, fig. 50, 1849. DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTID&. apt _Voluta (Aulica) junonia Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl., xrx, p. 285, 1871; Tryon, Man., tv, p. go, pl. xxv1, fig. 67, 1882. Scaphella junonia Swainson, Malac., p. 108, 1840; Dati, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xvii, p. 148, pl. xxx1v, figs. 5, 5c, 5d, 5e, 1889; Trans. Wagner Inst., 111, p. 79, pl. vir, fig. 9, 1890. Maculopeplum junonia Dau, Nautilus, xrx, no. 12, p. 143, April, 1906. Habitat——North Carolina southward to the northern edge of the Bahamas and Barbados, and on both coasts of the Florida peninsula, reefs and keys; seventeen miles off Cape Lookout, North Carolina, in 22 fathoms, sand, bottom temperature 78.2° Fahr. ; Gulf of Mexico, in 26 fathoms, sand; off Barbados in 100 fathoms, dead (Hassler exp.) ; Clearwater Harbor, Florida. U. S. Nat. Mus., 27,339 (Tarpon Springs), 53,750 (Florida Keys) ; 53,751; 54,540 (off Tampa Bay) ; 60,735; 83,864 (North Carolina) ; 83,865 (Nassau, N. P.) ; 129,236; 126,800 (Barbados) ; 168,847 (Sanibel Id., Florida) ; 187,223 (off Cape Sable, Florida). The species is fully discussed in the Blake Report, above cited, and since that publication a small live specimen was collected on the Florida Keys. It was a female and of a light flesh color with dark reddish flecks, and subgranulose surface. There is no operculum or radula. The tentacles are short and subtriangular, each expanded at the base into a rounded disk, with the eyes just outside the root of the slender part of the tentacle. The disks do not unite in the median line, where their edges overlap a little. The siphonal appen- dages are short and the foot duplex at its anterior edge. The specimens dredged by Pourtalés in the Straits of Florida seem to have belonged to the next species. MACULOPEPLUM DOHRNI Sowerby Voluta dubia Dourn, Jahrb. d. Malak. Ges., v1, pp. 150-156, pl. rv, figs. I-3, 1879; copied by Tryon, Man., 1v, pl. 27, figure 77; not of Broderip. Voluta dohrni Sowrrsy, Journ. Malac., x, p. 74, pl. v, fig. 8, June, 1903. Habitat—Florida reefs, along the Straits of Florida (Pourtalés) ; Gulf stream, off Key West, at station 7282, in 109 fathoms, sand, U. S. steamer Fish Hawk; also at station 7279, in 98 fathoms; station 7296, in 122 fathoms; and station 2316, U. S. steamer Albatross, in 50 fathoms, coral, off Key West; a dead specimen. U. S. Nat. Mus., 83,862, 187,219-22. The pedigree of this species is discussed under the remarks on Aurinia dubia. All the museum specimens were dead shells occu- pied by hermit crabs. The large number obtained would indicate that. living individuals were numerous at no great distance. The 372 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [vor. 48 species is considerably heavier and more solid than any of the Aurinias, is smaller and more slender than M. junonia and is doubtless a perfectly valid species. Subfamily VoLUTOMITRINZ& Genus VOLUTOMITRA Gray Volutomitra Gray, in Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 172, pl. x1x, fig. 2, 1853; type Mitra grénlandica Beck; u, p. 619, 1858; Guide Moll. Brit. Mus., p. 36, 1857; Dati, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xvi, p. 145, pl. XXxIVv, figs. 6-7, 1889. Mitra (Beck) Mo6tier, Index Moll. Gronl., p. 15, 1842; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. xv, fig. 106, 1844; Tryon, Man., tv, p. 124, 1882. This small boreal group has a single row of unicuspidate rhachi- dian teeth with deeply arcuate base, no operculum, no appendices to the siphon, the tentacles adjacent, not seated on disks, with the eyes one third above the base of the tentacles on prominent tuber- cles; the verge is subcylindrical; the shell small, unicolorous, with a conspicuous dark periostracum and plaited pillar. The nucleus is small and apparently calcareous. VOLUTOMITRA GRONLANDICA Beck Mitra gronlandica Beck, in Moller, Index Moll. Gronl., p. 15, 1842; REEVE, Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. xv, fig. 106, 1844; Tryon, Man., Iv, p. 124, pl. 36, fig. 83, 1882. V olutomitra gronlandica H. anp A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 172, pl. xrx, fig. 1, 1853; Gray, Guide, p. 36, 1857; Dat, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVIII, p. 145, pl. xxx1v, figs. 6-7, 1889; Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 244, pl. 23, fig. 12, 1878. Habitat—Greenland coast from Disco Bay southward in from 15 to 200 fathoms; Wellington Channel (Belcher) ; Iceland; Spits- bergen; Finmark, in 80-100 fathoms (Sars). Also in Pleistocene of Britain (Stimpson). U. S. Nat. Mus., 86,974, 86,975. The shell is about an inch in length and has been well figured by Sars, whose most southerly locality is a sea-bank off Tromso. It is not known from the eastern coast of the United States, but prob- ably occurs on the Labrador coast. VOLUTOMITRA ALASKANA Dall Volutomttra alaskana Dati, Nautilus, xv, p. 103, Jan., 1902. Habitat—Southern and eastern parts of Bering Sea and the Aleutian Islands, in 60 to 85 fathoms, mud; and southward in the Pacific, off the American coast, following the water-isotherms of DALL] REVIEW OF AMERICAN VOLUTID. ae 39° Fahr., to a point off San Diego, Cala., where it was dredged by ’ the U. S. steamer Albatross in 822 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus., 109,001-3, 122,586, 122,600—1, 123,600. The species is larger than the Greenland shell, and finely spirally striated all over, while, with the exception of a few coarse spirals near the canal, the Greenland species is smooth. Note.—In the synonymy of the species enumerated in this paper, while pointing out that a number of the varietal names proposed by Lahille are preoccupied in the genus Voluta, I have refrained from proposing substitute names in the absence of authentically named material which would enable me to judge of the validity of the proposed varieties. Addendum.—While this paper is passing through the press, I have received from Dr. von Ihering of the Museum of San Paulo, Brazil, a photograph and data relating to a Volute which he supposes to be new and which was obtained from the stomach of a fish in those waters off the island of St. Sebastiano. It is an Adelomelon of the type of A. ornata, but much more slender; elongate-fusiform, with two very oblique plaits and about six whorls; the spire (above the posterior commissure of the aperture) nearly half as long as the shell, which measures 220 mm., its greatest diameter about one third of the whole length. For this undescribed at) Dr. von Ihering proposes the specific name of indigesta. NOTES THE HopGKIns FUND In October, 1891, Thomas George Hodgkins, Esq., of Setauket, New York, made a donation. to the Smithsonian Institution, the income from a part of which was to be devoted “to the increase and diffusion of more exact knowledge in regard to the nature and prop- erties of atmospheric air in connection with the welfare of man.” These properties may be considered in their bearing upon any or all of the sciences,—e. g., not only in regard to meteorology, but in connection with hygiene, or with physics, or with any department of either biological or physical knowledge. With the intent of furthering the donor’s known wishes, the Institution has already given a number of money prizes for treatises embodying new and important discoveries in regard to the nature or properties of air. This form of encouragement will not at present be renewed. A gold medal has been established under the name of the “ Hodg- kins Medal of the Smithsonian Institution,” which may be awarded from time to time for important contributions to our knowledge of the nature and properties of atmospheric air, or for practical applications of our existing knowledge of them to the welfare of mankind. Grants of money are made to specialists engaged in original investigations which involve the study of the properties of atmos- pheric air, accepting the phrase in its widest sense. Among the researches now in progress under grants from the Hodgkins Fund may be mentioned: (a) by Professor W. P. Brad- ley, of Wesleyan University, to determine the relation between the initial and the final temperatures of air which in flowing through a nozzle passes from a high to a lower temperature; (D) by Mr. S. P. Fergusson, of Blue Hill Observatory, on the differences between the meteorological conditions on the summit of mountains and at the same height in free air; (c) by Professor E. L. Nichols, of Cornell University, on the properties of matter at the temperature of liquid air; and (d) by Mr. Alexander Larsen, of Chicago, on photographing the spectrum of lightning flashes. Professor A. Lawrence Rotch has reported that in his investigations with ballons- sondes, aided by a grant from the Hodgkins Fund, the automatic 374 NOTES 375 records of barometric pressure and air temperature showed an ex- treme height of nearly ten miles, with a temperature of 85° F. below zero eight miles above the earth, and that at about seven miles a relatively warm stratum was entered which was found to be at a higher level in the summer and autumn. SMITHSONIAN TABLE AT NAPLES ZOOLOGICAL STATION In response to a memorial signed by nearly two hundred biologists, representing about eighty universities, colleges and scientific insti- tutions in the United States, the Smithsonian Institution has for the past twelve years supported a table at the Naples Zoological Station. During that period free use of this table has been granted to about forty specialists in various lines of biological research. Applications for the Smithsonian seat have been numerous, and although the collective appointments for any year have but twice exceeded an occupancy of twelve months for one student, not infre- quently two, and in rare instances three occupants have been accom- modated at the same time through the kindness of Doctor Dohrn, the Director. The present occupant of the Smithsonian seat at the Naples Sta- tion is Dr. Stewart Paton, of Johns Hopkins University, whose researches relate to problems of fundamental importance in connec- tion with the structure, development, and function of the nerves, and their relation to the cardiac movements. Doctor Paton will be succeeded by Dr. M. M. Metcalf, of Oberlin College, whose re- searches will include a study of the early development of the ner- vous system in-the asexual reproduction of Salpa. INTERNATIONAL FISHERY CONGRESS The International Fishery Congress will hold its fourth general meeting in the city of Washington during the summer of 1908, and to enhance the interest in its proceedings prizes for contributions of merit have been offered by a number of organizations and indi- viduals. In view of the importance of the occasion the Smithsonian ‘Institution has tendered an award of $200 for the best essay or treatise on “ International Regulations of the Fisheries on the High Seas, their History, Objects and Results.” VALPARAISO EARTHQUAKE The Institution has been informed, through the Department of State, that an Earthquake Commission has been appointed by the 376 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS [voL. 48 Chilean government to make a scientific investigation of the phe- nomena accompanying the shocks that destroyed Valparaiso, badly damaged Santiago and razed to the ground many small towns and pueblos between the capital and the coast. The above commission is composed of the following persons: Senior Sundt, geologist, engineer. Sefior Taulis, chief of the Meteorological Station of the Quinta Normal, the Government Experiment Station. Sefior Poenish, professor of astronomy at the University. Sefior Steffen, professor of geology at the University. Sefior Ziegler, professor of mathematics and cosmography at the University. Sefior Machado, geologist of the National Museum. Senior Obrecht, Director of the Astronomical Observatory. INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE. The first three annual issues of the International Catalogue have been published, together with all of the volumes of the fourth annual issue with the exception of Chemistry. In addition to these regu- lar volumes a List of Journals was published in 1903, followed in 1904 by a Supplementary List of Journals, a total of sixty-nine volumes published since the beginning of the enterprise in 1901. Beginning with the sixth annual issue, that is the literature of 1906, the Zoology volume will be consolidated with the Zoological Record which has for many years been published by the Zoological Society of London. This consolidation of interests was decided on at the meeting of the First International Convention of the Inter- national Catalogue held in London in 1905. The agreement with the Zoological Society of London is that the International Cata- logue will collect the references to the zoological literature of the world and submit them for final classification to the specialists of the Zoological Society who have in the past prepared the Zoological Record. The International Catalogue is to bear the expense of publication. The volumes will appear with two title pages, one prepared as a continuation of the regular series of the Zoological Record, the other being the title page for the Zoology volume of the International Catalogue of Scientific Literature. NOTES ai 7 PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION CONTINUED FROM LIST OF SEPTEMBER, 1905, IN PUBLICATION No. 1594 No. Title. Series. 1595 Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution, year ending June 30, 1904". 1596 Journal of Proceedings of ae earch ob Repent ee the Smithsonian Institution at Meetings of De- cember 8, 1903, and January 27 and March 7, 1904. Report of Executive Committee. Acts and Resolu- tions of Congress. . 3 ARCANE R tice Ris ae Pso7/LANcrEY, S. P. Ieeperatients: ca the Langley Aerodrome 1508 Von LENDENFELD, R. Phe Relating ‘af Wines Siictace EOon WVLELOTE « iyste cho ye denote oyeihn es stasetile avcian aaestat nave: s savel « 1599. Hate, GreorcE E., and ELLERMAN, FERDINAND. The Rumford Spectroheliograph of the Yerkes Obser- PAULO He 1S Acs EO in MENG Gee CO CIE Rola aid thank ocrson 1600 FAULHABER, C. Construction of Large Telescope etree atic aati, og AEG Wcal gence e Nein ot hoe 1601 TurRNER, H. H. Some Reflections suggested by the Application of Photography to Astronomical Re- Sei hlgees Renee oa oie acca, Seas ehrade erie ace ate hey oheharsas/e ,cter a alonls tals 1602 Poyntinc, J. H. Radiation in the Solar System.. 1603 Witson, C. T. R. Condensation Nuclei. . oe 1604 RAMSAY, Stir WILLIAM. Present Baoblens Saint abe ganic Chemistry . Y 1605 NEwcoms, SIMON. The Evoliicn ise a Scietie nnmestt@ator a2... Sea 1606 Ditrr, ALFRED. Metts. in he Kanes. i 1607 LumMMeER, O. Observations on Vision in Srektness and in Obscurity, with a Hypothesis on the Cause of Color Blindness....... 1608 KLINGELFUSS, FR. A eee hentite Aural i@peerrcd eas Tea Se ae weg ie acaies etches e Crcionashore Sane acai eeapchaneacpenersy eielepehers 1609 Kantzaum, G. W. A. Variations of Specific Gravity. 1610 BERTHIER, A. ‘Some new Methods of Lighting...... 1611. MAveR, WILLIAM, Jr. Progress in Wireless Tele- TAT) Nyon eae Mice Mee MES OGe Bi teat Tansy Sw cace eee le Gs Gia tevela 1612 THomson, Erinu. Electric Welding Development. . 1613 Hunt, Rozsert. History of Discoveries of Photo- graphy. (Revised by T. W. Smillie.).. . 1614 Emmons, S. F. Theories of Ore ee pasition. Heer ically Considered. . aoe 1615 FRESHFIELD, Henenes. W. On Mosnigine. al Nee | atoial “Alacer a Gore 1616 FISCHER econ Marbeeo : 1617 NEweL., F. H. The Work of thie Reclamation. Ser- el ae ERTS ORE pe ee ieee. Bey Rr Fa ea 1618 Lippincott, J. B. The Yuma Reclamation Project.. R. a : am 7 x x nae R. R. 1904 1904 . 1904 1904 1904 . 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 . 1904 . 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 1904 *For sale by Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Price. $1.00 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 378 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS 1619 DE Vries, Huco. The Evidence of Evolution...... 1620 Cook, O. F. The Evolutionary Significance. of Species aisha bs wane mee bee wees eet nT eee nee 1621 Vivian, R. A. Some Bird Life in British Papua.... 1622 Bird Sanctuaries of New Zealand. . Abas 1623 SKINNER, J. O., U. S. Army. The Hodse Sparioe 1624 LyDEKKER, R. Some Tibetan Animals.. 1625 Ewart, J. CossAr. The Multiple Cree 6a Horses aad. Pigmiese ie Tenis hehe ws era oa eee at 1626 D’AVENNES, FE. PRISSE. ae and Arabian Horses 1627 Bouvier, E. L. Bees: and Figwars's: y 1628 HerpmMan, W. A. The Pearl ee ee Cevign. 1629 Girt, THEoDoRE. Flying Fishes and their Habits... 1630 Dastre, A. The Stature of Man at Various eee 1631 METCHNIKOFF, Etic. Old Age.. oy 1632 Hotmes, W. H. Contributions ae Ba cee Meee eology to Human History.. : 34, 1633 Boyp, Harriet A. Biccnvaitoies at t Geuraia, ‘Gieke. 1634 Von Rosen, Eric. Archeological Researches on ie Frontier of Argentina and Bolivia....... 1635 Hewett, Epcar L. A General View a he Azahidet- ogy of the Pueblo Region. 1636 Hrpoticka, Ares. The Painting “OP ‘fame anes amone the: American Abargmes)s.’.. 212. sateen 1637 Krause, F. Sling Contrivances for Projectile Wea DONS Pca Shc, 5... xohaieieds Hage mentee ana sobenece ao eee 1638 Marre, ALBERT. Materials Used to Write es be- fore the Invention of Printing... 1639 RocKHILL, WILLIAM WOODVILLE. ree ingen Aides the Population of China.. : 1640 BUSHELL, STEPHEN W. Chinese Aehaecaune 1641 Liperty, ARTHUR LASENBY. Pewter and the Revival OLCALS™ LU SOM S Sen cietete eae ee oltre eRe te: eens eee 1642 DAVENPORT, CyrRIL. Cameos... i 1643 Fock, A. The Economic Ganumtask* oe ies ‘By the Railroads. . : 1644 Burr, WILLIAM HH, rhe Pdtent ect ae tie Panama Canal. Wt 1645 Goreas, W. C. The Sehittion a the Pugeuie ‘Catal : TE OMMCHRS «50.5. ae 6 RATA aT Oe EES ea atone 1646 Symons, THomas W. The a New setae Canal of the State of New York.. 8 oe 1647 Mattsir, Miro R. Rapid- ‘lea. Subways in Metropolitan Cities. . os re 1648 Brown, Ernest W. Gepees Gabriel isighess: 1649 SCHUCHERT, CHARLES (Translated by). Karl Mifred Von Zittel. aioe Fer ee a ave ae 1650 HERTWIG, Cece Gaal Geacmbanie a 1651 BARUES, CARL. A continuous Recor éf ‘Abide phen INjicleation: Ss aee vee aates 3% 00 SSS tte eerie net terete ears . 2 a err So & R Piro . R. 1904 R R vs) HH $ & rs 8 : rs} a rs 8 . 1904 . 1904 R. 1904 . 1904 [vot. 48 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 ‘as .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 05 -05 -05 .05 .05 .05 .05 105 .05 .05 05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 -05 -05. ,05 .05 C.K. XXXIV .75 NOTES 1652 TRAvERS, Morrts W. (With A. G. C. Gwyer and F. L. Usher) (Hodgkins Fund.) Researches on the Attainment of Very Low Temperatures. Part Ii.—Further Notes on the Self Intensive Process for Liquefying Gases. . 1653 Ween third Report, icrcau! BF Americal ieiacioey: MMA aa SASS AL ea bs era gia ata, sce Sefer ears 0 1654 LANncLey, S. P. Report of Secretary of the Smith- sonian Institution for year ending June 30, 1905.... 1655 Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for year ending June 30, 1904, Part 2, National Museum’... . 16560 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Quarterly Issue, vol. 111, Part 3 (containing Nos. 1657-1664). 1657 Dyer, Harrison G., and KNaAB, FREDERICK. The species of Mosquitoes in the Genus Megarhinus (Quarterly Issue).. 1658. ScHRoTTKY, C. A Contebation t to ore as ee of some South American Hymenoptera, ae from Paraguay (Quarterly Issue).. Heiteea es 1659 Lyon, Marcus WaArD, Jr. Desectanian Ohad Ne Squirrel of the Sciurus Prevostii Group from Pulo Temaju, West Coast of Borneo (Quarterly Issue) . 1660 Lyon, Marcus Warp, Jr. The Squirrels of the Sciurus Vittatus Group in Sumatra (Quarterly LESSENS rte 6 Sob STIR RIGO RIRIE ORIG re EEE rea oa 1661 HEApDLEE, THomAS J. A study in Butterfly Wing- Venation, with special regard to the radial vein of the front wing (Quarterly Issue).. : 1662 GitLt, THEODORE. Some Noteworthy ee Buropein Cyprinids (Quarterly Issue).. ; 1663 Dati, WitttAm HEALEY. A Review afi tie Ne ein Volutide (Quarterly Issue).. : bases 1664 Notes to Quarterly Issue, vol. 11, yar 2. ; 1665 Annual Report of the Smithsonian Tncaedien ae year ending June 30, 1905, Part 2, National Mu- SEU Loe MEE ala PENA TERE Is vd PUNO nl ool aE a hw tala 1666 Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for year ae June 30, 1906, Part 2, National Mu- seum’* 1667 Annual Report ‘es the econ finetatiod for ihe year ending June 30, 1905. : *For sale by Superintendent of ce a MOC XVI -M.Cx XLVITE M.C. XLVIII M.C XL VIEE EC XE Vil NEC. XE VL :.. MC XLVI NEG. XL VIET M.R. 1905 . M.R. 1906 . R. 1905 DAC: -10 .50 -I0 -10 .05